units

faculty-pg-arts

Faculty of Arts

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2013 Postgraduate - Units

This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2013 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.

print version


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedOverseas Summer semester B 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Ms Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

The unit will provide opportunities for students to examine Bangladesh's applied disaster response and recovery approaches. It will deepen student understanding and knowledge of the practical aspects of disaster frameworks. The focus will on both the successes and challenges of disaster theory and strategy at the implementation level. The trip will include field visits to sites and projects on the following topics: disaster risk reduction, community adaptation to climate change, food security, livelihoods and microcredit. The nexus between recovery and development and preparedness will also be addressed during the trip.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically examine all phases of disaster response, recovery and preparedness at the applied level;
  2. understand the practical aspects and challenges of disaster management;
  3. understand the development of disaster policies and programmes;
  4. apply qualitative approaches to research inquiry;
  5. develop project proposals using the essential tools of disaster response frameworks;
  6. understand methodological frameworks for project evaluation with an emphasis on project impacts;
  7. develop lucid, critical balanced assessments on relevant topics.

Assessment

Review essay (1800 words): 20%
Class presentation and field diary (3000 words): 50%
Project proposal (2700 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Overseas field trip for 8 - 12 days (block mode)

Prerequisites

Permission only

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson (semester 1); Dr Jinna Tay (semester 2)

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to theories and fields of practice organised around 'getting attention' in and through the media. It focuses particularly on celebrity and fashion as two paradigmatic fields in which this is central. It provides students with a theoretical and historical understanding of publicity as a general field, from the emergence of the movie star and the development of magazine journalism to celebrity Twitter feeds and contemporary public relations. It will consider arguments about the 'noise' or 'clutter' of contemporary media and the increasing importance of an 'attention economy'. It will also introduce some of the major fields of professional practice which have developed around publicity.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a theoretical understanding of the way in which attention is gained in communication and the media.
  2. show a knowledge of the historical development of celebrity and fashion.
  3. identify a range of professional practices organised around publicity.
  4. recognise arguments about increasing 'noise' and 'clutter' in contemporary media and the relevance of the concept of an 'attention economy'.
  5. develop practical responses to problems of gaining attention in the media, including its ethical dimension.

Assessment

Analytical essay (3500 words): 30%
Fashion/celebrity case study (3500 words): 30%
Visual map/exhibition: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (one 2 hour seminar) per week plus 10-15 hours of independent study (reading, preparing assignments, research).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Christina Twomey

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce students to a concept that has assumed increasing influence in the humanities and social sciences: transnationalism. Complex social and cultural interactions that appear to obey no laws of geography and statehood imply that national paradigms are no longer adequate for research and analysis: a transnational approach has emerged in their wake. A vast array of contemporary and historical phenomena, ranging from migration to gender, politics, race, ethnicity, literature, religion, citizenship, and identity have been viewed through the lens of a transnational perspective.
But the term is by no means self-explanatory, and this unit examines the intellectual origins and impetus for transnationalism and its relationship with globalization, cosmopolitanism, multiculturalism, postcolonialism, and world history. This unit is taught intensively in Prato, with students from the University of Copenhagen, and will study leading figures in the field of transnationalism. The unit is inter-disciplinary, so as to gain a sense of the variations in the application of transnational perspectives across the humanities, and the intellectual context that brought the new terminology into the academic spotlight.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to :

  1. understand the evolution, application and interdisciplinary context of transnationalism
  2. explain how transnationalism is manifest both between and within nation states
  3. identify the way transnationalism has transformed scholarship in the humanities and social sciences
  4. engage in cross-cultural dialogue about the implications of transnationalism, by examining their own assumptions and comparing them with students from elsewhere
  5. develop and apply research skills to produce a case study of a transnational phenomenon, either empirically or within academic debates
  6. communicate the findings of their research in written form
  7. develop oral communication skills through participation in intensive workshops

Assessment

Prato Journal: research ideas, readings and connections(1000 words): 10%
Participation in workshop groups, discussions and seminars(Hurdle requirement)
Research proposal: identify empirical case study or academic debate that will be focus of the major essay. Develop bibliography(1,500 words): 20%
Research essay(6,500 words): 70%

Contact hours

This unit will be taught intensively in Prato over a period of 5 days, 6 hours a day. The students will engage in workshops in the morning, and have presentations from key figures in the field of transnational studies in the afternoons, followed by seminar discussions. It is also expected that the students will spend 3 hours per day in private study and class preparation while in Prato. They will then spend the equivalent of 6 weeks private study time completing assessment tasks set while in Prato, and submitted when they return to Melbourne.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Farzad Sharifian

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the practical aspects of teaching World Englishes in a variety of multilingual, intra/international contexts. It covers diverse topics that equip students with knowledge and skills to teach World Englishes. Topics range from instructional language in a World-Englishes lesson to curriculum development for World-Englishes courses, and from intercultural pedagogy to assessing multidialectal and intercultural competencies. Students are provided with the opportunity to observe the practices of teaching World Englishes, to develop their own World-Englishes curriculum, to practise teaching World Englishes, and to engage in critical reflections and evaluations of their own practices.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate advanced understanding of the practical aspects of teaching World Englishes in a variety of international contexts;
  2. exhibit the skills to teach World Englishes in a variety of international contexts;
  3. develop a learning curriculum and syllabus for teaching Englishes for multidialectal/international communication;
  4. critically engage in evaluating practices of teaching World Englishes;
  5. Profile pedagogical ideas that are informed by the latest literature on teaching Englishes for multidialectal/international communication.

Assessment

Curriculum development project: 45% + Practising teaching world Englishes: 20%
Critical reflections on the practices: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

The average number of contact and private study hours per week for this unit is 24 hours.

Students will be required to observe an undergraduate program of EIL for a period of two weeks.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is for students to build critical research skills via the development and completion of an independent research project written up as an 18,000 word dissertation. Students carry out their research and write the dissertation under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete an independent research project under the supervision of academic staff
  2. comprehensive knowledge of the key questions and issues pertaining to their field of study
  3. the ability to undertake critical analysis of the key issues and arguments pertaining to their dissertation topic
  4. skills in the data collection methods relevant for their research question and field of study
  5. advanced skills in communicating research findings.

Assessment

Research dissertation (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 contact hour per week (1 hour meeting with supervisor)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is for students to build critical research skills via the development and completion of an independent research project written up as an 18,000 word dissertation. Students carry out their research and write the dissertation under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete an independent research project under the supervision of academic staff
  2. comprehensive knowledge of the key questions and issues pertaining to their field of study
  3. the ability to undertake critical analysis of the key issues and arguments pertaining to their dissertation topic
  4. skills in the data collection methods relevant for their research question and field of study
  5. advanced skills in communicating research findings.

Assessment

Research dissertation (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 contact hour per week (1 hour meeting with supervisor)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is for students to build critical research skills via the development and completion of an independent research project written up as an 18,000 word dissertation. Students carry out their research and write the dissertation under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete an independent research project under the supervision of academic staff
  2. comprehensive knowledge of the key questions and issues pertaining to their field of study
  3. the ability to undertake critical analysis of the key issues and arguments pertaining to their dissertation topic
  4. skills in the data collection methods relevant for their research question and field of study
  5. advanced skills in communicating research findings.

Assessment

Research dissertation (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 contact hour per week (1 hour meeting with supervisor)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Robert Irving

Notes

Previously coded CHI4430

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A basic understanding of key features of modern Chinese intellectual history with reference to: East-West perspectives on Chinese Studies; May Fourth concepts of enlightenment, democracy, science and nationalism; the Cultural Revolution and the renewal of humanist values in post-Mao China;
  2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies;
  3. Translation skills (appropriate to the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies;
  4. A good knowledge of the socio-political contexts of the evolution of modern Chinese thought in the twentieth century.5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

Assessment

Written work and translation:(3000 words): 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Literature review (750 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitChinese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gloria Davies

Notes

Previously coded CHI4440

Synopsis

This unit will extend on the work completed in Understanding Modern China by introducing students to further aspects of the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A basic understanding of issues and themes in contemporary Chinese critical inquiry with reference to intellectual debates on: inter-cultural dialogue; the public sphere; socialist principles vs. globalisation; new theoretical developments in the Chinese humanities and social sciences
  2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies
  3. Translation skills (in accordance with the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies
  4. A good knowledge of the socio-political context of contemporary Chinese critical inquiry
  5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

Assessment

Written work and translation project: 67%
Oral presentation and written summary (750 words): 16%; Film review (750 words): 17%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

ATS2040/ATS3054/ATS4046


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Asia Institute
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to:

  1. take up examples from their own professional work and subject this to detailed analysis with the support of the supervisor - this option only applies to professionals who have been working with NGOs, agencies etc in the field prior to their enrolment; or
  2. undertake an analysis of a particular theory or case study of importance to the current or future professional development of the student. In both cases the one-to-one relationship with the expert supervisor ensures that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Outcomes

On sucessful completion of this unit the student will be able to:

  1. Review a body of literature in their chosen topic, and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Develop key research questions.
  3. Develop critical analytical reasoning of issues through independent thought.
  4. Structure a well written research paper, with a coherent argument.
  5. Write longer, integrated and sustained critical argument.
  6. Gain an in-depth understanding of a comprehensive approach and international best practice to crisis management.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One hour contact (flexible) and an average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Asia Institute
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

This unit provides a theoretical and practical overview of key issues in the building of household economies to strengthen resilience and provide livelihood support following a disaster, from short-term income protection during the acute phase of an emergency to longer-term livelihood planning for the recovery phase and beyond. The focus will be on the role of livelihoods in building income and food security.

Outcomes

The unit covers the following key competencies required by development practitioners engaged in livelihood programs:

  1. An introduction to the Sustainable Livelihoods Framework and its applications.
  2. An introduction to methodologies for assessing potential livelihoods activities.
  3. A critical case-study based review of livelihood t support, including but not limited to cash-for-work programs, asset building , technical assistance, microfinance, vocational training and infrastructure building Cross-sectoral issues such as housing, gender and health and their implications for livelihood planning will also be covered.

Assessment

Short essay (1800 words): 20%
Review paper (2700 words): 30%
Research paper (4950 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One hour of online contact or discussion every week, An average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects. The weekly contact is designed for international students who may be here on a scholarship.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students join approved fourth level language studies at an Indonesian institution 260 contact hours. Program is negotiated in advance of departure with convenor.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Permission of Study Abroad convenor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved program of study which includes formal language classes and an agreed number of workshops and excursions relevant to Indonesian culture.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved year long program of study in Indonesia covering areas relevant to a language and related disciplines.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved year long program of study in Indonesia covering areas relevant to a language and related disciplines.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG4720

Synopsis

This unit allows fourth year students to study in Japan at a recognised tertiary institution. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's program s are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 12-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester or two semesters when combined with other study.

Assessment

Coursework test (2 hours): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

An undergraduate major in Japanese with a third-year sequence at credit level or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Notes

Previously coded JLG4852

Synopsis

Develop skills in speed reading and comprehending a variety of texts in Japanese, including longer works than are included in other language units at this level. Skills in summarising will be introduced and discussion sessions will focus on both textual and linguistic features and content.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and strategies appropriate for the purpose such as scanning, skimming and prediction.
  2. Be able to summarise a variety of Japanese texts effectively.
  3. Be able to read Japanese materials in a larger quantity than previously, from a variety of fields, while recognising features of the different genres covered.
  4. Have a basic capacity for independent reading in Japanese through on-line learning materials and web based resources.

Assessment

2 Exams: (15%
35%)
Class contribution and exercises: 20%
Written work: 30% (1500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 6 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2155, ATS3155, ATS4155, APG5132


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)John Bradley

Notes

Previously coded ASM4290

Synopsis

Theoretical foundations for researching and analyzing cultural and social aspects of specific societies. Discussion will centre on theories associated with French structuralism and post-structuralism and British Social theory cultural studies. Each of these will be examined for its respective treatment of the relationship between individual creativity, culture and society and for their impact on the theory of ethnographic research.

Assessment

Seminar paper (3000 words): 40%
Essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Kevin Foster

Notes

Previously coded COM4550

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical historical analysis of so-called factual documentary representations of war in words and images, examining how and by whom conflicts have been represented since the mid-C19; how the physical and technical constraints within which reporters and photographers operate affect the nature of their reports and images; how their reports are censored, by whom, in accordance with whose guidelines and with what ends. It examines how these reports and images are transmitted from the battlefield and how the mediating technologies through which these accounts are disseminated influence the nature and inflect the form of the reports and pictures which constitute the war report.

Outcomes

By the conclusion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the historical development of nominally factual, documentary forms of war reporting and their key technological developments and innovations
  2. Identify, explain and offer a sophisticated critique of the processes forms, effects and purposes of the major forms of censorship, which have determined the representations of war from the mid C19th to the present day
  3. Present a sophisticated reading of individual reports and images from specific conflicts drawing on appropriate theoretical resources, accounting for the influences of physical and technical constraints, mode of transmission, information management regimes and intended deployment in the shaping of the final report/image
  4. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of how the differing media which have been employed to disseminate accounts of war - newspapers, photography, newsreel, radio, television, video, internet streaming - have influenced, inflected and structured content at differing historical junctures
  5. Drawing on appropriate theoretical and critical sources, account for and explain the processes by which Governments, military and the media inflect the reception of images and reports of war in order to achieve specific political or cultural effects
  6. Identify and offer an informed critique of the processes by which the preferred readings promoted by Government, the military and the media have been challenged, subverted or questioned in contrary readings of key media texts
  7. Demonstrate how war reporters/photographers have featured in fiction and film and to explain how these representations offer an array of alternative opinions on how and why specific conflicts have been represented in particular ways.

Assessment

Research outline (1000 words):10%
Lit review (3000 words):30%
Research essay (5000 words):50%
Seminar participation (1000 words):10%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

An approved First Year sequence


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Alistair Harkness

Notes

Previously coded CJM4004

Synopsis

This unit examines the complexity of criminal behaviours and the range of criminological theories espoused in order to explain such diverse behaviours. Humans are rule-making and rule-enforcing beings, but not all of us conform to these rules. Many violate the rules and are subject to sanctions and punishment. Individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours and enterprises are examined in this unit. A sophisticated analysis of criminal behaviours includes exploration of biological, psychological and social explanations of crime and the interactionist tradition including differential association theory. Crowd disorders and street gang behaviours will be examined. Organisational and institutional criminal behaviours extend from white-collar and corporate criminal activity to the dynamics of political crimes of violence, corruption and human rights violations that can be committed by the state and against the state. The unit involves study of definitional and conceptual issues, causes, methods of control and the effects of such organisational criminal behaviour. The unit examines the legal controls and responses by governments and other agencies in order to curb and prevent criminal behaviours of individuals, groups and organisations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. an understanding of definitions of criminal behaviour, including an awareness that the law is not static and changes over time
  2. the ability to identify the key characteristics of criminal behaviours and criminal enterprises
  3. knowledge about the core theoretical debates and issues of criminal behaviours that focus on individuals, groups and organisations
  4. the ability to identify traits about the nature of individuals, groups and organisations that engage in criminal activity
  5. an appreciation of the various models available for explaining the relationship between criminality, the individual and society
  6. an awareness of the contribution of the criminal behaviour theories to criminal justice policy and practice
  7. an understanding of what it means to be a victim of criminal behaviour instigated by individual, group or organisation

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

CRJ5004


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded CRT4030

Synopsis

A study of the work of four twentieth-century American poets: Wallace Stevens, Marianne Moore, Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery. Topics include genres, poetic forms, metre and rhetoric; discourse theory and narratology; modern theorisations of genre, poetic form and rhetoric, especially essays by contemporary critics including Harold Bloom, John Hollander and Paul de Man.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Notes

Previously coded CRT4225

Synopsis

The development of hermeneutics from a theory of textual interpretation to a theory of understanding in the work of Heidegger, Gadamer and Habermas. Its application in the study of literature and history in the work of Hirsch, Betti, Ricoeur and Jauss. Issues include the conflict between subjectivity and objectivity, the dialectics of the foreign and the familiar, the recognition of the new, the role of language and the function of tradition in understanding, the universality of hermeneutics as a theory of cognition and its impact on the social sciences.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1000-1500 words each): 40%
Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Notes

Previously coded DTH4004

Synopsis

This unit will explore the processes of rethinking theatre history in a number of ways: the challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and to canonical assumptions; the implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; the responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to the influence of thinking in other disciplines; the reframing of canonical texts in the light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and its implications for historicised interpretation.
It will examine a range of plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and to specific recent re-readings.

Outcomes

Students completing 'Rethinking Theatre History' should have acquired:

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives.
  2. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts.
  3. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate.
  4. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field.
  5. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study.
  6. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form.

Assessment

An exegetical essay (3000 words): 30%
An oral class presentation (equivalent 2000 words): 20%
A long essay (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Ali Alizadeh

Notes

Previously coded ENM4620

Synopsis

What is the connection between literature and philosophy, between creativity and thinking about creativity? This unit aims to help students advance their critical and theoretical appreciation of literary discourses, styles and themes. By drawing on a variety of innovative creative texts as well as thought-provoking perspectives on the art of literature, this unit offers students the opportunity to develop their skills in thinking and writing critically and analytically about their own and others' works.

Outcomes

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Apply critical and aesthetical frameworks in discussing works of literature.
  2. Assess the possible limitations of these frameworks and begin to conceptualise new, more suitable ways of studying literature.
  3. Identify and defend their own (general or specific) critical and aesthetical positions within the field of literary studies.
  4. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Exercises and presentations (3000 words): 35%
Written work (6000 words): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Peter Groves

Notes

Previously coded ENM4700

Synopsis

This subject covers a range of plays by Shakespeare and the most outstanding of his contemporaries. Each work is studied as a work of art in its own right and also with reference to its theatrical, ideological and philosophical contexts.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words): 30%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Notes

Previously coded ENM4750

Synopsis

The unit will offer students the opportunity to engage in creative writing and critique. The main focus of the unit will be on diversity of literatures in English (mainly of the past three decades) with the emphasis on writing that confronts difference in preoccupation with identity, religion, history, gender and sexuality, children, space and landscape, marginality and diaspora, and hybridity in recent postcolonial writing. The unit will offer students the opportunity to develop their creative writing and reading skills, and provide a strong foundation for further study in creative writing, reading and research.

Assessment

Either one creative fiction/non-fiction with critical exegesis or an essay (5000 words): 60%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFilm and Television Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Therese Davis

Notes

Previously coded FTM4042

Synopsis

This unit examines some concepts in the history of film theory by considering a number of theoretical and critical writings in relation to a range of films. Topics for examination include early silent film theory, the notion of the historical avant-garde in the form of French impressionism, the film theories of Kracauer and Bazin, French new wave criticism, the neglected tradition of realist phenomenology in film theory, 1968 and the leftist turn and the question of film language and structuralism.

Outcomes

By the completion of the subject students will be expected to:

  1. identify and summarise a number of critical positions in historical film theory
  2. critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry
  3. identify and defend their own critical positions with the field of film studies
  4. relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material
  5. demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

ATS4279 / APG5279


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFilm and Television Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded FTM4052

Synopsis

This is primarily a reading unit that will consider aspects of film theory since 1975. A major portion of the unit will be devoted to the debates around modernism and post-modernism as they relate to film studies. Other areas of investigation include: textual analysis, feminist film theory, historical poetics, historical reception studies, queer film theory, and the impact of the cultural studies and Cinema books of Gilles Deleuze. Film texts for exploration will include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas

Outcomes

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Identify and summarise a number of critical positions in contemporary film theory
  2. Critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry
  3. Identify and defend their own critical positions within the field of film studies
  4. Relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Nigel Tapper and Colleague

Synopsis

This field-based unit is taught on location in the National Park/World Heritage Area of Cinque Terre on the Italian Riviera. Identified by UNESCO as an environment and cultural landscape worth preserving, the region is under immense pressure due to rural depopulation, abandonment of agricultural lands, landscape instability, and burgeoning tourism. Problems of integrating tourism and agricultural objectives, while minimising negative environmental and cultural impacts, will be explored and possible solutions for regional sustainability proposed. The unit provides unique opportunities for interaction with staff of the National Park and various local and national authorities.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the range of complex environmental, social and economic interrelationships that shape a particular region and to be able to differentiate a cultural landscape from a natural landscape.
  2. Understand the criteria and processes that lead to the designation of a World Heritage Area and to be able to identify, describe and interpret problems of sustainability in the context of a region of truly global significance.
  3. Have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution using field-based techniques of survey and analysis, along with appropriate presentation skills.
  4. (In the case of Level 4 students) have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation, appraisal, budgeting and implementation strategies.

Assessment

Field-study journal 1,500 words 35%
Group oral presentation 20 min 20%
Essay (Level 3) or Project Report (Level 4) 2,500 words 45%.

Contact hours

8 day intensive, involving lectures/seminars, tutorials and field work

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

18 points of Geography and Environmental Science, European Studies, Tourism or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris MacDonald

Notes

Previously coded GYM4750

Synopsis

Central to our approach in this unit is a focus on social equity within the limits of a finite planet. Work, markets, trade, food production and distribution, patterns of consumption and aid as well as the role of transnational corporations, all are topics covered that enable us to better understand social, economic and environmental disparity in a post neo-liberal era. Sharing prosperity is a unit for students wanting to understand how social inequality is produced and who want to investigate alternative paradigms that could more effectively enable better distributive and non-distributive forms of social, environmental and economic justice.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will demonstrate the following skills and capacities:

  1. Knowledge of key measures of prosperity operating at a variety of scales including GDP, comparative advantage, profit and turnover, as well as more qualitative measures such as social well-being, social capital, sustainability, innovation and creativity indexes;
  2. Understanding of the disparate patterns of: work, food production and distribution, consumption, trade and aid, and the key role played by institutions;
  3. Knowledge of market, state-led and gift economy mechanisms for distributive and non-distributive forms of social and environmental justice;
  4. A critical understanding of the social nature and finite limits of 'economy';
  5. Sound written expression, demonstrating an ability to critically analyse text, film and other data;
  6. Sound interpretation of graphs and maps.

Assessment

Written assignment (3000 words): 40%
Class participation and presentation: 40% +
Exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week (seminar)
a one day fieldtrip

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. JaneMaree Maher

Notes

Previously coded WSM4010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to basic terms, concepts and debates necessary for understanding the current state of contemporary theorising on gender issues. Designed to be broadley interdisciplinary in its concerns, it will examine such issues as the formation of knowledge, the construction of bodies, the shifting nature of femininity and masculinity and questions of sexual and cultural difference. These broad issues will be considered through close reading and discussion of selected works by theorists. Contemporary theoretical interventions will be examined with respect to the history of feminist movements worldwide and the impact of feminist thought on disciplinary knowledges.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Seminar presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

WMN4010, APG5284


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedPrato Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Carolyn James

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HYM4125

Synopsis

Dante's medieval world (1265-1321) was one of cultural innovation, religious revival and economic growth, as well as of political strife in many urban communities throughout Italy. This unit explores the political, social, artistic and spiritual worlds of Dante and his contemporaries, and in so doing will give coherency to this dynamic medieval period. Taught in Prato and its environs, the unit provides an opportunity to understand Dante's literary achievement and political activities through direct experience of Dante's Tuscany during the medieval period.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected:

  1. to be familiar with the social, political, cultural and religious environment of the world in which Dante lived and formulated his writings
  2. to be familiar with core writings of Dante (in translation)
  3. to be capable of original analysis of a primary document and the location in which it was generated
  4. to formulate an argument and engage in original research
  5. to communicate a historical argument to staff and fellow students
  6. At fourth-year level, students will be expected to show greater initiative in developing their own research hypothesis and proposal.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 3-hour seminars per week for four weeks

Prerequisites

Second-year sequence in Historical Studies or Religion and Theology

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Daniella Doron

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HYM4165

Synopsis

This two-week intensive study abroad unit explores the modern history of European Jews before the destruction. Students will travel to the major centres of interwar Jewish life in Italy, Germany, Poland and Lithuania, and encounter the diverse heritage of Jewish life in each country. The unit will explore issues central to this period and the individuals who shaped their times. Students will visit museums, synagogues, cemeteries, destroyed ghettos, and sites of mass murder such as Auschwitz-Birkenau. We will ask what remains of the past, by looking at the ways in which the lost world of European Jews is being memorialised and renewed through tourism and return.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. the capacity to locate the development of modern Jewish life in the context of modern Europe
  2. a demonstrated ability to evaluate the social, political , economic and intellectual concerns of the inter-war community
  3. an understanding of the institutions and individuals that shaped the interwar European Jewish communities
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse the diversity of Jewish communal life and cultural expression in interwar Europe
  5. an understanding of gender and class issues within the framework of the interwar European Jewish communities
  6. an understanding of the significance of Yiddish as a literary and cultural phenomenon
  7. a broader appreciation of the social history and cultural differences in Europe gained through study abroad
  8. In addition, students at fourth-year level will have a familiarity with the primary sources and an appreciation of the historiographical problems involved in reconstructing a history of these destroyed communities.

Assessment

Major essay (5000 words): 50%
Analytical travel diary: 30%
Exam (2-hours): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two-week intensive study abroad unit in Prato and other European sites

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HYM4195

Synopsis

This two week intensive unit begins with a workshop on conflict resolution at the Monash Prato campus in Italy,. Students will travel for tthe remaining period to areas that have experienced conflict to observe first hand the complexities of peace-building and reconciliation. The course focuses on the Arab-Israel conflict and investigates current attempts to mediate peace between Jews and Palestinians, the impact of the conflict on the lives of people, poverty, settlements and security issues, terrorism and counter-terrorism, Jerusalem and its holy sites. In some years, the course will also travel to alternate sites of conflict, such as Northern Ireland or the former Yugoslavia.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the ability to:

  1. Understand the geography of Israel and the Palestinian territories;
  2. Understand debates about security issues and the impact security measures have on the day-to-day life of people;
  3. Appreciate the social and political divisions that lead to violence and internecine conflict;
  4. Have an in-depth understanding of peace movements and the obstacles they confront;
  5. In addition, students studying at a fourth-year level will be expected to have the capacity to understand the changing historiographical debates about conflicting narratives and conflict resolution.

Assessment

Written work (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

20-hours per week for two weeks of intensive study

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded HYM4690

Synopsis

The papacy has been central to the development of the modern world. A mysterious and powerful institution, it lies at the heart of European culture and the broader Catholic world. This unit explores the nature and role of the papacy in relation to changing political, social, intellectual and cultural circumstances from the medieval to modern periods. Topics include: understandings of papal polity, religious reform and revolt, the impact of humanism, cultural encounters and exchanges, Catholicism and modernity, the papacy on the world stage, as well as expressions of power in papal Rome.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have acquainted themselves with the considerable body of knowledge on the changing nature of the papacy and religious reform and be able to evaluate it critically
  2. have some knowledge of the ways in which religion interacts with social, cultural and political experience in specific contexts
  3. be able to evaluate the various methodologies and the theoretical issues surrounding recent approaches to the study of religion and religious reform
  4. be able to engage in critical discussion of the issues raised by the subject
  5. have acquired critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate their views verbally and in writing (coherently, economically and rigorously), in a way which is appropriate to the advanced study of religious discourse within an historical framework
  6. be able to display an independent approach to research on the issues involved
  7. be able to demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of the theoretical issues involved.

Students taking the subject at Level 4 have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A History, International Studies or RLT Sequence

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews

Notes

Previously coded HYM4260

Synopsis

This unit examines the intellectual interaction between Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the medieval period. Focusing mainly on the late twelfth and thirteenth century, the unit revolves around a central religious fault line of the era- reason and rationalism on the one hand, and the mystical quest on the other - and pursues a comparative analysis of the major figures from each of the traditions. Beginning with the rationalists, the course explores the thought of Ibn Rushd, Maimonides and Thomas Aquinas, before moving to a comparative examination of various mystics, such as - Bernard of Clairvaux, Bonaventure, the Zohar, Meister Eckhart, Ibn al-Arabi and Rumi.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the major intellectual currents within Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between and mutual influences informing the various traditions
  3. understand the role of classical thinkers and writers on the varied traditions
  4. demonstrate familiarity with the major texts of the key religious figures of the period
  5. appreciate the exegetical horizons facing interpreters of scripture
  6. be able to engage in comparative analysis of philosophers and mystics from the different traditions
  7. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts
  8. identify continuities and ruptures among the thinkers and writers examined.

Assessment

Research essay (6000 words): 50%; Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 25%; Seminar preparation: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM4290

Synopsis

This unit will trace the changing contours of Holocaust memory from its inception to the present day. Topics include witnessing, survivor testimony, second-generation memoirs, representations of the Holocaust in cinema, photography, museums, literature and online, the practices of 'death camp tourism', the memory debates of Germany and Poland and the globalising of Holocaust memory, the relationship that remembering the Holocaust has to Jewish identity and to Jewish political existence, questions of ethics 'after Auschwitz', and the rise of Holocaust denial.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

  1. understand differences between individual, collective, and official memories of the Holocaust
  2. have researched different mediums in which Holocaust memory is transmitted including testimony, literature, memorials, cinema, museums, annual days of remembrance
  3. have engaged with theoretical debates about the relationship between history and memory and modern participation in remembrance practices
  4. understand some of the ways in which memory informs personal and national identities
  5. have formulated their own arguments on key issues of Holocaust memory, informed by the relevant primary sources and secondary readings.

Assessment

Seminar Participation: 10%; Short Essay (3000 words): 30%; Research Essay (6000 words): 60%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Markus

Notes

Previously coded HYM4440

Synopsis

This unit explores the character and genealogy of genocidal thought. The first part focuses on the development of racial thought in the post-Enlightenment period, especially the objectification of human life and ideas of progress and destiny in relation to the Holocaust. It will consider eugenics, the variants of anti-semitism and of nationalism. These studies will provide the basis for a typology of genocidal thought. The second part considers genocidal thought evident in colonial Australia, the Bosnian wars, and apocalyptic religion.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the content and development of genocidal thought
  2. have an understanding of typologies of genocidal thought
  3. appreciate the possible relationships or connections in extreme forms of thought within the realms of religion, race and class conflict
  4. have a capacity to undertake research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 two hour seminar for 12 weeks

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM4510

Synopsis

This unit introduces ways in which understandings of the past inform policy and practice in contemporary museums. Using a range of history museums as case-studies the unit examines the historical origins and development of modern museums, both local and national; the challenges of presenting national history in a post-modern and post-colonial world; techniques of presenting the past, including textual, digital and dramatic forms; and tensions between the role of museums in education and tourism. Students will have opportunities to develop their skills in the application of history to museums, and to learn from museum professionals the tasks normally performed by historians in such settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to the history of the museum in a variety of national contexts.
  2. Be aware of the challenges facing museums in postmodern and post-colonial contexts.
  3. Have been introduced to basic practices of museology in a variety of contexts.
  4. Have been introduced to new media and communications technologies and their utility in museum practice.
  5. Have improved their oral and written communication skills, including for DE students, their electronic communication skills.

Assessment

Review of museum or exhibition (2000 words): 20%
Proposal for, and design of, a museum exhibition (4500 words or equivalent): 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%
Seminar or discussion group participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 hour on-line discussion group or two hour seminar

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from the co-ordinator

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Reto Hofmann

Notes

Previously coded HYM4590

Synopsis

Imagining Europe surveys the ways that Europe has been thought of from classical times to the present. Through literature, painting, architecture, travellers' tales, cinema and other sources, it traces the development of the idea of Europe as a region defined both geographically and by its culture, distinct from other 'non-European' cultures. The unit will trace the idea of multiple Europes: of a culturally defined 'Eastern Europe'; of regions within Europe, each with its own special character; and after World War II, the images of Eastern and Western Europe as politically distinct entities. The unit will conclude by looking at the impact of the European Union on images of Europe.

Outcomes

In addition to the general objectives for students in Honours in the relevant area (History or European Studies), a student who has successfully completed this unit at Level 5 should have:

  1. A knowledge of the way that ideas and representations of Europe have changed across its history
  2. An understanding of the way that apparently natural, even geographical entities are defined culturally, and of the role that visual and literary images play in defining and redefining such categories
  3. A sound grasp of the debates surrounding the concept of Europe, and of the different cultural, national, and ideological positions that underlie them
  4. An awareness of different disciplinary approaches to the concept of 'Europe' and of the way that each one provides specific understandings of the way our perceptions of the world are structured
  5. An ability to undertake independent research
  6. An ability to use material from a range of disciplines and to apply interdisciplinary perspectives

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A relevant undergraduate degree.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Notes

Previously coded HYM4660

Synopsis

This unit examines the theoretical and methodological issues posed in the creation of oral history interviews, drawing upon the rich inter-disciplinary and international literature in the field and through critical reflection on students' own oral history interview practice. Students will explore: debates about memory and oral history; approaches and issues in interview preparation; approaches and issues in conducting oral history interviews; digital audio recording techniques and issues; ethical, epistemological and political issues posed by the oral history relationship; and approaches and issues in the documentation and preservation of oral history interviews.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive and critical understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of recorded memory and its use as a source for social and historical research
  2. a thorough grasp of the essential elements of oral history project preparation, of the techniques of oral history interviewing and recording, of the debates about oral history methodologies and the oral history relationship, and of the ethical guidelines of the Oral History Association of Australia
  3. a thorough grasp of the main approaches to the documentation of oral history interviews, and of the debates about transcription and documentation
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an oral history interview project, including research and preparation, an extended interview and appropriate documentation
  6. a capacity to evaluate issues posed within the course of an oral history recording project by drawing upon oral history scholarship
  7. at level 5, students will have developed an enhanced appreciation of these issues through more extensive understanding of theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Regular seminars totaling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM4095

Synopsis

History and Heritage introduces students to the policy and practice of heritage professionals in the twenty- first century. The unit draws on local and international examples to demonstrate the contested nature of what constitutes heritage. Students are introduced to ideas about cultural and architectural heritage, the meanings of culture, cultural significance, 'reading' historic buildings and landscapes, and how all of these are interpreted by heritage professionals. Students learn the various local, national and international statutes that protect and enhance physical and cultural heritage.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to concepts of heritage and heritage value.
  2. Know of and understand usual criteria for heritage assessment.
  3. Have developed skills in identifying, researching and classifying heritage themes and sites.
  4. Have developed strong writing skills, including the production of heritage reports and preservation submissions.
  5. Have developed strong oral communication skills, including the ability to defend positions and recommendations.
  6. Have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. Have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues around heritage and conservation issues.

Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Test (500 words) 10%
Heritage Project or essay (4500 words) 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words) 20%
Class Participation (2000 words) 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week for on-campus students

Prerequisites

Undergraduate major in History or permission.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Bain Attwood

Notes

Previously coded HYM4120

Synopsis

This unit is designed to improve your understanding of the craft of writing history. The emphasis throughout is on reading history across different periods and places in order to appreciate the strategies used in the writing of history. A variety of styles and genres of historical writing will be studied, in order to analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, documentation and the onus of proof. The unit also encourages self-conscious reflection about style, prose and voice, and has workshops designed to improve and extend students own experience of writing history.

Outcomes

  1. To examine issues of historiography and method through a critical reading of selected historians.
  2. To analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and indirection, the use of different voices and tropes, formal and colloquial prose.
  3. To develop practical skills in reading and writing historical prose.

Assessment

Essays and writing exercises (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Michael Fagenblat

Notes

Previously coded HYM4175

Synopsis

Judaism and Christianity and both text-centred religions and, as such, the practice of interpretation invariable mediates the authority of the text. Interpretation is the way in which the authority of the text is extended and contested. This course examines the interpretive methods as well as the theological and ideological content of practices such as: Midrash, allegory, legal interpretation, mystical symbolism and multi-levelled approached to the text. Focus will be given to the historical contexts in which such practices arose and to their socio-political investment, as well as to the differences and similarities of Jewish and Christian approaches

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive knowledge of the strength, status and scope of claims to authority made both by and for the Bible in Jewish and Christian traditions.
  2. knowledge of the historical, theoretical and cultural issues involved in claiming authority for any sacred text.
  3. Understanding of the basic interpretive practices that have been applied by Jewish and Christian communities to the Bible.
  4. skills in evaluating and applying different kinds of exegesis and hermeneutic theory.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2.5 Hours

Prohibitions

JWC4010, JWM4010, JWM5010, APG4302, APG5302, RLT4090, RLM4090, RLM5090


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)David Garrioch

Notes

Previously coded HYM4180

Synopsis

This unit is a history of the way people have related to and thought about the natural environment in the past. It will provide an introduction to recent literature on environmental history, including the environmental consequences of European expansion into the New World, of industrialization and imperialism, and of medicine and science. Attention will also be given to climate change, plagues and other diseases, and the depletion of natural resources. The subject will conclude with some reflections on the historical underpinnings of current debates about global pollution, population, and global warming.

Outcomes

In addition to the general objectives for fourth year defined by the School of Geography and the School of Historical Studies, students successfully completing this subject will have:

  1. A general grasp of the two-way interaction between social practices and the environment in the past.
  2. An understanding of changing Western ideas about the natural world.
  3. An awareness of the way that current environmental debates are based on historically-determined conceptions of the environment and of the place of humans within it.
  4. A grasp of the principal debates in environmental history.
  5. An ability to find and use a wide range of historical sources, including visual sources.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (7000 words)
Take-home examination: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

ATS4303, GES4180, APG5303


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Kat Ellinghaus

Notes

Previously coded HYM4185

Synopsis

This unit will explore the ways that Europeans interacted with people they encountered in settler societies in North America, Australia, and the Pacific. It will examine how these newly encountered groups of people were depicted in the era of colonialism, explore the histories of racial designations such as black, white and red, and examine how interracial sexual relationships complicated these neat colonial categories. Racism remains a huge problem in 21st century society: this unit will explore the background to this issue, not just narrating the events of colonialism, but putting the issue of 'otherness' and the formation of racial categories at the forefront of the story.

Outcomes

At the successful completion of the unit students will be expected:

  1. to have a detailed understanding of the history of settler colonialism as both a global and a local phenomenon
  2. to understand the theoretical arguments about how race was understood from the 17th to the 19th centuries, and how interracial sexuality came to play an increasingly important role in such classifications
  3. to be able to critically examine contemporary texts and drawings to evaluate what they reveal to the historian about ideas of race in the era
  4. to be able to fully articulate, verbally and in writing, their conclusions from these examinations
  5. to have shown their capacity to devise, research, and complete an essay on some aspect of Colonial Encounters based on their own study of the sources and scholarship
  6. to be able to reflect on the way in which history has influenced the present, through evaluating how our present-day racial formations are not fixed categories but historically and geographically unstable constructs
  7. In addition, students at fifth-year level will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (approx. 1000 words): 10%
Report (2000 words): 20%
Research essay (4000 words): 50%
Take-home test (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Notes

Previously coded HYM4200

Synopsis

This unit introduces the theoretical and conceptual frameworks deployed in the analysis of various forms of history that involve memory. In particular it considers oral history, life stories and autobiography, and commemoration, and explores the relationship between these forms of memory and history. Specific topics include oral history and social history, private and public memory, myth and history, war and remembrance, popular memory and nostalgia, psychoanalysis and history, memory and collective identity, and trauma and memory.

Outcomes

This subject aims to:

  1. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the relationship between memory and the writing of history.
  2. Introduce students to a range of past and present 'memory-work' particularly as it relates to the development of shared understandings of the past, including the production of oral histories and life stories and various forms of public and private commemoration.
  3. Provide students interested in exploring research tools such as oral history or life story reconstruction with a coherent and thorough grounding in the relevant historical scholarship and critical literature.
  4. Introduce students to key questions about the ethical dimensions involved in producing and using various forms of memory as historical evidence.
  5. Provide supervised practical experience in research techniques involving the use of memory in the writing of history.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1-hour on-line discussion group or 2-hour weekly seminar

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded HYM4330

Synopsis

This unit examines the religious cultures of Europe from the twelfth to the early sixteenth century, including the recovery of the classical past in the re-envisioning of the Christian life, the boundaries between magic, superstition, and orthodox religion, the cult of the saints, shrines, and pilgrimage, the relationship between institutional religion and popular piety, high culture and popular expressions of devotion, the function of preaching and education by friars in local contexts, and the extent to which public theology shaped the cultural and material milieu.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Christianity as the matrix of experience in the Medieval and Renaissance city.
  2. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.
  3. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to the term 'popular'.
  4. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.
  5. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, devotion and devotional space.
  6. Have examined the Renaissance understanding of the nature of the natural order, sign and symbol, language and power.
  7. Understand the impact of the return 'to sources' which was part of the humanist agenda.
  8. Will have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world (piazza, building; representation) and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious medieval and renaissance Europeans.
  9. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and theological texts.
  10. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  11. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to genre and context.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A History or RLT Major

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM4820

Synopsis

This unit focuses on local and community history, and investigates concepts of community, the relationship between people and place and the connection between past and present. Students will study methods of historical research including oral history, material culture, emerging technologies, and cultural events. Through the assignments that include reviewing existing local history material and undertaking a community history research project, students will acquire a range of skills to equip to them to become involved in local and community history writing.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of 'community' and community history-making
  2. have been introduced to the origins of local and community histories, and their uses and purposes.
  3. have developed skills in researching and writing local and community histories
  4. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of a community history
  5. have developed strong oral communication skills, and recognised the importance of consultation and engagement with community groups when undertaking local and community histories
  6. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues of the importance of community and belonging

Assessment

Written work/reviews: 90% (8000 words)
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours over the semester

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

GSC2506, GSC3513, ATS2566, ATS3566


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Howard

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HYM4840

Synopsis

This unit will examine in detail a range of texts written during the late medieval and renaissance periods in Italy. Some may be canonical, for instance Dante's 'Divine Comedy' and Machiavelli's 'The Prince'. Others will represent literary genres popular at the time: vernacular letters, diaries and sermons etc. In particular, this unit will draw on the resources of the Archivio di Stato of Prato, and the 'Archivio Datini Online' making maximal use of the digitised documents available through this portal. Texts will be read from a variety of historiographical perspectives, and considered within the appropriate historical contexts.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the text(s) chosen for study.
  2. Will have gained an understanding of different genres of text circulating in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (chronicle, letter, diary, tract, sermon, poem, play, dialogue, treatise, monument, visual representation).
  3. Will have gained a grounding in core skills for Medieval and Renaissance Studies with respect to archives, manuscripts and palaeography.
  4. Will have developed a capacity to analyze the processes which underpinned the construction of particular texts.
  5. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  6. Will have developed the capacity to read 'against the grain' in relation to the Medieval and Renaissance Italian social, political and social contexts.
  7. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Medieval and Renaissance Society.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Class related written work: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Clayton on-campus: one 2-hour seminar per week;
Prato: 4 hours per day over 5 days in December with follow-up seminars at Clayton during February

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HYM4950

Synopsis

This unit examines new approaches in anthropology and history, specifically the development of 'ethnohistory', a theoretical perspective and growing body of work which attempt to understand the past through culture. This includes investigating the ways in which culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Particular emphasis will be placed on the way these strategies might be applied in the preparation of honours dissertations.

Outcomes

This subject examines methodological approaches in anthropology and history and looks at the ways in which culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Students are expected to:

  1. Think carefully about the relationship between anthropology and history and the nature and implications of attempts to work within and between these two disciplines.
  2. Consider the concept of 'culture' and its uses as a tool for historical investigation.
  3. Relate their reading to a set of general questions about what historians do, including the nature of historical evidence and the conclusions that may be drawn from it.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
In-class test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedSouth Africa Term 3 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Mark Baker, Dr Noah Shenker, Dr Daniella Doron

Notes

Previously coded ITM4140

Synopsis

This unit will bring together students from Monash campuses in Australia and South Africa to study the contemporary histories of post-genocide and post-conflict societies, through two specific cases: the South African approach after apartheid and local and global responses to the Rwandan genocide. Held in the winter semester as a two-week intensive, students will spend a week in Johannesburg and a week in Rwanda exploring public debates on memory and justice through visits to memorial sites and museums. Places to be explored include Soweto, the Apartheid Museum, Constitution Hill, the Murambi genocide memorial, and a Gacaca village trial.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding of the human impact of genocide and conflict on the communities that survive it
  2. an understanding of the modern historical contexts in which these conflicts emerged
  3. an appreciation of the issues and the agencies involved in rebuilding states and societies after genocide and conflict
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse questions of memory and justice using historical examples
  5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fourth-year level will be expected to have the ability to analytically differentiate between the different forms genocide and conflict manifest themselves in.

Assessment

Major essay (6000 words): 50%
Short writing exercise or text analysis (1000 words): 20%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Mark Baker and Dr Noah Shenker

Contact hours

One 4-hour lecture per day, five days a week, for three weeks

Prohibitions

ATS3314, ATS4314


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Notes

Previously coded PLM4065

Synopsis

This unit comprises an advanced seminar in international political economy (IPE), The unit explores the concept of a global political economy, and examines the key themes, theories and paradigms in IPE in the contemporary literature. The unit covers three main areas:

  1. theoretical approaches to the global political economy
  2. major developments in 20th and 21st-century IPE
  3. case studies from North America, Europe and East Asia. Australia is included as a paradigmatic case of a 'middle power' that is both an influential actor in, as well as a state profoundly affected by, the global political economy

Outcomes

The main objectives of the unit are for students to develop:

  1. a critical understanding of the principal themes and theories in international political economy
  2. an awareness of the major developments in the international political economy since World War Two, with emphasis upon the impact of economic interdependence and globalisation
  3. insights into how a small country can influence international regulatory structures and institutions, in a world dominated by the economic powers like the United States, Japan and the European Union
  4. a critical appreciation of the costs and benefits of Australia's responses to global economic pressures, with emphasis upon developments within the past decade.

Assessment

Essay (6,000 words) : 50%
Examination (3 hours) : 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Admission to Politics 4th-Year Honours or admission to the MA in International Relations or admission to the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr. Waleed Aly

Notes

Previously coded PLM4310

Synopsis

This subject explores the relationship between contemporary forms of political violence, especially terrorism, and the forces of globalisation. It focuses in particular on violence as a manifestation of the disintegration of traditional belief systems centering on 'the nation' and the emergence of assertive forms of sub-cultural resistance. Through case studies of terrorist networks and the ideologies that motivate them, the course addresses conundrums such as the distinction between 'freedom fighters' and 'terrorists', the relationship between technology, economy and political violence, and the impact of violence on traditional notions of national and international governance.

Outcomes

  1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of:
    1. the global circumstances behind rise of culture and identity as contested political concepts
    2. under what circumstances cultural politics can take on a violent/terrorist edge
    3. the implications of these developments for national and international forms of governance.
  2. To foster in students a high level understanding of the challenges posed to established norms of global politics by the spread of terrorist networks and other violence-prone movements (including through case studies of terrorist movements).
  3. To enhance students' ability to contribute to public debates on issues such as counter-terrorism, state-sponsored violence, and arguments over trade-offs between civil and individual rights and public security.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Applicants should have completed a bachelors degree with a major in politics, or a Faculty Certificate in politics with grades of at least credit average. Subject to the approval of the Graduate Coordinator, applicants with a major in a cognate discipline may be admitted.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Janover

Notes

Previously coded PLM4390

Synopsis

Selected topics in the history of political thought, including the nature of epic or grand theories of politics and the role of various forms of moral, religious, scientific, and metaphysical thinking in such theories. Texts and arguments considered are of two kinds:

  1. models of construction and deconstruction of the history of Western political and philosophical thought in writings of Heidegger, Arendt and Strauss
  2. conceptions of knowledge, power and morality, culture and civilisation in the thinking of Socrates, Plato, Machiavelli, Rousseau and Nietzsche.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit students will be ale to:

  1. Understand the main ideas and arguments of selected political theorists and philosophers studied.
  2. Analyse and discuss accounts of the history of Western political thought considered as a tradition of discourse.
  3. Relate and connect arguments in political theory to ideas and arguments in other areas of philosophical thinking, in particular in ethics.
  4. Assess arguments that political theories are scientific ar artistic in structure, method and significance.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Greg Barton

Notes

Previously coded PLM4430

Synopsis

This subject will explore the origins of 'political Islam' or 'Islamism'- a backlash against the economic, political and cultural dominance of the 'West'. It will survey the gamut of Islamist organisations in the Middle East, South and South East Asia against the backdrop of an increasingly shrinking world. Political Islam begins with the study of Islamic responses to European imperialism in the 19th and 20th centuries, with particular emphasis upon the emergence of Islamic modernism. It then focuses on the growth of Islamic movements and their response to contending ideologies, including secular nationalism and socialism. Finally we consider the impact of Islam on international relations.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will have gained a critical understanding of Islamic radicalism, in its different manifestations globally, and the political and conceptual forces that extend or hamper its scope. This subject will place political Islam within the context of a shrinking world and offer students a nuanced appreciation of relations between the West and the Muslim world.

Assessment

+ Seminar presentation: 10%
Short essay (2,000 words): 30%
Take home exam (5,000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

A 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4329, APG5329


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Paul Muldoon

Notes

Previously coded PLM4440

Synopsis

As the consumer ethos invades every area of our lives, identity is increasingly related less to the place one inhabits and more to what one owns or is capable of attaining. These developments have implications, not only for our political life as citizens, but for the Western tradition of thinking about politics itself. To the extent that political thought and action has traditionally been based around an embedded notion of citizenship, it is in serious need of re-examination. This unit explores how changes in modes of consumption in post-industrial societies have altered our notions of citizenship and produced a new 'politics of rebellion' outside the conventional political arena.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand different theoretical approaches to consumerism.
  2. Connect debates over consumerism to notions of democracy and citizenship.
  3. Develop a deeper understanding of globalisation and its discontents.
  4. Be able to make connections across different disciplines (particularly politics, sociology and cultural studies).
  5. Display advanced oral communication skills.
  6. Undertake independent research and present the results in a coherent written format.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 40%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5330, ATS4330


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Greg Barton

Notes

Previously coded PLM4490

Synopsis

This unit examines the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia and pays particular attention to their progressive potential. Drawing upon the critical work of contemporary civil society movements and innovative intellectuals in both countries, it explores the conceptual and practical dimensions of the pursuit of constructive interfaith relations in the Islamic world. By placing Turkey and Indonesia at the centre of analysis, the unit aims to reveal Islam, less as a source of violence and terrorism, than as a source of tolerance, peace and conflict resolution.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

  1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
  2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent conflict violence and terrorism
  3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
  4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
  5. A broad understanding of the social historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
  6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia including terrorist groups
  7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
  8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
  9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:

  1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
  2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent conflict violence and terrorism
  3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
  4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought, practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
  5. A broad understanding of the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
  6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia, including terrorist groups
  7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
  8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey, in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
  9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability
  11. Highly sophisticated level of oral skills
  12. Highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
  13. Highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability

Assessment

Short essay (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (5000 words): 50%
Field trip: 10%
Class Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and in addition one 7-hour field trip


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andy Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM4600

Synopsis

Strategic studies is defined here as the analysis of the military dimension of international relations. Within this setting, the unit looks at the following topics: the role of US military power in world affairs, Australian defence policy, armed intervention, threats to the peace, the proliferation of 'weapons of mass destruction', arms control and concepts of security.

Assessment

Essay plan (400 words): 5%
Essay (5000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4332, APG5332


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nick Economou

Notes

Previously coded PLM4800

Synopsis

Major impacts on Australian national government and politics over the last two decades. The changing economic and social fabric of Australia; the impact of globalisation and the re-emergence of neo-liberal ideology. The changing Australian political tradition; recent challenges to representative and accountable governance; the increase in political disenchantment and the gradual dealignment of the electorate and the effect of these on the political parties; and, more generally, the form and nature of democracy in Australia.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A/Prof. Susan Blackburn

Notes

Previously coded PLM4930

Synopsis

Development strategies in Indonesia, Malaysia and Vietnam. Development options and development policies of successive governments - the groups which benefit and lose. Issues of political economy affecting the region as a whole, including environmental controversies, democratisation and women and development.

Assessment

Book report (2000 words): 25%
Essay (4000 words): 45%
Tutorial presentation: 10%
Examination (2 hours): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms. Virginie Andre

Notes

Previously coded PLM4090

Synopsis

This unit will examine the role of interfaith relations in promoting social harmony and common security in the 21st century. It will include a historical overview of interfaith relations; religion and globalization; interfaith peacebuilding; methods for interfaith engagement; the nexus between interfaith relations and security since the terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001; approaches to interfaith relations from the major religious traditions; a case study of interfaith relations in Australia; gender and youth issues in interfaith; interfaith environmental activism.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

  1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
  2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
  4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
  5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations and security following the events of September 11, 2001
  6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
  7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
  8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
  9. a sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Upon successful completion of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:

  1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
  2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
  4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement;
  5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations and security following the events of September 11, 2001
  6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
  7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
  8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
  9. highly sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Assessment

Short essay (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (5000 words): 50%
Field trip: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-day (7 hours) field trip.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Irfan Ahmad

Notes

Previously coded PLM4420

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have attained an intricate and critical knowledge of the diversity of Islamic thought in relation to modernity; a profound and detailed understanding of the key issues at the heart of tensions between Islam and modernity; a deep understanding of the way Muslims in the Muslim world and Muslims in the West are affected by the ongoing tension between Islam and modernity; a critical appreciation of the way reformist Islamic thinkers have tried to deal with the question compatibility between Islam and modernity; a detailed knowledge of the common ground between Islam and modernity that is used by Islamic modernists/reformers and the analytical ability to deconstruct that argument with reference to traditional Islamic sources; a deep understanding of the broad conceptual basis of Islamic political thoughts; a detailed understanding of the Islamic reformist movement that has emerged in the West; a sophisticated level of oral presentation skills; highly developed writing skills; and developed research skills..

Assessment

Class participation and think-piece presentation: 10%
Review essay (1000 words): 10%
Short essay (2000 words): 20%
Take-home examination (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATS4336/APG5336


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben MacQueen

Notes

Previously coded PLM4460

Synopsis

This unit will explore the patterns of civil and international conflict in Islamic societies in the Middle East and attempts at its resolution. Specifically, it will highlight how a variety of formal and informal conflict resolution mechanisms have been employed with varying degrees of success. This review of the mechanics of conflict resolution will be complemented by a detailed examination of conflict resolution theory and how it links to practice. A series of case studies will be coupled with a detailed examination of both the theoretical and practical underpinnings of conflict resolution to evaluate current and alternative trends at the resolution of conflict in the Middle East.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. An intricate knowledge of the patterns of conflict in the Middle East as well as the mechanics of conflict resolution
  2. An understanding of the interconnectedness of patterns of conflict in the Middle East and an ability to relate the interconnectedness of conflicts to the difficulties of conflict resolution
  3. An understanding of Islamic political and social mechanisms relative to the processes of conflict resolution
  4. A detailed knowledge of the conflict resolution processes in the Arab-Israel/Israeli-Palestinian conflicts, the Lebanese civil war, the Iran-Iraq war, the Algerian civil war and the current conflicts in Iraq and Sudan
  5. An appreciation of the role of international powers in the conflict and resolution processes in the Middle East
  6. An understanding of the broad conceptual basis of conflict resolution theory from materialist, structuralist, and 'culturalist' standpoints
  7. An understanding of the various manifestations of conflict resolution practice, such as Track I and II diplomacy, interstate and non-state negotiations, and the role of civil society
  8. An understanding of the role of major international powers in Middle Eastern conflict resolution as well as the mechanics of United Nations conflict resolution practice, the role of NGOs and local cultural processes of conflict resolution
  9. A sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Assessment

Written work: 50% +Oral presentation: 20%
Class tests: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATS4337, APG4337


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Irfan Ahmad

Notes

Previously coded PLM4470

Synopsis

This unit focuses on Islamic thought and social movements in South Asia, an important region where about forty percent of the world's Muslim population lives. The purpose of this unit, is to make both a regional and a conceptual shift in order to depict the multiplicity, creativity, dynamism and contesting forms of Islam outside of Islam's 'heartland'. It will focus on movements, events, ideas, rituals, institutions and practices that have impacted the social, cultural and political life of Muslims and non-Muslims in modern South Asia. Interdisciplinary in its approach, this Unit will employ a range of historical, ethnographic, sociological, political scientific and literary sources. Geographically, it will focus on Afghanistan, Bangladesh, India, and Pakistan.

Outcomes

All students who successfully complete this unit should be able to:

  1. Critically assess the natural association of Islam with the Middle-East, and appreciate the dynamic, diverse and contesting forms of normative and lived Islam in modern South Asia;
  2. Engage in a critical appraisal of different theoretical approaches and methodological issues to the study of religious traditions in general and Islamic traditions in particular;
  3. Have achieved understanding of key elements of relevant material in a variety of social science fields such as anthropology of religion, political sociology, social movement studies, gender studies, history of ideas, Islamic Studies, and transnationalism;
  4. Understand, critique, and develop an argument, and demonstrate its effective application - oral as well as written in-class presentations, and composition of essays, and reviews.

Assessment

Think piece presentation: 5%
Review essay (1000 Words): 10%
Long essay (5,000 words): 50%
Take home exam (3,000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tamara Prosic

Notes

Previously coded RLM4140

Synopsis

The unit explores the ways in which different cultures confront the experience of death through metaphor, ritual, and symbolic association, and the ways in which they memorialize the dead. It considers the nature of beliefs about life, death and the hereafter; funerary rituals and strategies for body disposal; the physical and symbolic boundaries between the worlds of the living and the dead; the perceived impact of the dead on the affairs of the living; the dying process as a public or private event; taboos about dying and death in everyday discourse and the language used regarding death; death in myths. Examples will be drawn from major religious traditions (Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism), ancient Mediterranean cultures, and modern secular societies, including contemporary Australia.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. gain familiarity and be conversant with the main conceptions and ritualisation of death and symbolic themes in a range of different cultures and societies
  2. reflect critically on the influence particular death ethos has on the conduct of the living
  3. understand the nature and the social function of death related practices
  4. develop a capacity to understand, analyse and contextualise the symbolic language of death
  5. research and complete a research essay that considers the process of memory and ceremony in relation to the dead, within a specific cultural situation.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Tutorial presentation: 20% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Salih Yucel

Notes

Previously coded RLM4145

Synopsis

This unit will explore the textual sources of Islam, the Qur'an and hadith from Sunni, Shiite and Western points of views, as well as the notion of independent inquiry (itjihad) within Islam involved in exploring these texts. It will consider the different ways in which the Qur'an and hadith or Prophetic sayings have been interpreted as a source of understanding and implementation of Islamic jurisprudence. It will explore both traditional and contemporary interpretations of the Qur'an and hadith in the Islamic world and the West. In the process, the students will develop their ability of research and analysis of sacred text and Islamic law.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students will:

  1. gain a foundational knowledge of the science of the Qur'an and hadith
  2. understand the compilation and structure of the Qur'an and the collection and ranking system of hadith
  3. be familiar with the relationship between Qur'anic exegesis, hadith interpretation and Islamic law from Sunni and Shiite point of views
  4. have analyzed contemporary discussions of the Qur'an and hadith sfrom a critical point of view
  5. have developed the ability to undertake academic research and analysis of Islam's sacred texts and law
  6. In addition, at fourth-year level students will engage in original research in applying Islamic principles to contemporary issues.

Assessment

Written work (8000 words): 90%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitArchaeology and Ancient History
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAM4100

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of methodological approaches to studying the ancient classical world: Greece, the Hellenistic kingdoms and Rome. Categories of data studied include: historiography, numismatic, epigraphic, papyrological, and material remains. The unit is organised around a series of case studies; these include aspects of Athens under Peisistratos and Perikles, the Hellenistic world in the reign of Ptolemy II, and Rome under Gaius Caligula.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Have an understanding of the variety of data available for accessing the ancient classical world
  2. Have developed a sound approach to a using a wide range of methodologies in researching the ancient past
  3. Have an understanding of the different historiographic approaches of the authors of the three cultures studied
  4. Have well-developed textual analysis skills for each of the cultures studied
  5. Demonstrate an ability to use coins, inscriptions, papyri and objects to reconstruct aspects of, or events in, the past
  6. Have developed good presentation skills
  7. Demonstrate an ability to use a variety of source material to produce a sustained piece of written work.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Oral and written presentation: 20%
Seminar/workshop participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One one-hour lecture and one one-hour seminar/workshop per week for 12 weeks.

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Archaeology and Ancient History

Co-requisites

APG4257

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded ALM4130

Synopsis

Explore the role of language in society by examining language variation and change, multilingualism and how individuals adjust their speech to the situations they find themselves in. In this introductory unit, you will explore regional and social variation in language as well as topics such as language and gender, language and power and language policy. A key focus of this unit is the different methods of inquiry used in sociolinguistics. Students are introduced to a range of sociolinguistic methodologies and, with guidance from their unit advisor, develop and conduct their own small sociolinguistic study.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify and assess the significance of key theoretical perspectives in the study of language and society.
  2. Reflect on their own sociolinguistic repertoire.
  3. Apply sociolinguistic insights to their own professional context.
  4. Describe the main data gathering methods used in sociolinguistics, and select appropriate methods for a range of research questions.
  5. Design and carry out a small sociolinguistic fieldwork project.
  6. Engage in informed debate on matters of theoretical and practical significance in the areas of language and society, language education, language purism and language planning.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded ALM4150

Synopsis

Learn about the various approaches to research in applied linguistics. You will explore different data collection procedures, including interviewing, participant observation and questionnaire surveys. You will also investigate data description, analysis, interpretation, quantitative and qualitative research and ethical concerns relating to linguistic research.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in applied study of language (with a particular focus on English)
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis
  4. identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10% (on campus students only)
Participation: 10% (off campus students only)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 x 1.5-hour seminars per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Bradshaw (DE); Dr Robyn Spence-Brown (Day)

Notes

Previously coded ALM4250

Synopsis

The course will address key concepts, theoretical models, accepted approaches and contested frameworks and theories in the rapidly changing field of second language acquisition. Topics covered include models and theories of second language acquisition, first and second language acquisition, error analysis and interlanguage, interlanguage pragmatics, input and interaction, learner strategies, learning styles, cognitive processes, classroom observation, second language identity and learners' rights.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. summarize key theoretical debates in relation to second language acquisition, and evaluate relevant empirical evidence;
  2. compare the work of competing theorists, and recognise their role in the development of SLA theory;
  3. reflect on their own language learning experience and classroom practice in the light of theoretical and empirical studies;
  4. evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of second language acquisition;
  5. and apply at least one methodology to a selected context.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Agnieszka Sobocinska

Synopsis

This unit will help students conceptualise the multidisciplinary field of Australian Studies. It will focus on seminal theoretical texts drawn from the disciplines of Australian history, literature, politics, sociology and cultural studies to familiarise students with different ways of conceptualising the Australian experience. This unit also introduces students to an extensive range of research materials, including scholarly databases and bibliographical references, newspaper archives, pictorial and moving images and online resources.

Outcomes

At the completion of the course students will:

  1. Be familiar with and able to apply a range of theoretical approaches to analyse and explain the Australian experience;
  2. Have knowledge of key theoretical traditions associated with Australian history, literature, politics, sociology and cultural studies;
  3. Be able to make appropriate and efficient use of sources within the multidiscipline of Australian Studies;
  4. Be able to locate and make use of regular and archival holdings relating to Australian Studies in major research libraries;
  5. Be familiar with electronic, printed and audio-visual sources, and know how to access them;
  6. Be able to undertake independent research;
  7. Be able to discuss and write critically and in an ordered and conceptual manner about their research;
  8. Be able to research and write scholarly essays of postgraduate standard.

Assessment

Seminar participation/presentation: 10%
Seminar paper 1 (2000 words): 20%
Seminar paper 2 (2000 words): 20%
Research essay (5000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour combined lecture/seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Tony Moore

Synopsis

The unit will involve a study tour of major media organizations, with some attention also to alternative media. Most site visits will be in Melbourne and Sydney, but may also include international travel. Students will draw on background knowledge and skills in analysis gained from other units, gaining the opportunity to test them against real world examples. The unit will have a strong element of experiential learning, through seeing the insides of media organizations and having direct contact with those who work in them. At the same time, it will encourage critical scholarly thinking.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the internal organization and culture of media organisations;
  2. demonstrate an appreciation of the complex 'ecology' of a major media industries, gaining the ability to see lateral connections between different organisations;
  3. demonstrate skills in direct observation of media industries, as a complement to reading and scholarship in the area;
  4. demonstrate an awareness of production and audience contexts in communications and media studies;
  5. have confidence in approaching and working with individuals and organisations at the cutting edge of communications and media.

Assessment

Site brief (2000 words): 20%
Site log (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Synopsis

This unit enables students to read widely in a relevant topic within a cultural arts field, under the guidance of a supervisor. It may be an area not offered in any other fourth or fifth-year level unit, or involve building more in-depth knowledge in an area with which the student already has some familiarity. Details for the reading unit will be defined and approved individually for each student and will include objectives, assessment and an initial reading list. Students enrolling in this unit must have the approval of the unit coordinator.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained detailed knowledge and in-depth understanding of an area of interest to the student, which is not formally taught;
  2. developed an ability to analyse and construct arguments from a range of academic sources;
  3. developed skills at critiquing and evaluating others ideas, opinions and arguments;
  4. demonstrated a willingness to present ideas for scrutiny to a supervisor and accept criticism of those ideas;
  5. and learned self-reliance and time management skills in order to gain greater independence as a learner.

Assessment

Written assessment (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour supervisory meeting per week plus self-directed learning/research

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Helen Nesadurai

Notes

Previously coded AST4000

Synopsis

This unit explores the dramatic transformations that have defined the Aian region in the post-colonial period. The most fundamental change has been the shift of large agrarian societies from their rural base into industrial modes of production and the habit of living in cities. This massive migration of people has had important consequences for technological change, political stability, social inequalities, cultural heritage and the environment. We examine how the old balances of power amongst the political, business and religious elites of Asia are changing and how Asia itself is challenging the nature of world leadership. Our approach includes analysing the shifting realities at the level of mega-cities, towns and villages.

Outcomes

  1. To familiarise students with the major transformations of Asian politics, society, culture and economy since 1950;
  2. To develop an in-depth understanding of the complexity of these processes and the contradictions of modernity in various country cases studies including India, China, Indonesia, Cambodia, Malaysia and others;
  3. To expose students to world class authors and scholars who have written about these issues and have an intimate knowledge of the forces of change;
  4. To encourage students to appreciate the important of multi-dimensonal changes and apply multi-disciplinary approaches to their study of Asia;
  5. To promote the analytial abilities of students in their written and oral work

Assessment

Written work (including exam): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture
one 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Atkinson

Notes

Previously coded AST4220

Synopsis

This unit addresses the challenges of research work in the Asian region and seeks to equip students with some of the skills needed for it. In a series of modules, students will be introduced to a range of potential source materials for the study of Asia, such as documents, census reports, fictional texts, and films, and to a range of research methodologies applicable to the study of Asia including fieldwork in villages, archival work, data collection and interviews. Students will be encouraged to think about issues of ethical obligations in relation to fieldwork, such as those raised by non-Asian scholars making judgments about Asia, cultural bias, and the ownership of knowledge.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing APG4385 will:

  1. Be able to converse intelligently about issues of cultural bias and the ownership of knowledge.
  2. Have a firm grasp of a range of sources and methodologies applicable to research in Asia and a firm understanding of the scholarly principles that underpin them.
  3. Have a firm understanding of the link between scholarship, public debate and nationalistic political agendas in Asia.
  4. Be able to put together a sophisticated Asia-related research or consultancy proposal.

Assessment

Written work(including exam): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture
One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in a postgraduate program

Co-requisites

At least one other unit in a postgraduate program


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Previously coded ATM4010

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the structure of the tourism industry from a global perspective. The key questions of: what types of tourists exist, who are the key players driving development and what are the basic economic principles of demand, supply and yield management that underpin its existence are addressed. Students are then presented with an overview of basic international service marketing concepts within a marketing planning framework. Topics include marketing research and analysis, the marketing mix, segmentation, target marketing, marketing strategy, communication methods, advertising, public relations and publicity.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An understanding of the structure and operation of the tourism industry globally, and within Australia
  2. The ability to undertake a critical analysis of tourism marketing strategies employed by countries, regions and individual firms
  3. An understanding the basic economic concepts associated with the tourism industry
  4. An understanding of the concepts and theories of marketing as applied to the tourism industry
  5. An understanding of the basic techniques and tools of marketing management as applied to the tourism industry
  6. Developed their research and presentation skills on tourism related subjects.

Assessment

Examination (3 hrs) : 30%
Research Paper (2500) : 25%
Major Assignment (3500) : 35%
Participation : 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATD4010


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM4060

Synopsis

This contemporary unit is designed to focus on key issues arising in the global tourism industry such as the rapid growth of the industry in emerging economies, poverty alleviation and development through tourism and the growth of "new tourism" and independent travel. The unit is presented via a number of key industry seminars and a proposed field work study tour to an emerging tourism region such as Fiji (South Pacific), Vietnam (S.E Asia) or Estonia (Eastern Europe). (The selected study tour destination will be nominated at the start of semester and may vary from year to year)

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. an understanding of key problems and issues in the current and future development of the global tourism industry;
  2. a developed capacity to undertake original research on an area of their particular interest;
  3. enhanced written and oral communication skills suitable for progress in the tourism profession;
  4. an understanding of key issues facing the future development of the industry in emerging economies;
  5. an understanding of the challenges facing tourism development in emerging tourism economies/regions.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
2-hour exam: 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Vicki Peel & Jeff Jarvis

Contact hours

3 x 2-hour lectures, 1 x 3-hour student presentation seminars and a 7-10 day intensive study tour with industry seminars and field work

Prohibitions

ATD4060, APG5390


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Justin Oakley (First semester); Dr Ryan Tonkens (Second semester)

Notes

Previously coded CHB4101

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a basic understanding of ethical theory, as a foundation for their studies in bioethics. The unit outlines three main perspectives in normative ethics - Kantianism, Utilitarianism, and Virtue Ethics - and examines several key problems for each of these approaches. The unit also considers certain issues in meta-ethics, such as the question of whether moral judgements must be relative to individuals or cultures, or whether they can be objective, and the implications of research in social and moral psychology for accounts of moral motivation.

Assessment

Written work (6000 words): 70%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Justin Oakley (First semester); Dr Ryan Tonkens (Second semester)

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB4102

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.

Assessment

Written work (6500 words): 75%
Take-home exam (2500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One x 2.5 hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

For off-campus students: no timetabled contact hours although students are welcome to attend seminars for on-campus students when the unit is running in both modes.

Prerequisites

APG4393 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Juan Sanin (semester 1); Dr Louise Poland (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded COM4001

Synopsis

The ability to be able to find, use, assess and present information is crucial to those working in the communications industry. This unit focuses on research methods, sources, writing and theories used in the study and practice of media and communications, with a focus on Australian examples. The range of sources studied includes scholarly databases and bibliographical references, newspaper archives, and pictorial and moving images.

Outcomes

  1. To be able to make appropriate and efficient use of Australian sources within the field of communications and media;
  2. To be able to research and write scholarly essays at postgraduate standard;
  3. To be able to locate and make use of regular and archival holdings relating to media and communications field of major research libraries;
  4. To be familiar with electronic, print and audio-visual sources;
  5. Familiarity with key Australian media;
  6. To be able to discuss and write critically about independent research undertaken.

Assessment

3 research projects (2000 words): 60%
Research essay (3000 words): 30%
Class participation/Seminar presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Juan Sanin (semester 1)
Dr Louise Poland (semester 2)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tony Moore

Notes

Previously coded COM4002

Synopsis

The subject examines the history of communications and media from the genesis of the mass circulation press to the new media of the 21st century. It provides students with an appreciation of how communication and media are shaped by technological advances, decisions by policy-makers and broader social forces. It also provides students with an opportunity to consider how the media's coverage of important public debates and controversies has helped shape society. In the major research essay students will have the opportunity to investigate media coverage of a major historical issue or event.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a broad overview of communications and media history;
  2. Have an understanding of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have shaped that history;
  3. Have an appreciation of how media coverage of watershed events and issues has influenced society;
  4. Be able to conduct independent research;
  5. Be able to write lucidly and with analytical depth.

Assessment

Class participation and attendance (1000 words equivalent): 10%
Seminar introduction (1000 words equivalent): 10%
Two Short essays (2000 words each): 40%
Major research essay (4000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Mark Poole (semester 1); Dr Jinna Tay (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded COM4006

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the changing relationships between the media, telecommunications and computing industries. It investigates the practices of electronic publishing and its impact on the communications industry. The unit profiles both traditional media such as the book, print and broadcasting in the light of new forms of content delivery such as the web, wireless and digital broadcasting. It also explores the challenges of developing and delivering high-quality, user-focused content in a digital environment, including social media.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 50%
Two research projects (2250 words each): 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mark Poole (semester 1)
Dr Jinna Tay (semester 2)

Contact hours

2 hours (one 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jinna Tay

Notes

Previously coded COM4009

Synopsis

This subject explores key issues arising from the rapid change, development and growth in international communications. It examines the impact of globalisation and shifts in production, distribution and consumption in international communications. Students will consider power and disadvantage; cultural flows and exchange; development communication; cross-cultural communication; international advertising and public relations; diasporic cultures; and legal and ethical issues in international communications. Examples will be drawn from many different countries, including case studies of communications and media in Asia, Europe, North America and the Middle East.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  1. Have a sound understanding of globalisation as it affects communications and media industries;
  2. Be able to analyse global media and the policies which affect them;
  3. Be aware of the potentials and problems of cross-cultural communication and of the major theories which have been developed to explain them;
  4. Understand changing modes of reception by global audiences, together with the implications of these processes for national and personal identity;
  5. Be aware of the major legal and ethical challenges thrown up by the globalisation of communications and media.

Assessment

Essay (3500 words): 40%
Poster project: 30%
Research project (3000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Jenny Hocking (Week1-4); Dr John Tebbutt (Week 5-12)

Notes

Previously coded COM4010

Synopsis

This unit engages with the challenges facing the traditional media companies at a time when the mass-market and advertising business models that have long sustained them are under assault from new digital production and distribution technology that is fragmenting audiences and enabling smaller, more entrepreneurial organizations to compete against bureaucratic 'empires'. How do companies such as News Corporation, Channel Nine or Fairfax respond to the threats and opportunities posed by the new digital media businesses like Google, Apple iTunes and Facebook, and community activist projects such as Wikipedia that are leading and exploiting changes triggered by the digital revolution.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate an ability to;

  1. Critically analyse the business models of a variety of traditional media companies and the challenges and opportunities posed by new digital media;
  2. Assess government policy responses to issues arising from new digital technology, media convergence and fragmentation of audiences;
  3. Understand key debates surrounding transformation of public media, such as the Australian Broadcasting Corporation;
  4. Engage in discussion informed by current media research and theory about the changing media environment in Australia and internationally;
  5. Conduct independent research in the field of communications and media;
  6. Think critically and conceptually about contemporary media industries and how they relate with content producers and audiences.

In addition, students taking APG5401 should be able to demonstrate additional conceptual ability in written work.

Assessment

First Essay (3,500 words): 40%; Second essay (3,500 words): 40%; Seminar presentation (2,000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Jenny Hocking (Week1-4); Dr John Tebbutt (Week 5-12)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Andy Ruddock

Synopsis

The unit will survey the history, concepts and methods of critical media audience research. It will consider both the mass communications and cultural studies disciplines, and will develop students' ability to critique scholarly work on both conceptual and methodological grounds. Audiences and the Social Influence of Media will enhance students' ability to develop and present original research projects, based on empirical explorations of how people interact with media in a variety of social places. The academic skills it cultivates will be directly applicable to thesis work.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit a student will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media influence
  2. a broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged
  3. an ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases;
  4. the ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
  5. the ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student
  6. Postgraduate students will be asked to format Assessment 3 in line with a grant proposal of their choosing Assessment 3.

Assessment

Literature review (3500 words): 40%
Class presentation: 10%
Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two 6-hour weekend seminars and 2 hours per week MUSO participation

Prerequisites

Communication and Media Studies major or other major approved by coordinator


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedSunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sue Yell (Caulfield), Paul Atkinson (Gippsland)

Notes

Previously coded COM4209

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the fundamentals of communication research methodologies, research project design, the planning, writing and editing of research, and the formulation of a research proposal.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. Increased understanding of the methods of communication research;
  3. Increased understanding of approaches to planning and designing research, and to writing and editing research;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of research;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in academic and professional research activity;
  6. Significantly increased capacity to design, manage, and carry out research projects.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Literature Review (3000 words): 30%;
Assignment 2 Research Plan (6000 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG5409


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Shane Homan

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the key production, consumption and policy debates concerning the popular music industries. It situates popular music as a significant part of the global media and cultural industries, examining a range of music-media activity, including music journalism; music radio; film soundtracks; music television; and music on the internet. A key theme of analysis is the changing roles of industry, audiences and governments regarding how and where popular music remains meaningful. The unit will also address contemporary intellectual property and other policy debates, and how the 'local' is situated within global music landscapes.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the key media studies, popular music and cultural studies theories associated with popular music activity;
  2. An assessment of how popular music operates as part of local and global media and cultural industries;
  3. An ability to critically and independently engage with key debates and issues within the popular music industries;
  4. An ability to apply broader global concepts to distinct local contexts;
  5. An ability to explain and analyse course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay I (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay II (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded CRJ4001, CJM4001

Synopsis

This unit examines crime prevention and crime reduction initiatives, programs and strategies that attempt to alleviate the problem of criminal activities. This unit surveys crime prevention from the local community to that of global perspectives. Theories and arguments of crime prevention policy and practice are examined. Students learn various research methodologies used in conducting and evaluating crime prevention initiatives. Specific topics to be explored include threats to national security, international and transnational crime, people smuggling, theft of body parts, money laundering, drugs, commercial and organised crime, white-collar crime, public disorder and street crimes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. a critical understanding of various theories and strategies of crime prevention
  2. the ability to critically examine changes in international and transnational offending via appropriate legal, political and justice perspectives
  3. a critical understanding of the governance and administration of collaborative international crime prevention efforts
  4. the ability to evaluate the effectiveness and importance of crime prevention initiatives by identifying limitations and assumptions that underpin such programs
  5. an awareness of global justice attempts to curb global crime problems
  6. the ability to formulate crime prevention policy and practice
  7. the ability to research and complete a substantial research project of the student's own choice
  8. the ability to hypothesise about likely future global crime problems.

Assessment

Evaluation Paper (2500 words): 25%Crime Prevention Policy Analysis (2500 words): 25%Crime Prevention Research Project (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded CRJ4002, CJM4002

Synopsis

This unit explores policing in its generic sense. A broad range of investigative and control mechanisms, both in the public and private sectors, is examined in terms of curbing crime, criminal tendencies and threats. This unit appraises recent expansionary changes in state-sponsored policing and security organisations. It explores the recent shift from law enforcement to preventative risk management strategies and technologies. Issues such as the emergence of the 'risk society', the privatisation of policing, tensions between surveillance and personal privacy, and estimations of the risk of dangerousness characterising particular offender groups are examined and critiqued.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:1) a critical understanding of contemporary practice and research relating to policing and security; 2) a capacity to examine and critique contemporary control practices employed in policing, security and risk management;3) an understanding of contemporary surveillance, control and management strategies employed to curb crime and violence in various situations;4) a critical understanding of both the function of security and theoretical and practical approaches to risk assessment;5) enhanced problem-solving skills;6) the ability to evaluate information and research critically;7) the ability to design and communicate policy concepts clearly and logically about policing, security and risk management.

Assessment

Briefing Paper on policing/security issue (2500 words): 30%Policy Report (2500 words): 30%Essay (4000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Maryrose Casey

Notes

Previously coded DTH4000

Synopsis

As for ATS4421

Outcomes

  1. Understanding and integration of major concepts within dramatic theory, history and literature
  2. Appreciation of the qualitative and critical significance of key thinkers within the discipline of theatre and performance studies
  3. Critical tools to interpret and engage with complex ideas about theatre criticism, theory and performance-making
  4. Awareness of diverse research methods and methodology appropriate to arts research, and experience in their practical application
  5. Development of research and writing skills

Assessment

Methods research (1500 words): 20%; Investigation and presentation on an issue (2500 words): 30%; Subjective exercise (1000 words): 15%; Long research paper (4000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Will Peterson

Notes

Previously coded DTH4003

Synopsis

This unit will investigate performance practice in two modules: one relating to the preparation of performance and one concerning both performance itself and the critique of performance. Students will be expected to initiate and carry out their own performance project, to discover appropriate background material, and to sustain a discussion with the class on issues arising from the development of their project. After the presentation of the performances, students will prepare a written or oral critique of their project.

Outcomes

Students who complete this unit successfully should be able:

  1. To make a new performance work which draws on contemporary ideas and practices.
  2. To critique the making of this work in the light of contemporary performance theory.
  3. To participate in class investigations and help facilitate discoveries in methodologies of performance making.
  4. To make presentations on the processes of creating performance.
  5. To articulate in oral and written form the specific elements and objectives of an original piece of performance making.

Assessment

Workshop classes and presentations (2000 word equivalent): 25%
Performance project, supported by journal (2500 word equivalent each): 50%
Performance critiques (2000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour workshop) per week

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Derudder

Notes

Previously coded ENV4020

Synopsis

People's approaches to environmental issues (what they see as problems and what they see as solutions) vary widely based on worldviews, assumptions, and value systems. This unit develops students' capacity to critically evaluate differing ideological, philosophical, and disciplinary approaches to environment and sustainability, such as positivistic science, technology, systems theory, social ecology, indigenous worldviews, deep ecology, bioregionalism, poststructuralism, neoliberalism, and sustainability science. Throughout, it will explore the implications of these approaches for policymaking, disciplinary research, environmental management, and political processes and action.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough grasp of the ideas and assumptions behind a range of key perspectives on the environment and sustainability.
  2. An ability to recognize and analyse different philosophical and ideological perspectives on the environment in use (in writing, in speech, in political positions...).
  3. A capacity to understand the perspectives of different disciplines within an interdisciplinary context.
  4. Skills in analysing the implications of differing environmental perspectives on practical courses of action and policy-making.
  5. Skills in constructing critical and analytical arguments, in oral and written form, relevant to discussions of environmental worldviews and philosophies.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4000 words)
Oral presentations: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Professor Nigel Tapper

Notes

Previously coded ENV4040

Synopsis

Drawing on environmental expertise from inside and outside the university, this unit provides students with a fundamental technical understanding of a range of contemporary and emerging environmental issues such as loss of biodiversity, global warming, waste management, genetic engineering, water scarcity and management, and urban and rural sustainability. Throughout, the coordinator will ensure that social concepts and frameworks of sustainability are woven into a more comprehensive technical understanding of the environmental issues. The unit also considers responses proposed and/or implemented to address the various environmental issues.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A fundamental understanding of the scientific basis of a range of key environmental issues.
  2. The ability to recognize that scientific understanding of major environmental issues is not complete, and that there are a range of scientific perspectives that can be brought to bear on any particular environmental issue.
  3. The ability to apply social concepts and frameworks of sustainability to key environmental issues.
  4. An awareness of the responses proposed and/or implemented in response to key environmental issues.
  5. A capacity to construct critical and analytical argument in oral and written form, relevant to discussion of major environmental issues.

Assessment

Reading commentaries 1000 words 25%
Oral presentation (debate participation) Equivalent to 500 words 25%
Research essay 3000 words 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two, two-day intensive class sessions held in weeks 3 and 5


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Simon Angus

Notes

Previously coded ENV4060

Synopsis

This unit examines the process of economic development and its effects on prosperity, poverty and sustainability. The unit begins by studying the sources of prosperity via economic growth in the modern era, with particular reference to the Great Divergence in incomes that started during the 1800s. Second, the unit asks why some economic systems have prospered, whilst others have declined by turning its attention to disparate experiences of world-wide economic growth such as poverty and starvation. Finally we study the effects and prospects for future economic development in the context of environmental sustainability and climate change.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students should have developed:

  1. An understanding of economic analysis as a key tool in explaining and understanding the disparate levels of wealth observed in the modern world
  2. Knowledge of the key components of Economics thinking
  3. The ability to use this analysis to identify the underlying causes of economic prosperity, poverty and environmental degradation in the modern global economy
  4. Skills in critical analysis of policies aimed at alleviating global poverty such as the Millenium Development Goals, especially as they relate to sub-Saharan Africa
  5. Skills in the critical assessment of academic contributions to issues of economic development and growth

Assessment

Discussion log: 15%
Research essay (3000 words): 35%
Examination (2.5 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ECF9530, ECC2800, APG5429


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)To be advised

Notes

Previously coded ENV414F

Synopsis

This unit provides a broad introduction to ecology for candidates with no prior ecological experience. It aims to integrate selected concepts in ecology, biology, biogeography and earth sciences that underpin present ecological thinking. The unit examines the developmental history and present status of selected biological components in Australia and other southern hemisphere landmasses. Models of ecological management, nature reserve design and the ecological influence of humans through increasing demands on resources, are also critically examined.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Field report (1500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Contact hours

2 hour lecture per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Prof Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4010

Synopsis

Now enlarged to 27 countries, the European Union is a key player in the world. Students will explore its genesis, its major historical milestones, its institutions and decision-making from an interdisciplinary perspective. They will examine EU policies including in the trade, agricultural, environmental, social, educational, monetary, development and security fields. They will be exposed to the main concepts and theories formulated to account for the development of the EU. They will be given guidance to pursue the exploration of specific EU policy outcomes at EU and member state level and be encouraged to make autonomous use of a wide range of resources including on-line material.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the history of the European Union and of the socio-cultural norms that have informed European integration as well as of the tensions that have beset the process
  2. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the process of European integration leading up to the creation of the European Union
  3. informed appreciation of the novelty of the European Union as a post-national mode of governance
  4. understanding of the main theories of European integration, their limitations and their place in the wider debate surrounding globalization
  5. understanding of EU institutions and decision-making
  6. knowledge of major EU policies and their impact on the national policies of EU member states and on non-EU countries
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

On Campus:
Written work (2500 words): 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Off Campus:
Group online discussion: 10%
Journal: 10%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Examination (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4130

Synopsis

This unit will explore regional economic, political and security cooperation and integration in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa, with a special focus on Asia (ASEAN, ARF, SAARC) and Europe (European Union, Council of Europe, EFTA, OSCE). It will also investigate inter-regional arrangements such as ASEM and APEC. Regional processes will be analysed comparatively, using an interdisciplinary, historically grounded perspective. Students will be exposed to the major theories of regionalism. They will study the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements both in Europe and in the world, including with Australasia.

Assessment

On Campus:
Written work (2500 words): 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Off Campus:
Group on-line discussion: 10%
Journal: 10%
Research paper (2500words): 40%
Examination (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4140

Synopsis

Students will investigate the practice and theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union and in Europe. They will explore the channels and techniques of influence open to business, labour, environmental and consumer groups at various stages of the EU decision-making process. They will study the policy of European Union institutions towards these groups. A special emphasis will be placed upon the extra-European interest groups, including major business groups from Asia, the US and Australia, and their interaction with the EU. Practitioners from EU institutions and interest groups will be invited to contribute their experience via three videoconferences with Brussels.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an informed appreciation of the various channels and techniques of influence open to business groups, public interest groups (such as environmental groups and consumer groups), professional interests, labour interests and territorial interests at various stages of the EU decision-making process;
  2. a knowledge of the policy of EU institutions towards interest groups, and more widely, civil society actors in Europe;
  3. an understanding of the decision-making processes and evolution of the EU and their impact on the organization of public and private interest groups at the regional, national, European and world levels;
  4. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union;
  5. an understanding of the theoretical approaches to interest intermediation and representation and the literature pertaining to collective action and mobilization, European transnational movements and European non-governmental organizations;
  6. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  8. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  9. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

On Campus:
Written work (2500 words): 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: (2000 words): 40%

Off Campus:
Group online discussion: 10%
Journal: 10%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Examination (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4160

Synopsis

As a powerful trade negotiator, a leading player in the environmental, development aid, and human rights fields, and a growing political and strategic presence in the world, the European Union is increasingly recognized as a force for global stability and security. Students will explore the EU's relations with non-EU countries, and its roles and legal status in the international system. They will be introduced to the institutional framework and policies of EU external relations. Special emphasis will be placed on the relations of the EU with Asia, the US, Australia, Africa and Russia. The unit will further examine the status of the EU and its member states in international organizations.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the EU's external relations
  2. informed appreciation of the EU's role as an actor and presence in world affairs
  3. understanding of the major theoretical debates about ways of analysing EU external policy and the roles of the EU in world affairs
  4. understanding of the institutions, processes and policies of EU external relations
  5. knowledge of EU relations with Asia, Oceania, the United States, Africa, Russia, the Mediterranean and the Middle East, Central and South America, and other countries and regions
  6. understanding of the status and role of the EU in key international organizations
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon these texts
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

On-Campus Assessment:
Written work (2500 words): 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Off-campus assessment:
Group online discussion: 10%
Journal: 10%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Examination (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4230

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (9,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Outcomes

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

APG4897 or APG5897


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2013 (Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4940

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2013 (Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4950

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Summer semester A 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Paul Kalfadellis

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded EUM4960

Synopsis

Taught at the Monash Prato Centre in Italy, the unit will allow students to benefit from the experience of EU practitioners and highly qualified specialists from the European University Institute and other European Universities with which Monash has agreements. Under the guidance of Monash staff from the Faculties of Arts, Business and Economics or Law, students will attend lectures and seminars on economic, political, legal or cultural aspects of the European Union. Where feasible, the unit will include a study tour of European corporate and EU institutions, and will be open to students from other Australian universities. Students can also elect to conduct an autonomous research project.

Outcomes

Students will gain:

  1. in-depth appreciation of the European Union's functions and powers and of some of its key-institutions (such as the European Council, the Council, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency), as well as of key European corporate institutions;
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Competition Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Written work (inc.Seminar presentation): 80%
Take home exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 weeks

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Caulfield Winter semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUM4970

Synopsis

Students complete an internship related to the European Union or international and regional organizations in the area of diplomacy and trade. This involves academic and professional supervision in Europe/European posts abroad, local/ international posts. Students gain practical knowledge of the EU and international/ regional institutions in IR, law, politics, business, finance and international trade. The unit coordinator does not secure internships for students but provides advice on the choice of organization (European and EU institutions, international and regional organizations, multi-national firms, industry associations, NGOs, political consultancies, think tanks and law firms). The internships are selective and separate programs are drawn up for each student.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have

  1. gained a developed practical understanding of the institutions and policies of the European Union or international institutions which focus on diplomacy and trade, thereby consolidating and extending what they have learned from core units and electives in the Master in European and International Studies/ Master in Diplomacy and Trade
  2. developed skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the European Union and its policies or international organizations which focus on diplomacy and trade
  3. developed communication and interpersonal skills appropriate to future professional employment
  4. developed organizational and time management skills
  5. developed their language skills in one or more European languages
  6. developed an appreciation of the pressures inherent in producing high-quality, focused research under strict timelines
  7. developed the capacity to devise, plan, write and successfully complete well-informed, well-structured and well-presented internship research reports
  8. developed strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of their work experience and how it relates to academic scholarship on the European Union/diplomacy and trade.

Assessment

Pre-Internship appraisal (1000 words): 10%
Reflective journal (1000 words): 20%
Internship report or applied research paper (5000 words): 50%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

120 hours over three to five months

Prerequisites

Students must make contact with potential guest organizations and seek the coordinator's approval before enrolling in the unit and committing to an internship.

Successful completion of core units of the Master in European and International Studies or of the Master in Diplomacy and Trade or with coordinator's approval.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Black

Synopsis

Through an in-depth analysis of current issues impacting upon international media and communications, this unit provides students with an understanding of the key quantitative and qualitative methodological approaches deployed in the discipline of Communications and Media Studies. This unit presents students with the opportunity to gain empirical and policy-based research skills, together with an awareness of the social and political issues of traditional and new media communications. Issues covered include, for example, the convergence of media and communications industries, international and national legislation, intellectual property regimes, and the 'public interest'.

Assessment

Short essay (3000 words): 30%
Research essay (5000 words): 50% +
Seminar presentation (c.1000 words): 10%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

None

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

None


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGeographic Information Systems
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Xuan Zhu

Notes

Previously coded GYM4070

Synopsis

Remote sensing has become one of the important and widely applied methods for environmental and earth resource monitoring and evaluation. The information extracted from remotely sensed images may be used in many ways, e.g. as a basis for mapping land use/cover, for understanding environmental processes and for estimating biophysical variables. This unit will introduce the basic concepts and principles of remote sensing, and prepare students with image interpretation and digital image processing skills with an emphasis on the use of remote sensing imagery for vegetation, atmosphere, geology, soils and landform analysis.

Outcomes

  1. To understand the major concepts and principles of remote sensing and digital image processing for environmental studies.
  2. To identify the types of information that can be extracted from remotely sensed data on the environment.
  3. To understand, explain and apply the fundamental image interpretation elements (e.g., tone, texture, size, shape, pattern, site and association)
  4. To visually interpret aerial photos and satellite images.
  5. To conduct digital image processing and analysis using a digital image processing system to extract information.
  6. To understand how remotely sensed data are applied in environmental applications.

Assessment

Practicals: 40%
Project: 20%
Written examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and One 3-hour practical


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Haripriya Rangan

Notes

Previously coded GYM4330.
This unit runs in alternate years. Last offered in 2011, next offered in 2013.

Synopsis

This unit explores the concepts of regional development and sustainability, and draws attention to the practical constraints and issues associated with translating such concepts into regional policy and practice. Field-study takes place in South Africa and includes focus on topics such as: effects of commercial agriculture on soil and water quality; transnational water-sharing and flood management; ecotourism and conservation in nature parks; urbanisation, transportation and migration in environment-industry corridors; environmental education, health, and local ecological management.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students are expected to have:

  1. Knowledge on varied social and resource dimensions of problems associated

with regional sustainability;

  1. Ability to identify, describe, and interpret the concept of regional sustainability

in the context of a developing country;

  1. Practical skills and field-based experience for research and policy formulation

for sustainable regional development.

Assessment

Field-study journal (3000 words): 35%
Oral presentation: 20%
Final research or development project proposal (5000 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Intensive field-based unit

Prerequisites

Preferably 12 to 18 points of human geography or permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christian Kull

Notes

Previously coded GYM4350

Synopsis

National and international conflicts over the use of natural resources, eg rainforest destruction, land degradation, pressure on water supplies and common property resources. Analysis of resource disputes, including socio-political aspects and debate over causes and trajectories. Different managements approaches used to solve environmental problems, e.g. role of the state, communities, protected areas, and indigenous people.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to:

  1. critically analyse the theoretical and empirical bases of resource management issues
  2. appreciate the complex, intertwined nature of ecological, social, and political factors underlying resource management issues
  3. recognise, apply, and distinguish between the main explanatory theories
  4. be able to construct critical and analytical arguments relevant to resource management issues in good quality writing.

Assessment

Written work: 55% (2500 words)
Tutorial participation 25%
Test 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 x 2hr lecture and 1 x 1hr tutorial per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Haripriya Rangan

Notes

Previously coded IDA4140

Synopsis

This unit engages in a comparative analysis of the geographical and economic dimensions of spatial and social change in the countries and regions of the Indo-Pacific Ocean rims. Themes include: state policies of economic growth, urbanisation and industrialisation, regional disparities in industrial growth, gender dimensions of industrialisation, politics of ethnicity; environmental outcomes of industrialisation, and urban governance.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will:

  1. Show a sound understanding of theoretical concepts of state-led economic development, urbanisation, industrial growth, and regional development
  2. Develop a comparative analytical perspective for examining urbanisation and the role of the state in shaping spatial and economic development over time
  3. Gain in-depth understanding of the processes of spatial and social change occurring in one country region within the Indo-Pacific rims
  4. Be able to construct analytical arguments relevant to urbanisation and sustainable regional development issues in clear, concise, and grammatically correct English.

Assessment

Weekly tutorial commentaries (500 words) : 20%
Research essays (3000 words) : 50%
Examination (Take home 1000 words) : 20%
Tutorial Facilitation (20-25 minutes) : 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 hour lecture and 1x2 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Permission


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

Synopsis

Under exceptional circumstances the department can organize a reading unit in an academically suitable area. The offering of such a unit is dependent on the availability and consent of a staff member able to conduct it, and on its likely impact on staff workload. Content, structure and schedule would be worked out between the tutor, the fourth-year co-ordinator and the student. Written assessment at the level of other fourth-year courses would be required.

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded HSM4303

Synopsis

This unit addresses the broad socio-cultural, political and physical contexts in which human service organisations are located. Students engage with, and critically reflect on the ideas and processes through which social, economic, political and juridical forces structure, define and legitimise the human services industry and human service organisations. Using case study and problem-based learning approaches, students examine the role, function, formation and resourcing of the human service organisation in rural, urban, regional and global contexts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. conduct an environmental analysis of a human service organisation;
  2. identify and discuss the various roles, functions and responsibilities of the human service organisation in rural, regional, urban and global contexts;
  3. critically discuss the emergence of new forms of organisational structure in the human services sector; 4) apply relevant theory to analysis of the socio-cultural, political and economic contexts in which human service organisations operate;
  4. identify and critically review appropriate funding options and sources and prepare a funding submission;
  5. conduct a literature review

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussion.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Cathy Trembath

Notes

Previously coded HSM4304

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and processes that shape and determine the internal culture of the human service organisation. Students will engage with topics covering, change management; procedural transparency; the learning organisation; human resource management; the impact and consequences of Government welfare policy; competition and collaboration; and public accountability. The unit offers a practical emphasis on professional skill development and encourages students employed in the field to draw on their own practice experience. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on their own code of professional ethics and principles.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge, skills and awareness in the assessment, development and maintenance of appropriate organisational culture, while maintaining a strategic focus;
  2. Knowledge of, and skills in applying ethical principles appropriate to the human services industry in human resource management and the maintenance of professional inter-personal relations;
  3. Understanding of the principles of strategic approaches to implementing a social justice framework within a management context;
  4. Knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes of change management theory in relation to human services.
  5. Students will also be able to identify and develop appropriate approaches to organisational planning, decision-making and policy formulation for human services programs and critically discuss how external change effects the internal environment and culture of human services organisations.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Tim Verhoeven

Synopsis

This unit functions as an advanced introduction into the world of historical research. It introduces students to some of the common problems and issues as well as key debates that confront all historians working with different types of primary sources. It explores the many ways in which the past is constructed through the production of history by challenging students to think about what history is, how different lenses inform our reading and making of histories, how and where different genres of primary sources can be found for a resourceful historian of the 21st century, and how these sources can best be used in shaping an intellectually rigorous dissertation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have a deep understanding of the key debates that have taken place on the nature of history as a practice up until the present day
  2. Recognise the different theoretical approaches or lenses (such as Marxist or Feminist) through which historians make history, and reconcile that with their own approaches to writing history
  3. Develop the capacity to identify and access various repositories (such as digital libraries) to locate primary sources for their research
  4. Become familiar with good practice in organising their primary sources, such as note-taking strategies, and reading and using different types of primary sources effectively in their work
  5. Develop an understanding of how to use quantitative sources effectively in history-writing, as well as how to effectively make quantitative judgements in their research
  6. Have an appreciation of how archival sources, material culture, autobiographical sources, and audio-visual sources can be used effectively in research
  7. Have further developed their oral and written communication skills

Assessment

Written assessment (100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Bain Attwood

Notes

Previously coded HYM4470

Synopsis

In this subject we consider the origins of the term 'genocide' and the different ways in which it has been defined before considering whether the concept might be a useful tool for understanding aspects of colonialism in two settler societies, colonial America and Australia: epidemic diseases; frontier violence; and assimilation (particularly the removal of Indigenous children). The unit will consider whether there are any continuities or causal connections between intellectual and political traditions associated with European imperialism and the Nazi German genocide of European Jewry, and will investigate the public reception of the concept of genocide in Australia and the United States.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the different ways in which genocide has been defined
  2. appreciate the possible relationships or connections between colonialism in settler societies and the Nazi genocide
  3. have an understanding of the debates which have occurred about the application of the concept of genocide to the history of settler societies
  4. have a capacity to undertake higher level research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar for 12 weeks

Prohibitions

ATS4621, HYM5470


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Morgan

Notes

Previously coded HYM4105

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Outcomes

A student successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study;
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1-2 hours of meetings per week with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Morgan

Notes

Previously coded HYM4105A

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Outcomes

A student successfully completing APG4624 and APG4770 will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Craig Thorburn

Notes

Previously coded IDA4230

Synopsis

This unit introduces student to principles and analytical methods of political ecology, and its application to analysing sustainable development and natural resources management. The first part of the unit introduces the theoretical foundations for the political ecology approach and explores its application to the issue of sustainable development. The second part of the unit uses the political ecology approach from an international comparative perspective for analysing development conflicts in a range of environmental sectors in international and Australian contexts, including farming and pastoralism, water, mining, fisheries and forests.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. understand the theoretical underpinnings of political ecology;
  2. employ a range of analytical frameworks for understanding the links between political economy of development and ecological change;
  3. understand a wide range of problems and conflicts associated with natural resources management and sustainability;
  4. research and analyse development projects using political ecology and comparative frameworks;
  5. analyse local development problems in their regional contexts and their links to global processes and institutions;
  6. understand and have a critical appreciation of alternative approaches to sustainable development.

Assessment

Reading diary (200 words per week): 30%
Group presentation (20 - 25 mins per group): 20%
Individual research project (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar and 1 hour tutorial per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Craig Thorburn

Notes

Previously coded IDA4320

Synopsis

This subject deconstructs the concepts of 'development', 'progress' and 'underdevelopment' before embarking on a historical examination of how various theories have been translated into policy and action. It then looks chronologically at the rise and demise of various doctrines and approaches, focusing on the role of international development aid and trade. It engages the core question of 'What can reasonably be said about the causes of changes in a country or a region's 'level of development'?' Through case studies, it underscores the particularity of individual countries' experiences, while attempting to draw out what are the basic principles that can be compared across time and space.

Outcomes

  1. Understanding of basic historical and theoretical contexts of notions of 'development', both as a focus of social science and government practice
  2. Understanding of how the literature has approached the analysis of international development policy and practice
  3. Through examination of country experiences, a sense of how to put these into particular context, and to examine critically their applicability to analysing and assessing development policies and practice as they have varied over time and between countries; also, the extent to which development policy and practice has been driven by 'ideas' rather than indigenous political and social realities.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography/country report (2000 words): 67%
Reading diary (800 words): 23%
Seminar presentation/facilitation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial/seminar per week, offered contiguously.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jamie Agland

Notes

Previously coded ITM4010

Synopsis

This unit explores civil and human rights campaigns since 1945. It examines their origins and outcomes, and the ways in which they drew from and contributed to an emerging international framework. Further case studies include women's rights and sexual liberation, freedom of speech, capital punishment, economic justice and unfair trade. The unit examines the development of global movements and organisations, new technologies and tactics of protest and the formation of virtual communities of activism. It also covers the relationship between universal notions of justice and differences of gender, culture and belief, and potential differences between local and global understandings of 'rights'.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of justice, civil rights and human rights on a global scale, as well as the relationship between universal notions of justice and rights and arguments about difference and diversity
  2. a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the arguments, objectives, strategies and outcomes of significant campaigns for justice and rights during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, of the links and tensions between local and global campaigns and movements, and of the development of global civil and human rights frameworks
  3. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and campaign material, the academic scholarship based upon those texts and the theoretical and conceptual debates about justice and rights
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, including significant documentary research, that evaluates the significance of a particular campaign, organisation or issue
  6. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation and review paper (2000 words): 30%; Research essay (5000 words): 50%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

A two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL4130

Synopsis

An advanced introduction to sociolinguistics in its application to the study of Japanese and English usage in contact situations. Special emphasis is placed on intercultural communication, cross-cultural discourse patterns and speech acts, and Japanese language contact.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Notes

Previously coded JAL4530

Synopsis

A broad introduction to theoretical and practical issues in the teaching and acquisition of Asian languages. Topics include communicative competence (what students need to know in order to interact in Asian languages); the aims of language teaching; how people learn language; course design; approaches and methods; and assessment. The aim is not to provide definitive answers but to introduce students to a cross-section of current thinking and research on relevant issues. Seminar discussions and activities will enable students to relate the general issues to their own teaching and learning situations and to learn from the experience of others.

Outcomes

  • Be aware of a cross-section of current thinking and research on issues relevant to the teaching and learning of second or foreign languages, especially Asian languages.
  • Be able to apply this knowledge to practical teaching and learning situations and problems.
  • Develop skills in finding, reading and interpreting research articles relating to language teaching/learning.
  • Develop abilities in academic writing, and in oral presentation.
  • Relate prior learning in areas of applied linguistics and related disciplines to theoretical issues in language teaching and learning, and to the understanding of research in the field.

Assessment

Written work and class presentation: 80%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL4590

Synopsis

A selection of topics from Japanese linguistics, such as phonology, morphology, syntax, lexicon and semantics.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM4907

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways in which the philosophical basis, role and activities of journalism have developed in relation to social context. It takes a comparative approach to historical and contemporary forms of journalism in western liberal democracies, post-colonial multi-party states and single-party states, and relates professional and community practice in journalism to developments in the political, economic and coercive fields. Among other themes it will consider internationalisation of news flows, development journalism, policy initiatives such as NWICO (the New World Information and Communication Order), free speech and censorship, and public/private sector media. It emphasises the specificity of historical and geographic factors within larger structural developments, and takes a comparative and critical approach to the use and evaluation of social theory.

Outcomes

At the satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. compare and evaluate the contribution of different approaches to journalism to social goals
  2. demonstrate an understanding of theoretical debates in the conceptualisation and evaluation of journalism
  3. critically analyse the way professional principles such as 'public right to know', 'freedom of expression' and 'access to information' relate to historically and geographically specific social contexts
  4. relate the scholarly issues and debates to the professional perspectives of practitioners in these fields.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (1200 words): 30%
Tutorial report and presentation of research work-in-progress (800 words ): 20%
Research essay (2,500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
Coordinator(s)Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM4914

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches that enable in-depth investigation of environmental issues. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, drawing on a broad range of scientific and social sources; to explore the relationship of media reporting and social change; and for students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to

  1. recognise the local and global dimensions of high quality environmental reporting
  2. contribute to a national or international database of investigative resources and sources on environmental issues.
  3. utilize a range of research skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. produce quality environmental reporting relevant to both local and global audiences
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the roles of environmental reporting in a context of marked environmental and social change.

Assessment

News Report: 25%
Feature Report: 50%
Online contribution: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM4915

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches and techniques that enable in-depth investigation. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, especially the use of public records and databases; to explore the relationship of investigative and news reporting; and to assist students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise what distinguishes investigative journalism from other journalism.
  2. develop their own ideas for investigative projects.
  3. utilize advanced skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. employ a range of investigative research techniques
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the role of investigative journalism in a democratic society and an appreciation of its practical link to the concept of the 'public right to know'.

Assessment

Minor project 1(800 words plus 300 word reflection): 15%
Minor project 2(1000 words plus 400 word reflection): 30%
Major project(2000 words plus 500 word reflection): 45%
Online contribution(1000 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof Farzad Sharifian

Notes

Previously coded LLC4070

Synopsis

This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines theoretical explanations of their interaction in intercultural communication. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit it is expected that students will:

  1. be aware of key directions which research has taken in the field of intercultural communication be sensitive to inter-cultural differences in communication patterns and cultural expectations
  2. understand the key concepts of face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and be able to examine their interaction in intercultural communication
  3. know what kinds of questions to ask about communication patterns in a culture with which they are not (very) familiar
  4. be able to conduct smallscale research in the area of intercultural communication
  5. be able to analyze cultural differences in expectations regarding different aspects of communication and identify possible causes of communication breakdown

More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. read and think critically
  2. gain experience in the conduct of research
  3. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data
  4. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class or online participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 two-hour lecture/seminar

Prohibitions

Either APG4652 or APG5652 but not both


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Beatrice Trefalt and Dr Sarah McDonald

Notes

Previously coded LLC4100

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to research methods and theories in the Humanities. The unit requires students to address critically the theories and methods underpinning research in their own discipline of research, as well as developing their general research, argumentation and presentation skills

Outcomes

On the completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate critical reading and analysis skills
  2. provide a synthesis of diverse material on specific topics and an evaluation of their applicability to specific research projects
  3. Effectively use research tools such as databases
  4. Present the results of their research coherently and effectively, both in written and in oral forms

Assessment

Written (8000 words): 90%
Presentation (1000 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of a major

Co-requisites

Enrolment in Honours


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Sven Schottman

Notes

Previously coded MAI4002

Synopsis

Islamic Business and Economics has been hotly debated. As a result, many companies throughout the Islamic and non-Islamic world have new policies that are sympathetic to Islamic values. This unit introduces students to the principles of Islamic business values and ethics via carefully selected case studies. We ask what has been driving changing business practices? Is the rise of economically powerful Islamic actors one reason? Is OPEC just an ordinary cartel or do Islamic values come into play? Our interdisciplinary approach draws on the expertise of scholars and business people.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Understand the basic principles of Islamic business and economics
  2. Have a clear understanding how why and how these principles have been spreading globally and the conditions which make particular societies receptive to these idea
  3. Have a good knowledge of some of the most important examples of Islamic business and economic practice at the global and local level in Australia
  4. Have an understanding of the relationship between Islamic business and economic practice and how these relate to non-Islamic principles and practice
  5. Have participated in vigorous group discussions and collaborative work in preparing for their research efforts into this area

Assessment

Assignment (1200 words): 10%
Class presentation and written work (1500 words): 25%
Research paper (4000 words): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture
One 1-hour seminar per week in a three-hour block.

Prerequisites

An undergraduate degree in any discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI4010

Synopsis

This unit surveys policy issues relevant to complex crisis responses by the international community utilising guest lecturers from various fields including faculties, non-governmental organisations, and security sectors. The unit provides a historical overview of international interventions IN natural disasters, conflict, and human security issues. Topics covered include international human rights and legal instruments; international, regional and national policies and approaches, disaster preparedness and mitigation strategies. Field based case studies are used in workshop formats to support lectures.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will have developed research, critical thinking and writing of the highest academic standards.

Learning Objectives:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts behind human rights/international humanitarian law and international and regional strategies;
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples of crisis relief and response frameworks including integrated strategies that include humanitarian, social, political and security components;
  3. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of relief responses and interventions - eg the debate about the respective roles of humanitarian and military agencies, peace with justice, etc
  4. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research;
  5. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis management;
  6. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of human rights/crisis management by the provision of world class research training and supervision.

Assessment

A short essay on 'Principles' (1,000 words): 15%
Ppt/oral presentation at the one day seminar: 10%
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode plus a one day seminar consisting of 15 min project presentations by each student.

The block mode will be delivered from 19 - 27 March 2012.
Further information on datesFurther information on dates (http://arts.monash.edu.au/mai/pgrad/maicm.php)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI4020

Synopsis

This unit surveys a range of action-oriented strategies relevant to complex crisis responses by the international community utilising guest lecturers from various fields including faculties, non-governmental organisations, emergency and security components. The unit provides a historical overview of international responses and interventions to natural disasters, conflict, and human security issues. Topics covered include Needs Assessments, Monitoring and Evaluation, SPHERE Minimum Standards, people-oriented strategies, building capacities, disaster mitigation and preparedness. Field based case studies are used to support seminars.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to analyse, design and produce research papers and models on crisis action and response mechanisms.

Specifically the learning outcomes are:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts pertaining to operational modalities and the timing of appropriate exit strategies;
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples of crisis relief and responses in a manner that contextualises crisis management within the cultural, social, political, economic cultures of the areas in crisis;
  3. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of crisis response and recovery by the provision of world class research training and supervision;
  4. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of relief responses and interventions through principles such as Do No Harm;
  5. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research;
  6. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis action and response;

Assessment

A short essay on 'The Operational Aspects of Crisis Management' (1,000 words): 15%
Ppt/oral presentation at the one day seminar: 10%
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode plus a one day seminar consisting of 15 min project presentations by each student.

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

The Australian Electoral Commission's International Services section will act as a professional partner in delivering this unit. The unit will include a field visit and a workshop component that will draw on the extensive expertise of the AEC's international work, in particular its BRIDGE (Building Resources in Democracy, Governance and Elections) curriculum which was jointly developed by the five BRIDGE partners which are the Australian Electoral Commission (AEC), International IDEA, International Foundation for Electoral Systems (IFES), United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the United Nations Electoral Assistance Division (UNEAD).
Lecturer: Ross Attrill, Assistant Director, International Services Section, Australian Electoral Commission

Previously coded MAI4030

Synopsis

This unit will survey a range of policy issues relevant to building and restoring democratic and electoral processes in post-conflict societies. The unit will provide a historical overview of the processes, international institutions and practice and debates including the liberal peace agenda. Field based case studies and evidence based best practice will be used in workshop formats to support lecture style presentations.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will have developed research, critical thinking and writing of the highest academic standards.

Learning Objectives:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts behind the stabilization processes in post-conflict societies.
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples relevant to the unit.
  3. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of responses and interventions.
  4. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research.
  5. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis management.
  6. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of building democratic and civil society institutions and electoral management by the provision of world class research training and supervision.

Assessment

Powerpoint/oral presentation at the one day seminar: 10%
A short essay (1,000 words): 15%
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode including a seminar consisting of 10 min project presentations by each student.

Further information on datesFurther information on dates (http://arts.monash.edu.au/mai/pgrad/maicm.php)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI4040

Synopsis

This unit provides the student with an opportunity to:

  1. take up examples from their own professional work and subject this to detailed analysis with the support of the supervisor - this option only applies to professionals who have been working with NGOs, agencies etc in the field prior to their enrolment; or
  2. to undertake an analysis of a particular theory or case study of importance to the current or future professional development of the student.

In both cases the one-to-one relationship with the expert supervisor ensures that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Outcomes

On the completion of this unit the student will have acquired the capacity to write longer, integrated and sustained critical arguments which would enable the best students to articulate into a Masters by research degree or a PhD:

  1. To provide the student with close access to a high level expert in the field of Crisis Management.
  2. To closely supervise the literature review that the student undertakes.
  3. To ensure that the student develops high competencies in accessing relevant documentary and internet materials.
  4. To enhance the critical analytical and writing skills of the student via intensive discussions with their supervisors.

Assessment

Research Project (9,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

An average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Notes

Previously coded MCA4020

Synopsis

In this unit students consider individual, group and social processes driving creativity and creative action. Themes include the role of cognition, imagination, judgment, criticism, personality, materials, forms, humor, social milieu, and cities in the creative process. The aim is for students to understand the multiple factors affecting creativityand how creative individuals, organizations and societies are possible. Examples will be drawn from a wide variety of creative arts including theatre, film and visual arts, architecture, music, writing and publishing.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general nature of creative processes.
  2. An understanding of the relation between individual, group and social aspects of creativity.
  3. An enhanced capacity to identify creative acts, works, and processes.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (Case Study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Notes

Previously coded MCA4040

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the political economy, economic growth, social impact, status and authority, policy environments, geographical location, and organizational forms of cultural and creative industries. The unit looks at how creative industries and cultural institutions relate to creative energies and processes. The relationship between society, art, cultural bodies and the economy is analyzed. Examples are drawn from a wide variety of culture industries including theatre, film and visual arts, architecture, music, writing and publishing - and cultural institutions such as museums, galleries, cultural media and universities.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of theories and major analyses of creative and cultural industries.
  2. An understanding of the cultural, social and economic significance of creative and cultural industries.
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze the functioning of creative industries.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4980

Synopsis

A critical study of music education with reference to its philosophy, psychology and traditions. The unit will aim to develop individual approaches to the teaching process with a particular focus on the use of innovative technology. Students will present the outcomes of their research as a critical essay or in a video/CDROM format.

Outcomes

By the end of the semester, students should have attained a critical understanding of: various methodologies in music education, the importance of research and ongoing professional development in the area and the need to present material in a variety of mediums including articles, conference presentations, lecture demonstrations and video. Special attention will be paid to the importance of CDRom and DVD in the field of music education.

Assessment

Written (6000 words): 70%
Seminar paper (3000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Pete Lentini

Notes

Previously coded PLM4080

Synopsis

This subject investigates how counter-terrorism policy is developed, implemented and how various stakeholders such as the Victorian and Federal Government, Police, ethnic, religious community and non-governmental organizations interact to combat terrorism. The unit devotes significant attention to each stakeholder's areas of competency and their main responsibilities. In addition, the subject addresses the significance of mobilizing communities to counter-act radicalization and violence, and the significance of multiculturalism to security. Student interaction with current counter-terrorism stakeholders will enhance their knowledge and appreciation of the subject matter.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit students should:

  1. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles in counter-terrorism policy formulation, oversight and implementation
  2. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles and significance in countering terrorism and the dynamics of their interactions
  3. Develop an appreciation of the range of (occasional conflicting) interests in counter-terrorism policy-making and in countering terrorism
  4. Develop an understanding of how key counter-terrorism stakeholders develop consensus and resolve potential conflicts amongst themselves
  5. Develop a sophisticated understanding of the policies and legislation that govern counter-terrorism policy in Australia and internationally, but with a particular emphasis on Victoria
  6. Develop an understanding of the roles that social cohesion and multiculturalism can play in counter-terrorism within Australia and globally, but especially in Victoria
  7. Develop an understanding of how ethnic and religious communities' leaders manage (occasional) competing demands of the broader society and their constituents
  8. Develop an understanding of how civil society (especially non-governmental organizations and the media) play in protecting civil liberties and mediating between the demands of competing counter-terrorism stakeholders
  9. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to communicate effectively. Specifically to:a. develop a topic for investigation;b. familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources;c. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument
  10. Develop a level of competency in understanding the trends in terrorism and political violence that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise
  11. Develop skills to pursue an original question for research.

Assessment

Essay(6000 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Phil Gregory

Notes

Previously coded PLM4100

Synopsis

This subject investigates how governments respond to terrorism through policies usually referred to as 'counter-terrorism'. In particular, it examines the central role state intelligence services play identifying, developing, formulating and implementing counter-terrorism programs,. It also assesses conventional approaches to intelligence collection, analysis, comparative intelligence practices, and the role of intelligence in national security policy formation, and how global terrorist networks pose new intelligence challenges. Case studies and scenarios are used to assist students comprehend the themes and gain insights into professional intelligence officers' responsibilities.

Outcomes

  1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of the nature, methodology and scope of the threats posed to national security by terrorist networks as well as the degree to which intelligence identified measures to counter those threats have been effective and appropriate.
  2. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of the traditional functions and capabilities of intelligence agencies and how they have responded to the new challenges and demands of counter-terrorist programs. In particular, we will explore issues raised by the increased emphasis on intelligence exchanges, intelligence liaison and covert action.
  3. To develop students' understanding of the role played by different aspects of intelligence gathering--especially HUMINT, SIGINT, IMINT, OSINT and Intelligence Analysis--in addressing these threats.
  4. To develop students' understanding of how different terrorist groups pose a variety of security threats and how different intelligence services around the world are responding to this challenge.
  5. To develop the students' understanding of the structure, processes, dynamics and communication within national and between international intelligence agencies--alliances, liaison relationships and exchanges.
  6. To develop students' understanding of the political and ethical dimensions that envelop contemporary debates over intelligence reform, especially within Australian.
  7. To enhance students' ability to contribute in a constructive way to public debates in areas including terrorism, counter-terrorism policy, trade-offs made by governments between personal freedoms and public security, and intelligence and security relationships between Australia and other states.
  8. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to communicate effectively.

Specifically to:

a. develop a topic for investigation;

b. familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources;

c. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument;

  1. Develop a level of competency in understanding the trends in terrorism and political violence that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise.
  2. Develop skills to pursue an original question for research.

Assessment

Essay, 3000 words: 35%
Take-home exam (equivalent to 3000 words): 35%
Class presentation (equivalent to 2000 words): 20%
Counter-terrorism scenario (equivalent to 1000 words): 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ms Virginie Andre

Notes

Previously coded PLM4340

Synopsis

Concentrating on contemporary religious extremists, vigilante and militia movements, and hate groups, this unit examines the political thought, identity politics, political, social and economic conditions that give rise to terrorism and other forms of political violence. The subject addresses the following questions: How are terrorism and extremism defined? What conditions lead to terrorism and what factors have been most successful preventing it? How has globalisation contributed to terrorism and counter-terrorism? How do terrorism and counter-terrorism affect democracy and civil liberties?

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Understand, identify and assess critically different forms of contemporary terrorist actions, extremist political movements and thought
  2. Develop a comparative understanding of the role of states, elites, transnational corporations and marginalised communities in relation to cultural politics and the limits and potential of political expression
  3. Appreciate the importance and limitations of identity politics in the post-Cold War era
  4. Develop an understanding of the complex relationship between mainstream and fringe political thought, practice and tendencies and terrorism and political violence
  5. Develop skills to read various forms of text critically (audio-visual materials, scholarly literature, internet sources) and incorporate them in their assessed work
  6. Continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively. Specifically to: develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument
  7. Demonstrate an advanced utilization and critique of primary and secondary resources in the research essay
  8. Demonstrate an advanced and critical understanding of relevant conceptual frameworks pertaining to terrorism, fringe political movements and political violence.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation/presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Terry MacDonald

Notes

Previously coded PLM4520

Synopsis

This seminar focuses on neo-Kantian and postmodernist conceptions of international relations, that is, on all those conceptions of international relations which purport to assist us in achieving justice and morality in international relations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate the ability to:

  1. Show their comprehension of the many ways in which theories of international politics shape, and are shaped by, political philosophy, both classical and modern.
  2. Demonstrate their knowledge of a range of theories in international relations, including Kantian and noe-Kantian Theories, Critical Theories, Postmodernist Theories and Feminist Theories.
  3. Show their knowledge of the subject but also demonstrate how the theoretical concepts intrinsic to that knowledge apply, or fail to apply, to 'the real world' of international politics.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

PLT4529, APG5668


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Notes

Previously coded PUB4002

Synopsis

An overview of the role of and the relationships between author, editor and designer in publishing in Australia and internationally. Students are taken through the processes involved in the transmission of a text from manuscript to edited form. The role of commissioning editors, literary agents and copy editors are discussed and analysed and opportunities provided for students to practice and enhance their skills as copyeditors.

Outcomes

At the completion of the subject the student should have acquired:

  1. an understanding of the structure and functioning of the publishing firm, and of the structure and composition of the publishing industry in Australia and worldwide
  2. an analytical appreciation of the roles of the copyeditor and the commissioning editor
  3. foundation knowledge of the theory and practice of copyediting and skills as copyeditors.

Assessment

Practical exercises (2000 words): 20%Three assignments (6000 words): 60%Participation and presentation: 10%Examination (1 hour): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Fleur Romano

Notes

Previously coded PUB4007

Synopsis

This unit is a key component in a program of tuition in editing upon which the student builds to achieve full professional competence. Students will have undertaken basic exercises following completion of an approved pre-requisite and be familiar with the work of the professional editor and the role of copy-editing in the preparation of the manuscript for publication. This subject takes this further and examines specialised applications of copy editorial skill, including, for example, technical and scientific editing. Students will also be allowed to specialise in chosen applied fields.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students should have acquired:

  1. an understanding the editor's role in book, magazine and electronic publishing
  2. an understanding of editorial skills, including literary, electronic, multimedia, professional and corporate publishing, and scholarly editions
  3. an understanding of plain language, key principles and practices applicable to the editorial and related functions of a publishing house (including management of freelance editors), style councils.

Assessment

Seminar essay and presentation (1500 words): 20%Long Essay (3500 words): 35%Practical Exercises (3000 words): 30%Examination (1 hour): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

APG4670 or APG4802 or equivalent industry experience

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Notes

Previously coded PUB4010

Synopsis

The Australian publishing industry is both a large national industry and a significant part of a massive global industry. Australian publishers, printers and booksellers participate in an international book trade in which rights to books and electronic products are both produced and bought and sold for publication in different countries and different languages. This unit examines the commercial operation and dynamics of publishing in a globalised environment.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit the student should have acquired:

  1. an understanding of the dynamics and processes of the Australian book trade
  2. an understanding of the Australian book trade in its international context
  3. an understanding and capacity to analyse established and emerging methods of book and e-book marketing and selling
  4. developed basic skills in copywriting and the negotiation of sales rights.

Assessment

Seminar essay and presentation (1500 words): 20%Long Essay (3500 words): 35%Practical Exercises in copywriting and sales (3000 words): 30%Examination (1 hour): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus additional site visits and guest lectures.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews

Notes

Previously coded RLM4000

Synopsis

A research paper on a topic relating to the critical study of a theme in religious studies or in theology, providing training in research skills and contemporary methodological approaches. The topic may be contemporary or historical.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Vaughan Higgins

Notes

Previously coded HSM4801

Synopsis

Theories and methods for research in sociology. Recent trends in sociological theorising. Different methods for the collection of empirical data. The relationship between theory and practice. Issues in the process of research.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of key developments in contemporary sociological theorising and research, and an understanding of the links with the work of classical sociologists;
  2. Show an understanding of the connections and disconnections between various theories in terms of their ontological and epistemological assumptions;
  3. Demonstrate a knowledge of the research strategies which arise from these assumptions and the variety of methods which each employs;
  4. Show awareness of and sensitivity towards a range of ethical and political issues in the conduct of research; and
  5. Apply this knowledge in undertaking their own research projects.

Assessment

Essay 1 (4500 words): 50%
Essay 2 (4500 words): 50%

Prerequisites

APG4761 and APG4762. First degree with a major in sociology or related discipline.

Prohibitions

ATS4677, GSC4211


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Claire Tanner

Notes

Previously coded SYM4005

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a broad introduction to the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research. It is designed to familiarise students with a variety of qualitative research methods used in disciplines including sociology. These include participant observation, in-depth interviewing and qualitative content analysis. We will also examine a range of theoretical and methodological issues involved in conducting qualitative research and consider some of the critiques and limitations of qualitative techniques. The meaning and significance of both ethics and reflexivity in research practice are also explored. Students completing the unit will also develop practical skills in conducting qualitative social research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An appreciation of the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research;
  2. An understanding of a range of methods used in qualitative social research;
  3. An awareness of some of the key issues, debates and controversies associated with conducting qualitative research, and an appreciation of the complexity of conducting such research;
  4. An appreciation of the meaning and role of both ethics and reflexivity in qualitative social research;
  5. andThe ability to practically undertake some kinds of qualitative social research.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (4000 words) : 40%
Assignment 2 (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Dharma Arunachalam

Notes

Previously coded SYM4045

Synopsis

In this unit the student will be introduced to a conventional quantitative technique known as standardization; and univariate, bivariate and multivariate measures of statistical relationships. Learning of these topics will involve hand-on practice with real survey data. Data analysis will be carried out in SPSS. The main objective is to provide students with the conceptual foundations and basic procedural tools to both design quantitative research projects and to carry out bivariate and multivariate quantitative data analysis in standard statistical packages including SPSS.

Outcomes

Students will learn to design and execute quantitative research based on secondary survey data. Students will gain a sound understanding of how to use SPSS, how to do univariate, bivariate and multivariate analysis of categorical survey data in SPSS. The grounding obtained in this unit should enable more competent students to extend their own learning in any areas of specific interest.

Assessment

Standardization report (equivalent 1500 words): 20%
Univariate and bivariate report (equivalent 2500 words): 30%
Univariate, bivariate and multivariate report (equivalent 5000 words): 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5684


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Maryanne Dever

Notes

Previously coded WSM4041

Synopsis

This unit will be offered as a directed reading course. Teaching staff will be determined in consultation with the Director and in response to the expressed interest of students.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class Participation/presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded WSM4700

Synopsis

This unit introduces key feminist debates in the theory and practice of cross-cultural research and grounds those debates in the literature of globalization and gender and development. Issues examined include the power relations underlying and determining the research process; cultural biases inherent in the production of knowledge; ethical issues in cross-cultural research; negotiating racial, ethnic and cultural differences in research. Discussion will also cover the challenges posed to white Western feminism primarily by women of colour, Third World and indigenous women, and women from other non-Western groups.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will have:

  1. acquired a grounded, working knowledge of the major feminist debates and methodological literature in the field of cross-cultural research;
  2. an understanding of the gendered dimensions of debates concerning globalisation and development;
  3. a capacity for informed, theoretical critique of feminist research methodologies and other qualitative research methodologies;
  4. skills in the presentation of verbal and written analyses and arguments on issues pertaining to cross-cultural feminist research;
  5. familiarity with a range of research methodologies appropriate to feminist cross-cultural research.

Assessment

Short exercise(2700 words): 30%
Seminar presentation (equiv 1800 words): 20%
Research paper (4500 words): 50%
Students at level 4 and level 5 will be given different short exercises. Students at level 5 will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to develop a research paper of a more conceptually challenging nature.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

GND4030, APG5696


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Howard Manns

Notes

Previously coded ALM4110

Synopsis

Gain an overview of the 'core' areas of linguistics, including phonetics, phonology, morphosyntax (grammar), semantics/ pragmatics and historical linguistics. In essence, this unit provides you with a foundation for later work in applied areas of the discipline. It approaches language as a medium of communication and focuses on the structures and functions that it manifests and on the analysis of linguistic data. You will be introduced to techniques for different levels of language analysis; key questions and theoretical and descriptive frameworks adopted in the analysis of language; and some of the applications of these theoretical tools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe the fundamental concepts and tools of analysis used in linguistics and applied linguistics;
  2. apply linguistic analysis techniques to a range of data sets;
  3. understand and appropriately use discipline-specific technical terms and notation conventions introduced in the unit
  4. apply linguistic insights to everyday experience.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Brett Hough

Notes

Previously coded ASM4230

Synopsis

Processes of class formation and conflict in the context of the political economy of structural change in Indonesia. The cultural mediation of conflict, the cultural reproduction of group identity, and the dynamics of social movements engendered by modernisation - mass movements which draw on the symbols of Islam, ethnicity, nationalism, and various political ideologies.

Assessment

Written work: 95% (9,000 words)
Seminar Participation: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour film screening and 2 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prohibitions

ANY3230


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julian Millie

Notes

Previously coded ASM4000

Synopsis

Students conduct a pilot study as preparation for a larger study to be undertaken for a masters degree or a PhD. In workshops and through individual supervision, students learn research skills in terms of formulating a research topic in a specialised area, designing an empirical study, piloting the study, and writing a research report on the preliminary findings.

Assessment

Research report (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded ATM4020

Synopsis

Key issues surrounding the economics and marketing of the environment as a tourism product are introduced within the wider context of debates on environmental sustainability in both International and Australian contexts. Specific focus is placed on the funding and management of national parks, nature-based attractions and adventure tourism operations as well as on how both public sector and private enterprise operators develop sustainable environmentally based products. Techniques for quantifying negative and positive impacts of this kind of tourism are reviewed as are the social, political and economic impacts on regional communities. A compulsory program of fieldwork is undertaken in the Gippsland region and students will be expected to attend classes at both the city and Gippsland campuses.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of direct and indirect physical, social and economic implications of nature-based tourism development on communities
  2. Knowledge and skills in measuring and quantifying the impacts of ecotourism product development on the environment and local economies
  3. Understanding of ecotourism product development, marketing and management strategies as undertaken by both government and private agencies
  4. The ability to apply relevant theoretical concepts to practical fieldwork and engagement with industry practitioners in both Melbourne and the Gippsland region
  5. Development of written and oral communication skills

Assessment

Exam (3hrs) : 30%
Group Research Project (4000) : 40%
Thematic Essay (2000) : 20%
Research Presentation : 10%

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar at the City campus and 3 x 2 day seminars in block mode at Gippsland Campus including fieldwork.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM4120

Synopsis

Patterns of sustainable tourism product development and management and the contemporary role of planning for tourism. Key study areas comprise the future of global tourism, government policy and industry practice, the impacts of the tourism industry on the economy, communities and the environment and the design and implementation of tourism planning.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. encourage critical analysis of sustainable tourism development in terms of potential positive and negative impacts on cultures and the environment
  2. familiarise students with the historical origins of tourism so that they may apply their understanding to contemporary tourism patterns and dilemmas
  3. acquaint students with the planning and policy making role of Governments, private operators and communities in tourism development
  4. enable students to 'read' changes in tourism landscapes from which they can draw conclusions and raise questions about future tourism development
  5. familiarise students with planning procedures for tourism purposes
  6. develop students' research and presentation skills on tourism related subjects.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
3 Hour exam: 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATD4120


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM4141

Synopsis

Trends, theories and practices in cultural tourism and special events, especially the role of social/environmental impacts and related policy issues in modifying the future of cultural tourism internationally. Unit explores the interpretation of cultural phenomena, institutions, places and landscapes as tourism attractions and identifies cultural product and marketing practices which bridge the gap between tourism and cultural resource management.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Provide a foundation knowledge of the role of cultural tourism in Australian and international contexts
  2. Provide understanding of the theory and practice of cultural tourism product development, including major cultural institutions such as museums, theatres and galleries and of cultural precincts
  3. Equip with skills in analyzing the interaction of tourism with built and natural cultural heritage and Aboriginal culture and history
  4. Develop research, writing and oral presentation skills

Assessment

Written work: 50% (5000 words)
Oral presentation: 10% (1000 words)
3 Hour exam 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

ATD4140, APG5720


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Tony Moore

Notes

Previously coded AUS4170

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students with little or no knowledge of Australian politics or the Australian political system. Beginning with the struggle for democracy in the colonial period and climaxing in Federation, it provides an overview of the democratic system of national government created in 1901 and traces its evolution over the twentieth century. It explores present day debates about republicanism, media freedom, multiculturalism and the rights of indigenous Australians. The unit also explores the early development of an egalitarian social democracy, the role of women and migrants, Australia's relationship with Britain, the region and the world, and what it means to be a citizen.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have an overview and understanding of the history and development of the Australian political system, parties and movements;
  2. Understand the role of politics and political reform in changing the conditions of life for Australians;
  3. Have an understanding of Australia's non-governmental political organisations, and their role in a pluralist democratic system;
  4. Have an understanding of Australia's changing relationship with Britain, the region and the world;
  5. Have an overview of Western and Westminster parliamentary democracy;
  6. Be able to analyse and make informed arguments about contemporary Australian politics;
  7. Understand criticisms about Australian political systems and culture, particularly from those who feel excluded;
  8. Be able to conduct and present research on Australian Studies at post-graduate level.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and presentation: 10%
Short essay (1500 words): 15%
Key word concepts exercise (2500 words): 25%
Major essay (5000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour combined lecture/seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4333 and PLM4320


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Bruce Scates

Notes

Previously coded AUS4220

Synopsis

This unit addresses the complex interrelation between human society and the environment. It engages with Indigenous and non-Indigenous ways of seeing, understanding and using the land, probing the relationship between land, belonging and identity over Australia's history. It explores Indigenous land management techniques, the impacts of white settlement, the influence of the Enlightenment, and the rise of urbanisation, probing attitudes towards the environment at each point . It engages with debates including conservation and the environmental movement, Indigenous land rights and climate change. It challenges students to develop their own frameworks for understanding the environment today.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have gained:

  1. An understanding of the reciprocal ways in which the land has shaped human society, and how people have shaped the land;
  2. An understanding of changing attitudes to the Australian environment from pre-settlement times to the present day;
  3. An understanding of the climatic, cultural and economic forces that help to determine land usage;
  4. A recognition of different ways of understanding and interacting with the landscape, in particular Aboriginal as opposed to non-Indigenous attitudes to land usage;
  5. An understanding of urban, regional and rural environments, and historical conceptions of each of these kinds of environments;
  6. A deeper awareness of the complexities involved in feelings of belonging as it relates to space and place, and how the land affects questions of identity;
  7. A deeper understanding of contemporary political debates about the land and environment, including Indigenous land rights, environmental activism, and climate change mitigation;
  8. An understanding of contemporary debates about development, conservation and sustainability;
  9. A familiarity with the major themes in the field of Australian environmental history.

Assessment

Seminar participation/presentation: 10%
Essay based on excursion (1500 words): 15%
Minor essay (2500 words): 25%
Long research essay (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)John Arnold

Notes

Previously coded AUS4230

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students with little or no knowledge of Indigenous Australians. It provides an overview of the diverse society and culture of Indigenous Australians before European settlement, the impact of white contact, the adjustment to white society, patterns of resistance, Aboriginal political activism and the move to reconciliation. Themes addressed include violent conflict and dispossession, cultural diversity and difference, questions of identity, and how academics have addressed and interpreted these themes. The unit makes extensive use of documentaries, online resources and government responses including the Bringing them Home Report and the 2008 Apology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have an overview and understanding of the complexity and plurality of Indigenous Australian society, culture and history;
  2. Understand the impacts of European settlement and white contact on Australian indigenous nations and cultures;
  3. Have an understanding of the long history of Indigenous resistance to the process of colonisation from the 18th to the 21st century;
  4. Have an understanding of the impact and effects of paternalistic government policies including assimilation and the forced removal of children from their families;
  5. Have an appreciation of indigenous relationships to the land, and the political movement for land rights and recognition of Aboriginal sovereignty;
  6. Develop an understanding of the Aboriginal contribution to Australia, including in politics, business, religion, sport, music and the arts;
  7. Be able to interpret and analyse the experiences of indigenous people as accessed through a variety of texts;
  8. Be able to conduct research about Indigenous Australians at post-graduate level.

Assessment

Seminar participation/presentation: 10%
Book/film review (1500 words): 15%
Stolen Generation individual testament study (2500 words): 25%
Long research essay (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 3-hour combined lecture/seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tatjana Visak

Notes

Previously coded CHB4203

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' critical and analytical understanding of certain key ethical issues in patient care. The unit focuses initially on four main ethical principles commonly appealed to in this context: autonomy, privacy, beneficence and justice. These principles and the relations and conflicts between them will be examined in terms of a variety of broad ethical issues which arise in patient care, such as paternalism, confidentiality, informed consent, surrogacy, resource allocation, and euthanasia. There will also be some discussion of competing models of health professional-patient relationships, and issues of professional autonomy.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

one 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG4393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB4204

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for analysing and evaluating public policy and law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on what values the state ought to promote, and the formulation of public policy in democratic pluralist societies. These political moralities are then used to examine current law and public policy in areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, pre-birth testing, embryonic stem cell research, reproductive cloning, surrogate motherhood, voluntary euthanasia, and the treatment of newborn infants with severe disabilities. The unit also considers law and public policy in relation to informed consent, conflicts of interest, and the regulation of research on humans.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

For on-campus students: four day-long seminars during the semester, most likely in Weeks 1, 4, 7 and 10.
For off-campus students: no timetabled contact hours although students are welcome to attend seminars for on-campus students when the unit is running in both modes.

Prerequisites

APG4393 and APG4714, or equivalent or with approval

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB4215

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete an original supervised research paper on a bioethical topic of their own choice. In the paper, students are required to articulate and defend a line of ethical reasoning or argument on their chosen topic. While not a general requirement, some topics may allow scope for a limited amount of original empirical research. Students will be allocated a supervisor on the basis of their research proposal, and should meet with their supervisor on a regular basis throughout the semester.

Assessment

Research outline: 1000 words (10%)
Research paper: 8000 words (90%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

APG4393 and two of APG4394, APG4714, APG4717 or equivalents

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB4300

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the full range of ethical issues that arise in research involving humans, including medical, scientific and social research. It covers topics such as acceptable and unacceptable risks to research participants, conflicts of interest, informed consent and waiver of consent, surrogate decision making, biobanks, commercialization of medical and scientific research, and research conducted on vulnerable people. Throughout the unit use will be made of case studies, ethical frameworks and principles, and the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. Participants will have ample opportunity to discuss their own experiences with human research ethics.

Outcomes

  1. To obtain a comprehensive grasp of the full range of ethical issues that can arise with research involving humans
  2. To understand the ethical frameworks and principles relevant to human research
  3. To be able to use ethical principles and reasoning to arrive at well-argued conclusions about particular ethical dilemmas in human research
  4. To obtain a thorough understanding of The National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research and how it is applied in concrete cases
  5. To obtain a good understanding of international guidelines on human research ethics.
  6. To be able to critically engage with the bioethical literature around the ethics of research involving humans and construct arguments for novel conclusions in relation to that literature

Assessment

Written work (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

The unit will consist of two intensive weekend seminars.

Prerequisites

APG4393 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kate Rigby

Notes

Previously coded CRT4080(A)

Synopsis

A long essay of 18,000 words on an approved topic of the candidate's own choice. Two copies of the research project must be submitted in typescript and suitably presented not later than 30 October. Comparative Literature students are normally required to read literary texts in the original language.

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kate Rigby

Notes

Previously coded CRT4080(B)

Synopsis

As for APG4722

Assessment

Written (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Judy McNicoll

Notes

Previously coded CVL4010

Synopsis

This unit examines similarities and differences in rituals relating to birth, marriage and the handling of death in traditional and modern societies which have contributed to present day Australia, including aboriginal and immigrant cultures. Topics include the role of the 'celebrant' in creating a valid marriage in Western society, the universality of ritual and current attitudes to it. The unit enables practitioners to advise clients about planning their own lifecycle celebrations.

Assessment

Two essays (2500 words each): 50%
Video presentation: 15%
Supporting documentation (4000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Judy McNicoll

Notes

Previously coded CVL4020

Synopsis

Major musical and literary works associated with rites of passage, mainly from the Western tradition, will be examined in terms of their uses for various occasions, along with basic skills of research, story writing and story telling. The unit enables practitioners to advise clients about planning their own lifecycle celebrations.

Assessment

Essay on music topic (3500 words): 35%
Life stories assignment (2000 words): 20%
Video presentation: 10% Two literature essays (2000 words, 1500 words): 25%
Video presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Judy McNicoll

Notes

Previously coded CVL4030

Synopsis

This unit examines the nature of a profession and the professional status of civil celebrants. Issues include legislation and precedent, registration of births, marriages and deaths, engagement, premarital and marital formalities, immigration, divorce, children's issues and death certificates. Also discussed are principles of ethics, ethical dilemmas, decisions about referral, consultation, confidentiality, listening skills and interacting with people at times of emotional stress.

Assessment

Essays on legal issues (3200 words): 35%
Essay on ethical issues (2600 words): 30%
Essay on personal issues (3200 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Judy McNicoll

Notes

Previously coded CVL4040

Synopsis

This unit examines the nature of ceremony and ceremony as marking points of passage in life, especially weddings and funerals. The significance of ceremony for secular people is also raised. The unit is primarily practical, and covers interviewing clients and preparing the ceremony; choice of venue; constructing a eulogy or a talk for a wedding ceremony; incorporating musical and literary elements into the ceremony; dress, and the general notion of ceremonial theatre. There will also be an introduction to public speaking.

Assessment

Eulogy or obituary (1500 words): 15%
Video presentation: 10%
Critique of ceremonies observed (1600 words): 15%
Draft wedding ceremony (2000 words): 10%
Video presentation: 10%
Relationship assigment (2000 words): 15%
Composition and video presentation of ceremony other than wedding or funeral (2500 words): 10%
Video presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Roby Marlina

Notes

Previously coded EIL4404

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore issues that surround the teaching of English as International Language. Through an examination of prescribed texts the unit offers an analysis of the socio-cultural, ideological, and linguistic issues that arise from the teaching of English for the purpose of international and intercultural communication. Students will be introduced to a range of views and positions regarding the nature of EIL including how it should be taught and evaluated.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. knowledge of views and positions that have been developed in the literature regarding the teaching of English of as an International Language
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of the linguistic, ideological, and socio-cultural issues that surround the use of English for the purpose of international and intercultural communication
  3. knowledge of the available views and positions on issues such as the 'ownership' of English and 'proficiency' in EIL.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Test: 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr John Hawke

Notes

Previously coded ENM4120

Synopsis

A dissertation on an approved topic of the candidate's own choice. The topic should be approved well in advance so that a supervisor may be appointed and much of the work done during the long vacation and first semester. There is a short subject in methodology during some weeks of the first semester and a series of seminars to discuss work in progress.

Assessment

Written (9000-12,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGerman Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded GNM4070

Synopsis

As for ATS4097

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitGeographic Information Systems
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Xuan Zhu

Notes

Previously coded GYM4920

Synopsis

General nature of spatial data and of digital spatial data and of thematic mapping, analogue to digital data conversion, data quality, georeferencing, geocoding ground control points, raster and vector approaches, spatial analysis with geocoded data, boolean overlay, Digital Elevation Models and their use in terrain analysis, GIS project formulation (data and information flow paths, primary and derived map layers, identification of relevant themes), multispectral image data and image processing, applications to thematic mapping (habitat, potential soil wetness, buffers, deforestation, terrain parameter mapping, conflict resolution etc), nature of project management.

Assessment

Written work: 25% (2500 words)
Practicals: 50%
2 Hour Exam: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Debra Manning

Notes

Previously coded HSM4301

Synopsis

This unit addresses the conceptual bases to program planning and evaluation and links between the two. It explores approaches to program planning through the examination and design of models, concepts and techniques that facilitate need assessment, setting goals and objectives, and establishing target groups and timelines in the implementation process. Key theoretical concepts in evaluation, ethical and analytical approaches utilised in human services evaluation and evaluation techniques are critically explored to ensure comprehensive understanding and skill development. Students employed in the field are encouraged to locate their learning and assessment tasks within their practice context.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. understand the nature of human service programs, and the models utilised in planning different types of human service programs;
  2. be knowledgeable about the main theoretical perspectives, concepts and issues in relation to the planning, implementation and evaluation of programs;
  3. have developed skills in using a range of techniques to meet planning requirements in all aspects of a human service program; understand political, organisational, resource requirements and ethical considerations in the development, implementation and evaluation of programs.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussions.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Cathy Trembath

Notes

Previously coded HSM4302

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore and critique current theory and practice in the management, leadership and administration of human service organisations. Students will be encouraged to develop awareness of their own management practice and leadership style in their chosen field. Students will critically examine the meaning of continuous quality improvement in the human services, and then use this understanding to inform the design of an appropriate framework for ensuring quality standards and service delivery in a particular area of the human services.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify and critically discuss various management theories, models and approaches specific to the human services;
  2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the distinctions between the concepts of management and leadership;
  3. critically reflect on their own management and leadership style and practice;
  4. demonstrate a critical appreciation of how management is applied and operationalised at various levels in human service organisations;
  5. demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skills in a range of approaches to continuous quality improvement in the human services and how these might be applied in a particular organisational context.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussions.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded HSM4305

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity; demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct; demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects. Students will also be able to: demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies; identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts, and design an appropriate research methodology. Students will be able to critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

Two of APG4761, APG4762, APG4571, APG4572, or all of APG4803, APG4804, APG4805, APG4806

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Morgan

Notes

Previously coded HYM4105B

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Outcomes

A student successfully completing APG4624 and APG4770 will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a major research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Bruce Missingham

Notes

Previously coded IDA4120

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the leading approaches to community development in international and sustainable development. The unit emphasises contemporary theory and thinking on community development, coupled with an orientation to professional practice in real contexts, both internationally and locally. The impacts of globalisation are examined, both in terms of its negative consequences, but also in terms of creating new possibilities for activism and solidarity. The unit also focuses on the skills and methods of community development facilitators, and fosters and develops those skills in students through group activities such as simulations, role-plays, case studies and fieldtrips.

Outcomes

Students will understand the key concepts and major theoretical underpinnings of community development in international development and environmental sustainability; demonstrate knowledge of facilitation and implementation of community development in practice, and a range of contexts; be able to apply a range of professional skills in community development project design, management, monitoring and evaluation.

Assessment

Participation in class activities and discussions 20%; Small group-lead simulation, role play activity 30%; Essay/Project Proposal (4000 words) 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 hour lecture/presentation plus two hours tutorial per week for 12 weeks.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Mr William Birnbauer (semester 1); Associate Professor Philip Chubb (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded JRM4901

Synopsis

This unit introduces basic principles and practices in professional journalism. It focuses on news and current affairs research and reporting for print/online publication, and the role and ethics of journalism in liberal democracies. Students develop a series of stories working independently and in groups, and use online forums for mutual story development and feedback. Students develop an understanding of, and ability to contribute to, contemporary debates in journalism. Students work to deadlines researching and reporting news stories for print/online publications.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students should be able to

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a news story and conduct interviews
  2. demonstrate an ability to write in a clear, concise, factual way using news and feature conventions
  3. take appropriate photographs and caption them to complement a story
  4. identify key ethical and legal obligations associated with reporting
  5. work independently and in groups to produce news reports
  6. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines
  7. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  8. demonstrate an ability to write under pressure
  9. demonstrate a critical awareness of some social implications of journalistic practice

Assessment

Local News story (600 words): 25%
News story (600 words): 25%
Short Feature with picture(s) (800 -1000 words): 30%
Online reflection statement (1000 words) and in-class tutorial presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mia Lindgren (semester 1); Mr Matt Mitchell (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded JRM4902

Synopsis

This unit introduces the basic principles and practices for radio and video news reporting, including audio and video field recording, interviewing, scripting, editing and presentation in a critical analytical context. Students develop a series of stories working independently. The unitprovides students with skills in the construction of news reports and critical analysis of the characteristics of those reports. Students are encouraged to broadcast/distribute their reports in media/online outlets.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to

  1. identify, research , record, edit and broadcast radio news stories requiring location sound, interviews, script and presentation
  2. identify, research , record, edit and distribute online video news stories requiring location sound and image, interviews, script and presentation
  3. work independently and in groups to meet deadlines
  4. identify key ethical and legal parameters associated with radio and television reporting

Assessment

Radio news reports (total 2-3 mins): 40%
TV news reports (total 2-3 mins): 40%
Online reflection statement (1000 words) and in-class seminar presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Bill Birnbauer (semester 1)
Mr Matt Mitchell (semester 2)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Johan Lidberg

Notes

Previously coded JRM4903

Synopsis

This unit examines the ways in which the production and distribution of media and journalistic products are regulated, in the context of broader economic, political, technological and social processes. An underlying theme is a critique of the development of and contradictions among different ideas of free speech, and how these are used to promote or defend a range of communication practices, in particular historical and cultural contexts. The subject aims to develop a working knowledge of relevant areas of media law, such as defamation, copyright and contempt, with an emphasis on understanding the way the law works in practice and the policy issues which arise. A comparative approach is used to explore legal systems in different parts of the world.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students are expected:

  1. to have a strong working knowledge of the legal rights and responsibilities of journalistic practice, and their ethical dimension
  2. to understand the historical and political contexts in which these have rights and responsibilities have developed and are practised
  3. to be able to analyse critically and deploy reflexively the principles of 'the public right to know', 'freedom of expression' and 'access to information'
  4. to understand issues and debates about freedom of expression in an international and cross-cultural context.

Assessment

Minor take home exam: 30%
Research essay (2500-3000 words): 40%
Online simulation game: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour weekly seminar


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stephanie Brookes

Notes

Previously coded JRM4904

Synopsis

This unit explores the scholarly debates that address news organisations, journalism practices, and the processes of production and consumption of news and current affairs, the relationship between the media and ideas about democracy, and the relevance of media theory for professional journalism. A comparative theoretical approach is used to examine questions about journalism from both producers and consumers perspectives, and shifting relations between the two in the context of new media technologies and changing social contexts. Students' develop capacities to undertake research in journalism studies. At all points, a major concern is the mutual implications of journalism theory and professional journalistic practice for each other, for journalists and for audiences.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. understand some of the major scholarly approaches to and debates about researching and thinking about journalism practice in social context
  2. contribute constructively and critically to face-to-face and online discussions of the subject matter of the course
  3. conduct a small, original research project in journalism studies
  4. produce written work for assessment that demonstrates a critical knowledge of the major scholarly debates in journalism studies, and a capacity to apply those debates to original research in the field.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (1200 words): 30%
Tutorial report and presentation of research work-in-progress (800 words): 20%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Jan McGuinness

Notes

Previously coded JRM4908

Synopsis

This unit develops skills in feature story writing by a comparative approach to the work of exemplary contemporary practice. The emphasis is on developing, critiquing and improving a range of research and writing skills for the print and online media, including use of images and hyperlinks. Students are expected to produce publishable work. The subject offers students insights into the breadth of style and genre available to non-fiction writing, including social-realist writing, essays, columns, profiles, 'new journalism' and more complex in-depth features. Ethical considerations are explored in the context of particular examples of production and social context.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will:

  1. be able to research and write feature articles at a professionally publishable standard
  2. Have a strong understanding of the ethical and social issues associated with in-depth interviewing, researching and writing
  3. be able to produce feature stories for publication in both print and online environments
  4. Understand and work within and among the generic conventions of journalism and broader styles of writing such as non-fiction and fiction.

Assessment

Minor project 1(500 words plus 300 word rfeflection): 15%
Minor project 2(1000 words plus 400 word reflection): 30%
Major project(1400 words plus 500 word reflection): 45%
Online discussion: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Julie-Ann Tullberg

Notes

Previously coded JRM4910

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the basic principles, techniques and professional practice of editing, layout, design and production across print and online media. The subject covers print in all its forms as well as aspects of editing for online publications. The subject covers the theory and practice of editing, the role of the sub-editor, and basic design and layout for print and online media.

Outcomes

Students who satisfactorily complete this unit will:

  1. understand the differences in editorial approach between print and online publication and the role of sub-editing in applying these approaches to different publications
  2. have gained an understanding of target audiences and how style guides in text editing and design practices are applied for different readerships
  3. have the ability to apply sub-editing skills across print and online media
  4. understand and analyse a range of text and layout styles across publications and be able to apply these at a basic professional level
  5. have an understanding of ethical and other problems that can arise in editing practice and how issues of gender, racism, ethnicity, disability and class are linked to media production
  6. have explored new forms of presenting stories and information in a print publication.

Assessment

Online Discussion group on audience and style (1200 words): 25%
Research brief for target audience and style (1200 words): 25%
Copy editing and layout: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ms Julie-Ann Tullberg (semester 1); Mr Matt Mitchell (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded JRM4911

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the application of Internet technologies into journalism research and reporting practice. It explores the major issues related to sourcing and publishing journalism on the Web, including verification, authentication and attribution, and basic Web publishing skills using text, graphics, sound and image.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will:

  1. have a deep conceptual overview of the Internet and its functionality.
  2. understand the range of Internet resources available for journalism research
  3. understand the key usability factors that determine good Web design and presentation
  4. be able to research and report for the Web and to locate their output within the context of an evolving global medium.
  5. produce a Web-based report using text, sound and images

Assessment

Reporter's blog (1000 words): 25%
Online discussion and tutorial presentation (1500 words): 25%
Major Project: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr William Birnbauer (semester 1)
Mr Matt Mitchell (semester 2)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Jennifer Bowen

Notes

Previously coded JRM4912

Synopsis

This unit focuses on production of radio journalism. By producing a series of radio stories students develop key radio skills in story selection and development, interviewing, scripting, voice presentation and editing. The unit builds on the concepts and practices introduced in APG4774 Reporting with sound and image. As students develop professional radio journalism skills, they undertake critical analyses of the editorial and ethical issues that pertain in the broadcast environment.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit student will:

  1. have the technical and editorial skills needed for radio news and current affairsjournalism research, reporting and broadcasting
  2. have a working familiarity with a range of radio journalism production styles and techniques
  3. identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with radio journalism, and reflect critically on their own and others' performance
  4. work independently and collaboratively to produce radio journalism reports
  5. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure

Assessment

Radio current affairs report 1(2-3 mins): 15%
Radio current affairs report 2(3-4 mins): 25%
Online critical reflection (1000 words): 20%
Major radio journalism project(in agreed format): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Matt Mitchell

Notes

Previously coded JRM4913

Synopsis

This unit develops the concepts and practices introduced in APGT4774 for the production of current affairs video journalism for both pre-packaged broadcast. Students produce stories for publishing on broadcast or online television/video, and are encouraged to have the majority of their assessed work broadcast. As students develop professional video journalism skills, they undertake critical analyses of the editorial and ethical issues that pertain in the broadcast environment.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify a television news or current affairs story, research and prepare a brief
  2. shoot, interview, script and edit a television story
  3. undertake individual and group work and meet deadlines
  4. understand key ethical and legal issues and obligations associated with television reporting
  5. apply basic professional standards to production and presentation

Assessment

Research television story and prepare a brief (500 words): 20%
Video news report (1 min): 30%
Video current affairs report (4 mins): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr William Birnbauer (semester 1)
Mr Matt Mitchell (semester 2)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM4916

Synopsis

The content of this unit will vary from time to time as the availability of specialist teachers and student interest affords. It will focus on specific specialized genres in advanced reporting, such as political reporting, business reporting, photojournalism, sports reporting, crime reporting, etc. It will expose students to the specific research modes and contexts for the selected genre, their narrative conventions of reporting and the issues and debates relvant to their contemporary practice.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Identify suitable events, processes and issues for research and reporting relevant to the generic focus of the class
  2. research and report both shorter and more extended stories relevant to the generic
  3. demonstrate a strong understanding of the contemporary issues and debates relevant to the specific genre of journalism.

Assessment

Minor Project (1200 words): 25%
Major Project (2000 words): 50%
Online Discussion and tutorial presentation (1500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Asia Institute
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded MAI4000

Synopsis

A research project about the nature of development or governance in the Asian region, broadly conceived to include, for instance, technological change, religious cultures and regional security. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit in consultation with the supervisors.

Assessment

Research paper (9,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Asia Institute
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded MAI4001

Synopsis

APG4784 is designed to train postgraduates in the advanced research techniques needed for work at the most senior academic, business and government levels. The student is required to work closely with an Asian expert in order to develop advanced skills in developing testable hypotheses for research, rigorous investigative techniques involving documentary analysis, statistical and mapping techniques and an in-depth knowledge of the Asian region or problem chosen for study.

Outcomes

Advanced research training and report writing, including presentation of research findings to the MAI postgraduate seminar, advanced training in the analysis of documents, special high level meetings with government and business leaders, preparation of questionnaires and interview schedules, preparation of manuscripts for publication.

Assessment

One Research Project (10,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Contact hours

3 hours per week on campus and 3 hours per week off campus mainly via email. Contact is face to face meetings.

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4080

Synopsis

This unit allows for a closer examination of art-music between 1750-1800. The development of sonata form, the string quartet and the symphony will be contextualised in relationship to the philosophic ideas attached to the Age of the Enlightenment. Works by CPE Bach, JC Bach, Karl Stamitz, Johann Stamitz, Mozart and Haydn will act as musical examples.

Outcomes

By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have developed further knowledge of the Classical era (1750-1800) on a framework within which to identify, categorise and assess and write critically about the music.

Assessment

For students in the GradDipMus/MMus:
16 Annotations (260 words each): 50%
5 Class presentations (1000 words each): 50%

For students in the GadDipMusSt/MMusSt:
Essay (4000 words): 50%
5 Class presentations (1000 words each): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4090

Synopsis

This unit allows for a close examination of chamber music composed between 1835-1935. The Romantic, Neo-Classical, Non-Tonal and Dodecaphonic approaches will form the background to trios, quartets and quintets composed for a variety of forces. Works by Mendelssohn, Schumann, Brahms, Saint-Saens, Ravel, Tchaikovsky, Bartok, Schoenberg and Berg will act as musical examples.

Outcomes

By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have developed further knowledge of the history, and style of chamber music (1835-1935) on a framework within which to identify, categorise and assess and write critically about the music.

Assessment

The methods of assessment will be five class presentations and a series of short annotations (for GradDip/MMus candidates) or five class presentations and a larger essay (for GradDip/MMusStuds candidates). All tasks have the basic objective to enable candidates to investigate changes in approach to composition over a fifty year period.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4120

Synopsis

Clients will investigate the solo literature, composed in the 20th and 21st centuries, for their particular instrument (if MMus clients). The diversity of stylistic changes within this period will serve to enhance the study, and the set works act as examples in the debate on modernism-postmodernism, tonality and neo-tonality; romantic and neo-romantic, neo-classical and modernism and modernism and minimalism.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, clients should have an understanding of the changes in music that occurred over the last century and an opportunity to develop a critical idiomatic approach to stylistic analysis

Assessment

Written work: 60% (5500 words)
Lecture demonstrations: 25% (2200 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminars per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4420

Synopsis

The unit aims to familiarise students with various research methods appropriate to musicology. In particular the unit provides an introduction to the practical aspects of historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and jazz and popular music studies, concentrating on methodologies associated with textual criticism, archival research, repertoire and performance practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should have the skills essential to constructing a simple research proposal in a variety of areas and have acquired initial critical reading skills applicable to both text and score.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Thesis proposal: 15%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4600

Synopsis

A study and/or recital of a particular topic or genre in music

Outcomes

An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic or genre in music

Assessment

Written work: 100% OR Recital: 60%
Written work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Notes

Previously coded MUM4760A

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Notes

Previously coded MUM4760B

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr David Griffiths (Classical); Mr Robert Burke (Jazz)

Notes

Previously coded MUM4960

Synopsis

Students perform, compose or conduct a unified program of works and complete a critical essay that examines issues of performance practice, compositional approach, analysis and/or history of the chosen repertoire. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons and tutorials. It is a hurdle requirement that composition students organise a public performance of at least one submitted folio work.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students should have developed a high level of performance, composition or conducting skills, and developed programming skills through the presentation of a recital performance.

Assessment

Essay on repertoire (2000 words): 15%
60-minute performance or folio of compositions (20-minutes of music): 85%

Students who fail the unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit. These students will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour individual lesson per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Master of Music degree.
Admission by audition.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Prof Karen Green (First semester); Dr Robert Simpson (Second semester)

Notes

Previously coded PHM4000A

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Prof Karen Green (First semester); Dr Robert Simpson (Second semester)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Dirk Baltzly (First semester); Dr Robert Simpson (Second semester)

Notes

Previously coded PHM4000B

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Dirk Baltzly (First semester); Dr Robert Simpson (Second semester)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Dirk Baltzly (First semester); Dr Robert Simpson (Second semester)

Notes

Previously coded PHM4010

Synopsis

Students take two units from the following list:

  1. Metaphysics and Epistemology.
  2. Value Theory.
  3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy.
  4. Contemporary European Philosophy.
  5. Supervised reading.
  6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition.
  7. Philosophical Pedagogy.

Each unit consists of six 2-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shortly after they receive their letter of offer to undertake Masters Qualifiying.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this subject will gain the ability to read and understand advanced philosophical material in some specific areas of current research. They will be able to examine and criticise arguments in those areas, as well as develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas. They will further their basic competence in the use of research tools in Philosophy. Those who undertake the Philosophical Pedagogy unit will additionally gain an appreciation for the ways in which the practical demonstration of these research skills informs teaching.

Assessment

Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Dirk Baltzly (First semester); Dr Robert Simpson (Second semester)

Contact hours

Two units; each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Karen Green

Notes

Previously coded PHM4020

Synopsis

Students take two units form the following list:

  1. Metaphysics and Epistemology.
  2. Value Theory.
  3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy.
  4. Contemporary European Philosophy.
  5. Supervised reading.
  6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition.
  7. Philosophical Pedagogy.

Each unit consists of six two-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided with details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shortly after they receive their letter of offer to undertake Masters Qualifying.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this subject will gain the ability to read and understand advanced philosophical material in some specific areas of current research. They will be able to examine and criticise arguments in those areas, as well as develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas. They will further their basic competence in the use of research tools in Philosophy. Those who undertake the Philosophical Pedagogy unit will additionally gain an appreciation for the ways in which the practical demonstration of these research skills informs teaching.

Assessment

Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two units; each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars.

Prerequisites

Masters Qualifying in Philosophy A.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Notes

Previously coded PLM4060

Synopsis

Candidates are required to carry out a program of research, under individual supervision, on a topic of their own choosing.

Assessment

Research project (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan

Notes

Previously coded PUB4001

Synopsis

Historical perspectives on the book and publishing as agents of change. A critical introduction to the history of publishing and approaches to the study of publishing today in Australian and international contexts. The study of the various cycles in the history of the book analysed and assessed. Value addition in publishing, print and electronic delivery, women in publishing, the publishing firm and social contribution of the book. Different approaches to the study of publishing and history of the book.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit the student should have acquired:

  1. an understanding the importance of the book in cultural development
  2. a critical awareness of the forms of publishing and the culture of the book
  3. an understanding of the publishing industry in Australia both past and present
  4. an appreciation of the study of the history of the book
  5. advanced research and presentation skills, both written and oral.

Assessment

Three papers (4500 words): 45%Major Essay (4500 words): 45%Class contribution and presentation:10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Trischa Mann

Notes

Previously coded PUB4003

Synopsis

The contribution of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored.
An overview of the role of the various production processes and their management in publishing. Students are taken through the various stages of the physical production of various formats (books, magazines and newspapers) and their subsequent marketing and distribution. The contributions of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored. Students enrolled at this 5th year level will demonstrate a greater mastery over project management issues adapted to given examples.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed an understanding:

  1. of the practical principles of publishing;
  2. of the key publication production processes and to develop relevant skills;
  3. of how the various forms of publishing differ in production terms, e.g. journals, magazines, scholarly publications, electronic publications;
  4. of the contribution of new technology to the publishing industries and the principles inherent in their application.

Assessment

Practical exercises (3000 words): 35%Review essay (5000 words): 50%Examination (1000 words): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week, excursions as arranged

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded PUB4020

Synopsis

This unit provides an overview of the role of the editor or writer of texts for publication or communication in fields such as Science and Technology, Medicine, Psychology, Education, Law or Finance where specialist editors and publishers produce books, journals or other publications in printed and electronic forms. The editors who prepare them for publication apply professional knowledge and skills in ways that meet subject-specific requirements and expectations. This unit is vocational and will provide the student with a sound understanding of copy-editing in both its essential elements and its application for professional purposes.

Outcomes

Upon completion students should have acquired:

  1. a basic understanding of the theory and practice of copy-editing
  2. an in-depth introduction to the particular requirements and expectations of editorial practice in their field of knowledge or specialisation
  3. an understanding in outline of the publishing industry in Australia and internationally in professional, reference and educational publishing
  4. an ability to apply their knowledge by copy-editing texts specific to their field.

Assessment

Three practical exercises (500 words each): 30%; Two assignments (1500 words each): 60%; participation and verbal presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Contact hours

Two hours per week plus guest lectures and excursions

Co-requisites

APG4673, APG4672

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Olga Bursian

Notes

Previously coded SCD4301

Synopsis

Public and private sector practitioners are increasingly required to work across planning areas, adopt a whole of government approach to planning issues, develop a shared values perspective, engage with the community context, facilitate a community voice, address ecological imperatives, as well as achieve successful outcomes according to pre-determined key performance indicators. This unit will require students to reflect on, analyse and critique their current practices, by developing a critical understanding of the importance of participatory planning within their organisations or community and to analyse and evaluate their perspective within local, national and international frameworks.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to: critically understand the theory, principles and models of participatory social and community planning, and the intellectual and institutional links between this form of planning and others: program planning, statutory planning, strategic/urban planning, business planning; Demonstrate skills in working within, across and between public and private sector organisations including with various levels of government and with practitioners from the range of disciplines involved in planning and implementation; critically understand and demonstrate the knowledge and skills required to manage planning projects, including vision, needs analysis, and the effective design of structures, processes, timing and resourcing dimensions, and of implementation, problem-solving and evaluation strategies, matched with effective corrective strategies and /or sanctions/protocols; understand the principles of and important areas of practice in community development, informed by social justice and ecological sustainability and the involvement of diverse people and perspectives; understand the interconnections between community and place, and their relevance to the organisational contexts in which people work, or in relation to which they live; demonstrate skills in facilitating the engagement of communities in planning processes for community- defined purposes, ensuring that the community has decision making power and is adequately resourced throughout the planning and implementation phases with necessary information, skills development and other resources.; skills in facilitating community planning as action research, with full community participation, continuous feedback, and collective revisions and problem solving; demonstrated capacity to integrate all learning into a planning case study; demonstrate excellent presentation and IT skills in contributing and arguing their case study in a virtual forum.

Assessment

Journal (2000 words): 20%Case study (5500 words): 60%Case study presentation (1500 words): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 hour per week in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be encouraged to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Olga Bursian

Notes

Previously coded SCD4303

Synopsis

The unit enables students to develop a professional framework based on theories, conventions and instruments for protecting and promoting human rights, social justice and democratic citizenship rights. Students will identify the legal and ethical dimensions of community contexts, including the ramifications of government policies and commercial activities on communities. Knowledge of Australian legal and political systems, and skills in working effectively within them to protect and extend the rights of communities, will be developed. Students will apply their knowledge to creative and strategic use of advocacy, lobbying and management of campaigns to reverse unequal community power relations.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. Developed a professional theoretical framework based on international and national human rights, social justice and participative democracy.
  2. Developed skills in applying national and international human and citizenship rights instruments and conventions for community advocacy campaigns.
  3. Developed a sound understanding of Australian legal systems including legal and other instruments to protect human and citizenship rights (eg. discrimination; tenancy; debt; refugees).
  4. Acquired extensive knowledge of available institutional and material resources for ensuring justice and protection of community citizenship rights.
  5. Incorporated ethical theory and a deep understanding of practitioners' legal and ethical obligations towards communities (citizens, residents and refugees).
  6. Developed a sophisticated capacity for strategic thinking in identifying novel avenues and opportunities for advancing community rights;
  7. Developed skills and knowledge in collaborating with legal professionals, politicians, bureaucrats and other public figures for effective community campaigns.
  8. Developed a range of specific skills for successful community change: advocacy, lobbying, campaign management, use of mass media.
  9. Acquired knowledge of international, national and local examples of cutting edge practice in extending community rights.

Assessment

Theoretical essay (4000 words): 45%
Case study (4000 words): 45%
Participation on discussion Board (1000 words): 10%

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber(Semester 1);Dr Shani Tobias(Semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded TRN4030

Synopsis

12-point, one-semester introductory core unit of the MA in Interpreting and Translation Studies (ITS). The language of instruction will be English, the seminar will allow both formal lectures and practical workshops. The unit will cover the theoretical disciplines which inform the recently emerged interdisciplinary fields of ITS; the history of interpreting and translation, and ITS (comparative linguistics, pragmatic and semiotic approaches); the various linguistic, cultural, social and other contextual factors involved in interpreting and translation work; the relevance of interpreting and translation theory to interpreting and translation practice; the basic theoretical principles of interpreting and translation; and interpreting and translation terminology

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will:

  1. Be able to identify and discuss significant historical developments in interpreting and translation studies,
  2. Have learnt a metalanguage for articulating different paradigms in translation studies (structuralism, hermeneutics, semiotic, post-modernism, deconstruction),
  3. Have acquired the ability to recognize interpreting and translation studies as an 'inter-discipline',
  4. Be able to conceptualise the three dimensions of equivalence: hermeneutics (Humboldt, Schleiermacher, Koschmieder (tertium comparationis)); cognition (Kintsch, Kumaul, Rumelhart (prototypes and schemata)); pragmatics (Austin, Searle, Levinson (illocution and perlocution));
  5. Be able to discuss in depth at least two translation theoretical paradigms and their historical embeddedness, including the applicability of this predominantly European theoretical framework to non-European languages.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
2 hour Exam: 25%
Oral presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Leah Gerber (Semester 1)
Dr Shani Tobias (Semester 2)

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour seminar, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN4040

Synopsis

In this unit students will develop an understanding and acquire knowledge on discourse analysis tools used in Translation Studies. The unit will provide students with the opportunity to analyse discourse features of the original text and compare and contrast them with the translated version. The unit also aims to develop the student's ability to translate texts of increasing levels of complexity and expertise in a variety of textual genres. A particular emphasis is given to ethical issues involved in translation.
The unit combines a generic, classroom-based component, in which some of the theoretical issues from the parallel core subjects are discussed, in addition to language-specific tutorials and a fieldwork component, in which students will be introduced to translation and translating in a variety of different environments. This unit includes web-based translation assignments tailored to individual target languages, involving the practical application of theoretical insights. Translation will be LOTE-English OR English-LOTE.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify the problems different text genres pose for translation
  2. translate a variety of document genres by applying critical insights from translation theory and methodology
  3. access, translate and return Web-based documents
  4. use suitable strategies to create texts in the target language
  5. identify and analyse ethical issues as they relate to the interpreting and translation industry.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
1 Test: 20%
1 Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 x 1.5 hour seminar, 1 x 1.5 hour tutorial, the equivalent of 1 x 1 hour interactive web-based work, and the equivalent of 40 hours of fieldwork.

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shani Tobias

Notes

Previously coded TRN4050

Synopsis

This subject follows on from APG4814 Translation 1: Discourse Analysis. It addresses the more specific translation issue of field: the use of language in various professional and social settings. Such uses will be addressed, firstly, through theoretical discussion in relation to context and cognitive environment, followed by the practical translation of authentic texts, which illustrate the issues involved.

Outcomes

  1. translate a variety of linguistic registers, informed by theoretical insight
  2. develop specialized competence in one or more areas of professional discourse
  3. develop a glossary by which they can expand and store their knowledge of specialised terms and how they might be used
  4. identify and discuss theoretical and methodological issues related to the translation of different professional discourses
  5. utilise problem-solving strategies for specialist discourses
  6. use a variety of specialised dictionaries, glossaries, and web-based translation aids.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
1 Test: 20%
1 Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar per week and the equivalent of two hours interactive Web-based work

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jim Hlavac

Notes

Previously coded TRN4200

Synopsis

This unit consists of two components:

  1. An introduction to the theory, principles and techniques of interpreting and an overview of ethical and professional issues;
  2. The practice of consecutive interpreting: dialogue interpreting and speech interpreting.

Topics to be covered include an overview of the history, of the essential theoretical concepts and of the ethical principles of interpreting; aspects of speaking, listening and non-verbal communication fundamental to consecutive interpreting.

Outcomes

This unit aims at developing key interpreting techniques expected of a professional interpreter. It also enables students to acquire background knowledge for the various socio-cultural contexts for interpreting in Australia.

Upon completion of the unit, students should have gained:

  1. the basic techniques of interpreting in a dialogue mode and of providing consecutive interpreting of speeches,
  2. all the skills of analytic reading and listening, memorization, note-taking, and they should be able to apply them to the different modes of interpreting,
  3. an understanding of ethics of the profession and of their appreciation in various interpreting situations,
  4. a socio-cultural knowledge for the various domains of interpreting in Australia,
  5. an appreciation of the history of the interpreting profession, in Australia and worldwide.

Assessment

Class exercises and participation: 15%
Written essay: 10%
Professional folio
(mock conference report, glossaries, research): 15%
Practice exams in consecutive interpreting (speech and dialogue interpreting): 20%
Final exams in consecutive interpreting(speech and dialogue interpreting):40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students have 6 contact hours per week, consisting of either two 2-hour seminars and one 2-hour workshop or one 2-hour seminar and two 2-hour workshops.

Co-requisites

The parallel core unit, APG4814 can be taken concurrently or, for part-time students, in the preceding year.

Prohibitions

JIT4100


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. JaneMaree Maher

Notes

Previously coded WSM4005

Synopsis

Students will be required to attend research methodology seminars, participate in research proposal seminars, engage in a significant research and reading program, and write a dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Assessment

Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. JaneMaree Maher

Notes

Previously coded WSM4005A

Synopsis

Students will be required to attend research methodology seminars, participate in research proposal seminars, engage in a significant research and reading program, and undertake the first half of a dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. JaneMaree Maher

Notes

Previously coded WSM4005B

Synopsis

Students will be required to complete a dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Assessment

Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Bimo Nkhat (South Africa); Ms Linda Downsborough

Notes

Previously coded WTR4001

Synopsis

This unit aims to equip students with the knowledge to successfully plan and execute their research projects (semesters two and three), and (b) provide them with an understanding of, and the basic skills required for, careers as science and technology professionals.

Topics covered by this Unit include;

  • The role of science in society
  • Research methodology
  • Diffusion of innovation and knowledge management
  • Proposal development and project management

Outcomes

Specific objectives of this unit include:

  1. Comment on the history and evolving role of science in society
  2. Differentiate between basic qualitative and quantitative research methods as well as contemporary approaches to research such as action research, inter- and transdisciplinary research, post-normal science and sustainability science
  3. Examine the process of knowledge creation and its relationship with technological innovation and diffusion
  4. Synthesize the history and theories of project management as well as the project management cycle and apply this in specific project activities
  5. Apply the essential tools of project management relating to project planning and resourcing
  6. Recognise the need and plan for social, technological, environmental, economic and political contexts in project design and rollout
  7. Apply monitoring and evaluation and risk management in the project cycle.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 week of lectures (5-6 hours of lectures/seminars per day)
1 week reading, case studies, self study, tutorial, short course, guest lecturer, discussions

Co-requisites

APG4824, WTR2003 and APG4826


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Bimo Nkhata (South Africa); Ms Linda Downsborough

Notes

Previously coded WTR4002

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to some of the fundamental science which underpins the understanding of the whole of catchment water cycle, including ecosystem functioning and the water quality and quantity requirements of various user groups (e.g. domestic, agriculture, industry, mining). Throughout the unit there is an emphasis on the whole-of-water cycle. The unit also addresses the human uses of water and highlights the dynamic relationship between human and natural aquatic systems. Topics covered in this unit include;

  • Basic properties of water
  • Principles of aquatic ecology, including ecological structure and function, the finite nature of the resource base and significance of water quality and quantity to the environment and multiple water users.
  • Integrated water resources planning and management including principles of systematic conservation planning and spatial development planning
  • River health monitoring, assessment and reporting
  • Freshwater ecosystems as complex social-ecological systems including the concepts of ecosystem services, resilience and thresholds of change.

Outcomes

Specific objectives for this unit include:

  1. Describe the physical and chemical properties of water and the processes that affect these physical and chemical properties with respect to water quality
  2. Critically analyse given water quality data using correct analysis methods and statistics; present water quality data using correct tables and figures; interpret the outcomes of this analysis; write a meaningful report about the data and its implications for water quality, ecosystem health, or human use
  3. Determine linkages between the terrestrial and aquatic environment and the influence of land-use change on aquatic systems and environmental flows
  4. Measure key water quality and biological indicators for ecological health in an aquatic system and suggest monitoring and assessment criteria for healthy aquatic systems.
  5. Understand the principles of water storage and treatment and its subsequent treatment for human use.
  6. Provide comment on larger issues of water security, such as climate change.

Assessment

Case study on integrating river health, freshwater conservation objectives and water uses (Group assignment) 6000 words (100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 week lectures (5-6 hours of lectures/seminars per day)
1 week reading, case studies, self study, tutorial, short course, guest lecturer, discussions

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Bimo Nkhata (South Africa); Ms Linda Downsborough

Notes

Previously coded WTR4003

Synopsis

This unit examines the elements and background to the so-called world water crisis and analyses current international development thinking about sustainable development and its application to water and water resources. It explores dimensions such as livelihoods and poverty, water supply and sanitation in cities, gender, community participation and water as a human right. This will be done in context of organisations such as Catchment Management Agencies and relevant Provincial Departments who face challenges with water sustainability and development. Students will be able to work directly with key individuals in these organisations and get a firsthand experience of some of the issues and challenges they face. Topics covered by the unit include;

  • Water and Sustainable Development: theory and principles
  • Water, Development, Poverty and Livelihoods
  • Water and Community Participation
  • Water supply, sanitation and health
  • Dams and irrigation
  • Water and Gender

Outcomes

Specific objectives for this unit include:

  1. Critically examine the theoretical underpinnings and key principles of sustainable development and explain its application to water resources
  2. Identify the key aspects and causes of the 'global water crisis', and its implications for development
  3. Employ a range of analytical frameworks for understanding the links between water, livelihoods, poverty, and gender
  4. Explain the theoretical and practical justifications for community participation in water resources development, using examples and case studies
  5. Explain and have a critical appreciation of the implications of a human rights approach to water resources development.

Assessment

Interactive workshops on key topics
Individual participation and presentation: 30%
Case study - water supply and sanitation / water-sensitive cities
Group assignment (6000 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 week lectures(5-6 hours of lectures/seminars per day)
1 week reading, case studies, self study, tutorial, short course, guest lecturer, discussions

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Bimo Nkhata (South Africa); Ms Linda Downsborough

Notes

Previously coded WTR4004

Synopsis

Water governance refers to the diverse range of political, social, economic and administrative arrangements within which water resources are managed and water needs are met by different sectors of society. In this unit, students are introduced to key concepts of water governance addressing in particular: the interaction between water governance, poverty and development; institutional and legal frameworks for formal as well as informal water provision; core features of transboundary arrangements as well as the core issues to be addressed in the design, implementation and monitoring of water governance initiatives. The special features of water governance in Southern Africa and Africa generally are specifically analysed with attention paid to successes, failures and lessons to be learnt from other contexts. Issues of gender and social exclusion are also specifically addressed. Specific topics covered include;

  • Water governance: An overview
  • Water governance, poverty, industrialization and development - conceptual issues
  • The tasks of water governance in developing country contexts - key concepts and their critique
  • Water governance: institutions, organizations, rights, markets, law -Southern African aspects in comparative perspective
  • Transboundary aspects of water governance - Southern African aspects in comparative perspective
  • Design and implementation of water governance initiatives - general and Southern African aspects
  • Evaluation of water governance initiatives - general and Southern African aspects
  • Ensuring and maintaining access - gender, social exclusion and good governance

Outcomes

Specific objectives for this unit include:

  1. Provide comment on the latest debates, insights, concepts, technical knowledge and tools pertaining to governance aspects of Integrated Water Management in developing and developed country contexts, with a particular emphasis on Southern Africa in comparative context
  2. Compare and evaluate experiences from:
    1. the rest of Africa
    2. Asia
    3. selected relevant developed countries and apply these to the Southern African context
  3. Have a critical understanding of the dynamic interplay between science, policy making, management and governance
  4. Use a range of governance tools and methodologies to identify and balance interests among conflicting functions and water uses in developing country contexts
  5. Analyse and design basic elements of IWRM governance arrangements in developing country and transboundary contexts paying attention to lessons learnt from successes as well as failures from Southern African and other contexts
  6. Communicate the key elements of governance initiatives orally and in written form, presenting these in a systematic and contextually appropriate way, whilst paying attention to the diverse needs of governments, the private sector and civil society
  7. Undertake individual research on governance issues, critically evaluating materials accessed from a variety of standpoints and communicating the essential points of such materials in an accurate and contextually informed way
  8. Demonstrate an ability to use personal reflection and social learning to improve their individual abilities as well as their ability to work as part of a team.

Assessment

Group assignment (6000 - 9000 words):100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 week lectures(5-6 hours of lectures/seminars per day)
1 week reading, case studies, self study, tutorial, short course, guest lecturer, discussions

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded WTR4100


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded WTR4200


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded WTR4400


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Nigel Tapper and colleagues

Notes

Previously coded GYM4370

Synopsis

Urbanisation has profound influences on cities that causes local changes in climate including increased temperature (the Urban Heat Island). Additional impacts include reduced moisture, modified urban waterways, and reduced vegetation. Moreover, urbanisation is linked to hazards such as poor air quality and heat related illnesses. These matters are of particular concern in the context of climate change. This unit will provide an understanding of the relevant physical processes and impacts, along with the associated technological, and socio-political contexts and examine potential solutions by undertaking a sustainable cities approach including the concept of a water sensitive city as an approach to heat mitigation and climate change adaptation. Emphasis is placed on practical, theoretical, observational, analytical and modeling skills developed through lectures, practicals and project work.

Outcomes

On completion students will be able to:

  1. appreciate urban climate knowledge and the critical role of water in the urban environment;
  2. be able to apply climate knowledge to issues of urban sustainability and adaptation to climate change;
  3. have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution, and in addition;
  4. Level 4 students will have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation.

Assessment

Literature review 500 words 11%
Practicals (500 words) 11%
Group or Individual Project Report/Presentation (1500 words): 33%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week
one 3-hour practical per fortnight, plus private study/research time.

Prerequisites

18 points of Geography and Environmental Science, Atmospheric Science or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Black

Synopsis

Students will be required to engage in a significant work of reading and research, and to write a dissertation of 15000 - 18000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff. Students will be assigned a supervisor and will be required to attend weekly supervisory meetings.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Communications and Media Studies, and demonstrate a command of that literature;
  2. Identify and develop key research questions;
  3. Develop and implement a research project in the field of Communications and Media Studies;
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Communications and Media Studies;
  5. Critically write up research findings;
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by relevant research;
  7. Construct a cumulative argument that is sustained across a 15 - 18000 word thesis;
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Research Project (15000-18000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Weekly supervisory meetings (a minimum of 1 hour per week) in addition to thesis research and writing

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Black

Synopsis

Students will be required to engage in a significant work of reading and research, and to write a dissertation of 15000 - 18000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff. Students will be assigned a supervisor and will be required to attend weekly supervisory meetings.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to :

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Communications and Media Studies, and demonstrate a command of that literature;
  2. Identify and develop key research questions;
  3. Develop and implement a research project in the field of Communications and Media Studies;
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Communications and Media Studies;
  5. Critically write up research findings;
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by relevant research;
  7. Construct a cumulative argument that is sustained across a 15 - 18000 word thesis;
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Significant work towards Research Project (1500 - 18000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Weekly supervisory meetings (a minimum of 1 hour per week) in addition to thesis research and writing

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Black

Synopsis

Students will be required to engage in a significant work of reading and research, and to write a dissertation of 15000 - 18000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff. Students will be assigned a supervisor and will be required to attend weekly supervisory meetings.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Communications and Media Studies, and demonstrate a command of that literature;
  2. Identify and develop key research questions;
  3. Develop and implement a research project in the field of Communications and Media Studies;
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Communications and Media Studies;
  5. Critically write up research findings;
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by relevant research;
  7. Construct a cumulative argument that is sustained across a 15 - 18000 word thesis;
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Completion of Research Project started in APG4891 (15000 - 18000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Weekly supervisory meetings (0.5 hours per week) in addition to thesis research and writing

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson (semester 1); Dr Caron Dann (semester 2)

Synopsis

The unit offers a general orientation to communications and media studies at graduate level. It surveys a range of communication practices and introduces theories appropriate to understanding and analysing them. The major practices considered include journalism, broadcasting, organisational communication, public relations, development communication, political persuasion and new media forms such as blogs and social networking sites. These are considered both as fields of professional practice and as objects of scholarly analysis. Attention is given to the general conceptualisation of communication and media and to the major ways in which communication has been described and analysed.

Outcomes

  1. to develop awareness of the range of social and professional contexts in which communication occurs;
  2. to develop an understanding of communication as a set of practices and to identify common features within these practices;
  3. to introduce some of the major ways in which communication and media have been understood at a theoretical level;
  4. to consider the relation between theory and practice in the field of communication and an appreciation of how they can productively inform each other;
  5. to introduce communications and media studies as a basis for further graduate study and professional practice in the field.

Assessment

Essay (3500 words): 40%
Essay (3500 words): 40%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

+ 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Kimunguyi

Synopsis

The unit provides students with an in-depth understanding of the roles the EU plays in its relations with developing countries in areas such as trade, development, security, regional integration, democracy and human rights promotion. It examines the EU's relations with developing countries in various geographical locations: the Neighbourhood countries; Asia; Africa; the Caribbean; the Pacific and Latin America. The unit emphasises the interactions between the EU and key international institutions such as the UN and WTO; developed and emerging powers such as the US, Japan, and Australia; China, and India on issues concerning developing countries.

Outcomes

By the end of their study of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. an appreciation of the theories and concepts of development in international relations;
  2. an understanding of the EU's role in the developing world with particular focus on its promotion of economic development, trade, security, democracy,human rights,regional integration, and environmental protection;
  3. a deeper appreciation of the EU's relations with developing countries in various geographical locations in the world;
  4. an understanding of the interactions between the EU and key international institutions (UN and the WTO) and regional organisations (African Union (AU), Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN), South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) and MERCOSUR on developing country-related issues;
  5. an understanding of the challenges involving the EU's relations with other major powers such as the US, Australia as well as emerging powers such as China, India and South Africa;
  6. sufficient information and research skills to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources in formulating and responding to essay questions.
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;

Assessment

On Campus:
Class participation, presentation and journal (2500 words): 30%
Essay (4500 words): 30%
Exam (2000 words): 40%

Off campus:
Group online discussion, journal (2500 words): 30%
Essay (4500 words): 30%
Exam (2000 words): 40%

Fifth year students will be expected to use more analysis and written presentation skills.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Justin O'Connor

Synopsis

In this unit students examine the interaction of art and economics, aesthetics and management, in advanced economies where creativity and imagination behave as integral forces of production. Unit themes include aesthetic modes of production, intellectual property relations, aesthetic modes of organization and management, experience economies, post-industrialism, design and industrialization, cultural industries, urban economies, creative processes, and art firms.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general principles of cultural economies;
  2. An understanding of the relation between art and economics, aesthetics and management;
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze the contribution of cultural forms to economic and organizational life;
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week for 6 weeks (evenings)
Two 6-hour intensive classes per semester (weekends)

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Neville Nicholls

Synopsis

Climate change is a critical issue for global sustainability, requiring drastic cuts to greenhouse gas emissions and substantial adaptive action. Although the science is well understood, there are major political and economic factors that influence the giving and withholding of support in making important decisions, including equity, culture and identity. The politics of integrating and balancing multiple interests to advance the common interest of any community, at any level, reframes climate change as an issue of development. The unit provides a fundamental understanding within a geographical framework of the geopolitical and economic considerations that affect progress in this vital area.

Outcomes

Upon satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate a basic understanding of the science of climate change and the principles of sustainability that influence our experience of and responses to the issue;
  2. demonstrate the ability to argue creatively, effectively and responsibly on a problem of decision associated with climate change;
  3. demonstrate knowledge and comprehension of the geopolitics and international/national political economic dimensions of climate change impacts, mitigation actions, and adaptation alternatives in a range of national contexts;
  4. demonstrate an understanding of market mechanisms to mitigate GHG emissions being debated including cap and trade, baseline and credit, etc.;
  5. demonstrate knowledge and comprehension of constitutive and ordinary decision processes in a range of national contexts;
  6. demonstrate an ability to apply these understandings, theories and concepts in an appropriate problem-oriented context;
  7. show skills in communication, problem solving and critical thinking.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 50%
Tutorial paper/debate (500 words): 20%
Examination (2 hours, 2000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedOverseas Summer semester B 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Ms Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

The unit will provide opportunities for students to examine Bangladesh's applied disaster response and recovery approaches. It will deepen student understanding and knowledge of the practical aspects of disaster frameworks. The focus will on both the successes and challenges of disaster theory and strategy at the implementation level. The trip will include field visits to sites and projects on the following topics: disaster risk reduction, community adaptation to climate change, food security, livelihoods and microcredit. The nexus between recovery and development and preparedness will also be addressed during the trip.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically examine all phases of disaster response, recovery and preparedness at the applied level;
  2. understand the practical aspects and challenges of disaster management;
  3. understand the development of disaster policies and programmes;
  4. apply qualitative approaches to research inquiry;
  5. develop project proposals using the essential tools of disaster response frameworks;
  6. understand methodological frameworks for project evaluation with an emphasis on project impacts;
  7. develop lucid, critical balanced assessments on relevant topics.

Assessment

Review essay (1800 words): 20%
Class presentation and field diary (3000 words): 50%
Project proposal (2700 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Overseas field trip for 8 - 12 days (block mode)

Prerequisites

Permission only

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson (semester 1); Dr Jinna Tay (semester 2)

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to theories and fields of practice organised around 'getting attention' in and through the media. It focuses particularly on celebrity and fashion as two paradigmatic fields in which this is central. It provides students with a theoretical and historical understanding of publicity as a general field, from the emergence of the movie star and the development of magazine journalism to celebrity Twitter feeds and contemporary public relations. It will consider arguments about the 'noise' or 'clutter' of contemporary media and the increasing importance of an 'attention economy'. It will also introduce some of the major fields of professional practice which have developed around publicity.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a theoretical understanding of the way in which attention is gained in communication and the media.
  2. show a knowledge of the historical development of celebrity and fashion.
  3. identify a range of professional practices organised around publicity.
  4. recognise arguments about increasing 'noise' and 'clutter' in contemporary media and the relevance of the concept of an 'attention economy'.
  5. develop practical responses to problems of gaining attention in the media, including its ethical dimension.

Assessment

Analytical essay (3500 words): 30%
Fashion/celebrity case study (3500 words): 30%
Visual map/exhibition: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (one 2 hour seminar) per week plus 10-15 hours of independent study (reading, preparing assignments, research).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Christina Twomey

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce students to a concept that has assumed increasing influence in the humanities and social sciences: transnationalism. Complex social and cultural interactions that appear to obey no laws of geography and statehood imply that national paradigms are no longer adequate for research and analysis: a transnational approach has emerged in their wake. A vast array of contemporary and historical phenomena, ranging from migration to gender, politics, race, ethnicity, literature, religion, citizenship, and identity have been viewed through the lens of a transnational perspective.
But the term is by no means self-explanatory, and this unit examines the intellectual origins and impetus for transnationalism and its relationship with globalization, cosmopolitanism, multiculturalism, postcolonialism, and world history. This unit is taught intensively in Prato, with students from the University of Copenhagen, and will study leading figures in the field of transnationalism. The unit is inter-disciplinary, so as to gain a sense of the variations in the application of transnational perspectives across the humanities, and the intellectual context that brought the new terminology into the academic spotlight.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to :

  1. understand the evolution, application and interdisciplinary context of transnationalism
  2. explain how transnationalism is manifest both between and within nation states
  3. identify the way transnationalism has transformed scholarship in the humanities and social sciences
  4. engage in cross-cultural dialogue about the implications of transnationalism, by examining their own assumptions and comparing them with students from elsewhere
  5. develop and apply research skills to produce a case study of a transnational phenomenon, either empirically or within academic debates
  6. communicate the findings of their research in written form
  7. develop oral communication skills through participation in intensive workshops

Assessment

Prato Journal: research ideas, readings and connections(1000 words): 10%
Participation in workshop groups, discussions and seminars(Hurdle requirement)
Research proposal: identify empirical case study or academic debate that will be focus of the major essay. Develop bibliography(1,500 words): 20%
Research essay(6,500 words): 70%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Synopsis

Under the supervision of an academic staff member, students will develop, conduct and report on a research project on an approved topic of their own devising.

Outcomes

Students will:

  1. plan, conduct and report on research in their research discipline;
  2. demonstrate a practical understanding of the ethical issues associated with conducting research, where relevant;
  3. demonstrate a command of the research literature relating to their research project.

Assessment

Thesis (15-18,000 words) together with Research dissertation in languages, cultures and linguistics, Part B(APG5039): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour supervisor meeting per fortnight

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Synopsis

Under the supervision of an academic staff member, students will develop, conduct and report on a research project on an approved topic of their own devising.

Outcomes

Students will:

  1. plan, conduct and report on research in their research discipline;
  2. demonstrate a practical understanding of the ethical issues associated with conducting research, where relevant;
  3. demonstrate a command of the research literature relating to their research project.

Assessment

Thesis (15-18,000 words) together with Research dissertation in languages, cultures and linguistics, Part A(APG5038): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour supervisor meeting per fortnight

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Trischa Mann; Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with the organisation, objectives and operations of typical publishing firms. Principles and practices of management in the publishing industry. Topics include the objectives of the firm; decision-making processes; the management of intellectual property, including contracting with authors, suppliers, distributors, other publishers; financial management; the creation and supervision of teams; the supervision of team-leaders and project managers; staff appraisals; the management of specialists and suppliers, including outsourcing; information technology, records and archives management; managing change in the firm. The unit comprises an internship component. Students work with a publishing firm or appropriate publishing professional for a minimum of 80-90 hours under academic and professional supervision.

Outcomes

Undertaking and completing this subject the student will:

  1. achieve a sound understanding of the importance and role of management in publishing;
  2. achieve an understanding of key principles and practices applicable to the publishing firm;
  3. achieve an understanding of the organisation of the publishing firm and of the publishing industry;
  4. develop analytical, problem-solving skills appropriate to the context of publishing management.
  5. be capable of developing innovative solutions to problems;
  6. develop effective communication and presentation skills.

Assessment

Essay(3000 words): 35%
2 x Practical reporting assignments(3000 words): 35%
Workplace report or evidence of task work(2000 words): 20%
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Trischa Mann; Dr Louise Poland

Contact hours

On-campus: Two contact hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level including APG4800, APG4670 and APG4801 or equivalent, or with the approval of the co-ordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ms Trischa Mann

Synopsis

The professional editor is central to the operations of a publishing house. He, or she, sets or maintains editorial and production standards and is responsible for day-to-day management of major publishing projects (including complex electronic publications), the publishing program and the editorial and production team. The professional editor will have trained as a copy-editor. This advanced unit will concentrate on developing understanding of the broader responsibilities and professional concerns of the editorial manager in a variety of situations. The unit comprises an internship component. Students work with a publishing firm or appropriate publishing professional for a minimum of 80-90 hours under academic and professional supervision.

Outcomes

Undertaking and completing this subject the student will

  1. acquire an understanding of the role of the senior or managing editor in a publishing house;
  2. acquire an understanding of the responsibilities of the professional editor in major publishing projects and also in-house or freelance editors, designers, illustrators and book production staff;
  3. be able to scrutinise codes of publishing practice and editorial standards;

have an ability to critically review style guides and production manuals;

  1. possess an understanding of the role of the professional editor in the development of complex electronic publications;
  2. have a sound understanding of the broader responsibilities and concerns of the editorial manager in a variety of situations;
  3. produce innovative solutions to problems;
  4. develop effective communication and presentation skills.

Assessment

First essay(1750 words): 20%
Second essay(1750 words): 20%
3 x Practical exercises(3000 words): 30%
Workplace report or evidence of task work(1500 words): 20%
Presentation(1000 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

On-campus: Two contact hours per week

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level including APG4800, APG4670 and APG4801 or equivalent, or with the approval of the co-ordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Asia Institute
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to:

  1. take up examples from their own professional work and subject this to detailed analysis with the support of the supervisor - this option only applies to professionals who have been working with NGOs, agencies etc in the field prior to their enrolment; or
  2. undertake an analysis of a particular theory or case study of importance to the current or future professional development of the student. In both cases the one-to-one relationship with the expert supervisor ensures that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Outcomes

On sucessful completion of this unit the student will be able to:

  1. Review a body of literature in their chosen topic, and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Develop key research questions.
  3. Develop critical analytical reasoning of issues through independent thought.
  4. Structure a well written research paper, with a coherent argument.
  5. Write longer, integrated and sustained critical argument.
  6. Gain an in-depth understanding of a comprehensive approach and international best practice to crisis management.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One hour contact (flexible) and an average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Asia Institute
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to:

  1. take up examples from their own professional work and subject this to detailed analysis with the support of the supervisor - this option only applies to professionals who have been working with NGOs, agencies etc in the field prior to their enrolment; or
  2. undertake an analysis of a particular theory or case study of importance to the current or future professional development of the student. In both cases the one-to-one relationship with the expert supervisor ensures that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Outcomes

On sucessful completion of this unit the student will be able to-:

  1. Review a body of literature in their chosen topic, and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Develop key research questions.
  3. Develop critical analytical reasoning of issues through independent thought.
  4. Structure a well written research paper, with a coherent argument.
  5. Write longer, integrated and sustained critical argument.
  6. Gain an in-depth understanding of a comprehensive approach and international best practice to crisis management.

Assessment

Research paper (9000words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One hour contact (flexible) and an average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Asia Institute
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

This unit provides a theoretical and practical overview of key issues in the building of household economies to strengthen resilience and provide livelihood support following a disaster, from short-term income protection during the acute phase of an emergency to longer-term livelihood planning for the recovery phase and beyond. The focus will be on the role of livelihoods in building income and food security.

Outcomes

The unit covers the following key competencies required by development practitioners engaged in livelihood programs:

  1. An introduction to the Sustainable Livelihoods Framework and its applications.
  2. An introduction to methodologies for assessing potential livelihoods activities.
  3. A critical case-study based review of livelihood t support, including but not limited to cash-for-work programs, asset building , technical assistance, microfinance, vocational training and infrastructure building Cross-sectoral issues such as housing, gender and health and their implications for livelihood planning will also be covered.

Assessment

Short essay (1800 words): 20%
Review paper (2700 words): 30%
Research paper (4950 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One hour of online contact or discussion every week, An average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects. The weekly contact is designed for international students who may be here on a scholarship.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr David Griffiths

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with the opportunity to gain a unique insight into all facets of orchestral playing. ie. tone development, intonation, orchestral excerpt preparation, audition preparation and managing performance anxiety. Students will receive workshop classes devoted to the above areas of learning. There may also be repertoire reading sessions for strings, woodwinds and brass, along with mock audition classes and guest orchestral masterclasses.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. perform an extensive list of orchestral excerpts from the standard repertoire with insight and knowledge pertaining to excellent orchestral practice;
  2. feel comfortable in the process of preparing for, and taking a professional orchestral audition;
  3. perform excerpts from a standard solo concerto relevant to their instrument, used in orchestral auditions;
  4. acquire good orchestral musicianship skills;
  5. perform with a tone which is suitable for orchestral performance;
  6. articulate, in written form, their research into aspects of orchestral performance.

Assessment

Participation in Monash Academy of Orchestra is compulsory

Research project (orchestral studies) 1 and 2
30 minute mock audition: 80%
Research essay(2600 words) - orchestral audition preparation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average of four contact hours per week in the form of mock audition class, repertoire sessions and supervision consultations.

Minimum 16 hours per week expected in private instrumental practice, and relevant research in area of study.

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in Master of Arts (Music Performance) - (course code 3059)

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr David Griffiths

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with the opportunity to gain a unique insight into all facets of orchestral playing. ie. tone development, intonation, orchestral excerpt preparation, audition preparation and managing performance anxiety. Students will receive workshop classes devoted to the above areas of learning. There may also be repertoire reading sessions for strings, woodwinds and brass, along with mock audition classes and guest orchestral masterclasses.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. perform an extensive list of orchestral excerpts from the standard repertoire with insight and knowledge pertaining to excellent orchestral practice;
  2. feel comfortable in the process of preparing for, and taking a professional orchestral audition;
  3. perform excerpts from a standard solo concerto relevant to their instrument, used in orchestral auditions;
  4. acquire good orchestral musicianship skills;
  5. perform with a tone which is suitable for orchestral performance;
  6. articulate, in written form, their research into aspects of orchestral performance.

Assessment

Participation in Monash Academy of Orchestra is compulsory

Research project (orchestral studies) 1 and 2
30 minute mock audition: 80%
Research essay(2600 words) - orchestral audition preparation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average of four contact hours per week in the form of mock audition class, repertoire sessions and supervision consultations.

Minimum 16 hours per week expected in private instrumental practice, and relevant research in area of study.

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in Master of Arts (Music Performance) - (course code 3059)

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAnthropology
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)John Bradley

Notes

Previously coded ASM5290

Synopsis

Theoretical foundations for researching and analyzing cultural and social aspects of specific societies. Discussion will centre on theories associated with French structuralism and post-structuralism and British Social theory cultural studies. Each of these will be examined for its respective treatment of the relationship between individual creativity, culture and society and for their impact on the theory of ethnographic research.

Assessment

One seminar paper (3000 words): 40%
Essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ANY4300, ASM4290


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Kevin Foster

Notes

Previously coded COM5550

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical historical analysis of so-called factual documentary representations of war in words and images, examining how and by whom conflicts have been represented since the mid-C19; how the physical and technical constraints within which reporters and photographers operate affect the nature of their reports and images; how their reports are censored, by whom, in accordance with whose guidelines and with what ends. It examines how these reports and images are transmitted from the battlefield and how the mediating technologies through which these accounts are disseminated influence the nature and inflect the form of the reports and pictures which constitute the war report.

Outcomes

By the conclusion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the historical development of nominally factual, documentary forms of war reporting and their key technological developments and innovations
  2. Identify, explain and offer a sophisticated critique of the processes forms, effects and purposes of the major forms of censorship, which have determined the representations of war from the mid C19th to the present day
  3. Present a sophisticated reading of individual reports and images from specific conflicts drawing on appropriate theoretical resources accounting for the influences of physical and technical constraints, mode of transmission, information management regimes and intended deployment in the shaping of the final report/image
  4. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of how the differing media which have been employed to disseminate accounts of war - newspapers, photography, newsreel, radio, television, video, internet streaming - have influenced, inflected and structured content at differing historical junctures
  5. Drawing on appropriate theoretical and critical sources, account for and explain the processes by which Governments, military and the media inflect the reception of images and reports of war in order to achieve specific political or cultural effects
  6. Identify and offer an informed critique of the processes by which the preferred readings promoted by Government, the military and the media have been challenged, subverted or questioned in contrary readings of key media texts
  7. Demonstrate how war reporters/photographers have featured in fiction and film and to explain how these representations offer an array of alternative opinions on how and why specific conflicts have been represented in particular ways.

Assessment

Research outline (1000 words):10%
Lit review (3000 words):30%
Research essay (5000 words):50%
Seminar participation (1000 words):10%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

An approved First Year sequence


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded CJM5004, CRJ5004

Synopsis

This unit examines the complexity of criminal behaviours and the range of criminological theories espoused in order to explain such diverse behaviours. Humans are rule-making and rule-enforcing beings, but not all of us conform to these rules. Many violate the rules and are subject to sanctions and punishment. Individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours and enterprises are examined in this unit. A sophisticated analysis of criminal behaviours includes exploration of biological, psychological and social explanations of crime and the interactionist tradition including differential association theory. Crowd disorders and street gang behaviours will be examined. Organisational and institutional criminal behaviours extend from white-collar and corporate criminal activity to the dynamics of political crimes of violence, corruption and human rights violations that can be committed by the state and against the state. The unit involves study of definitional and conceptual issues, causes, methods of control and the effects of such organisational criminal behaviour. The unit examines the legal controls and responses by governments and other agencies in order to curb and prevent criminal behaviours of individuals, groups and organisations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. an understanding of definitions of criminal behaviour, including an awareness that the law is not static and changes over time
  2. the ability to identify the key characteristics of criminal behaviours and criminal enterprises
  3. knowledge about the core theoretical debates and issues of criminal behaviours that focus on individuals, groups and organisations
  4. the ability to identify traits about the nature of individuals, groups and organisations that engage in criminal activity
  5. an appreciation of the various models available for explaining the relationship between criminality, the individual and society
  6. an awareness of the contribution of the criminal behaviour theories to criminal justice policy and practice
  7. an understanding of what it means to be a victim of criminal behaviour instigated by individual, group or organisation
  8. the ability to design and communicate policy concepts clearly and logically about individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ATS4264


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded CRT5030

Synopsis

A study of the work of four twentieth-century American poets: Wallace Stevens, Marianne Moore, Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery. Topics include genres, poetic forms, metre and rhetoric; discourse theory and narratology; modern theorisations of genre, poetic form and rhetoric, especially essays by contemporary critics including Harold Bloom, John Hollander and Paul de Man.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Notes

Previously coded CRT5225

Synopsis

The development of hermeneutics from a theory of textual interpretation to a theory of understanding in the work of Heidegger, Gadamer and Habermas. Its application in the study of literature and history in the work of Hirsch, Betti, Ricoeur and Jauss. Issues include the conflict between subjectivity and objectivity, the dialectics of the foreign and the familiar, the recognition of the new, the role of language and the function of tradition in understanding, the universality of hermeneutics as a theory of cognition and its impact on the social sciences.

Assessment

Three seminar papers (1500 words each): 45%
Research essay (4500 words): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Notes

Previously coded DTH5004

Synopsis

This unit explores ways of rethinking theatre history, including: challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and canonical assumptions; implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to other disciplines; reframing canonical texts in light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and the implications for historicised interpretation. It examines plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and specific recent re-readings. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Outcomes

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives
  2. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts
  3. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate
  4. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field
  5. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study
  6. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form
  7. At fifth-year level students will be required to pay specific attention to a theoretical area, such as gender, race or identity politics, in their final essay.

Assessment

exegetical essay (3000 words): 30%
oral class presentation (2000 words): 20%
long essay (4000 words) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

ATS4421/APG4421 is a compulsory class in the programme


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Notes

Previously coded ENM5260

Synopsis

Extend students' skills as 'informed' writers and readers by reviewing a range of writings by 'creative writers' on the creative process: inspiration and imagination, the real and the fictive, the metaphysics of language, women's themes, and the moral and political role of the artist in society. It will extend to the 'art of fiction', the practicalities of creating a narrative from idea development and the mechanics of writing to marketing strategies. Students will review 'canonical' creative texts alonside essays, fugitive pieces and literary manifestoes. It will appeal to aspiring creative writers and those seeking careers in related areas like publishing, reviewing and teaching

Assessment

An edited anthology of short fiction which includes a selection of texts of student's choice (not included in word count), author biographies, scholarly introduction and explanatory notes (4500 words): 40%
a folio of short fiction and exegesis or an essay on a given topic (4500 words): 50%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4272, APR5272


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Ali Alizadeh

Notes

Previously coded ENM5620

Synopsis

What is the connection between literature and philosophy, between creativity and thinking about creativity? This unit aims to help students advance their critical and theoretical appreciation of literary discourses, styles and themes. By drawing on a variety of innovative creative texts as well as thought-provoking perspectives on the art of literature, this unit offers students the opportunity to develop their skills in thinking and writing critically and analytically about their own and others' works.

Outcomes

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Apply critical and aesthetical frameworks in discussing works of literature.
  2. Assess the possible limitations of these frameworks and begin to conceptualise new, more suitable ways of studying literature.
  3. Identify and defend their own (general or specific) critical and aesthetical positions within the field of literary studies.
  4. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Exercises and presentations (3000 words): 35%
Written work (6000 words): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Peter Groves

Notes

Previously coded ENM5700

Synopsis

This subject covers a range of plays by Shakespeare and the most outstanding of his contemporaries. Each work is studied as a work of art in its own right and also with reference to its theatrical, ideological and philosophical contexts.

Outcomes

As for APG4275

Assessment

Two assignments (2500 words each): 40%
Essay (4000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Notes

Previously coded ENM5750

Synopsis

As for APG4276

Outcomes

As for APG4276

Assessment

Either one creative fiction/non-fiction with critical exegesis or an essay (5000 words): 60%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 20%
Participation: 10%
APG5276 students will be expected to include a more extensively theorised research component in their essays and to develop and demonstrate a more independent and resourceful approach in their creative writing

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFilm and Television Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Previously coded FTM5052

Synopsis

This is primarily a reading unit that will consider aspects of film theory since 1975. A major portion of the unit will be devoted to the debates around modernism and post-modernism as they relate to film studies. Other areas of investigation include: textual analysis, feminist film theory, historical poetics, historical reception studies, queer film theory, and the impact of the cultural studies and Cinema books of Gilles Deleuze. Film texts for exploration will include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas

Outcomes

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Identify and summarise a number of critical positions in contemporary film theory
  2. Critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry
  3. Identify and defend their own critical positions within the field of film studies
  4. Relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

Two units at 2nd year level in Film and Television Studies, or other approved discipline

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. JaneMaree Maher

Notes

Previously coded WSM5010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to basic terms, concepts and debates necessary for understanding the current state of contemporary theorising on gender issues. Designed to be broadley interdisciplinary in its concerns, it will examine such issues as the formation of knowledge, the construction of bodies, the shifting nature of femininity and masculinity and questions of sexual and cultural difference. These broad issues will be considered through close reading and discussion of selected works by theorists. Contemporary theoretical interventions will be examined with respect to the history of feminist movements worldwide and the impact of feminist thought on disciplinary knowledges.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
2 hour Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews

Notes

Previously coded HYM5260

Synopsis

This unit examines the intellectual interaction between Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the medieval period. Focusing mainly on the late twelfth and thirteenth century, the unit revolves around a central religious fault line of the era- reason and rationalism on the one hand, and the mystical quest on the other - and pursues a comparative analysis of the major figures from each of the traditions. Beginning with the rationalists, the course explores the thought of Ibn Rushd, Maimonides and Thomas Aquinas, before moving to a comparative examination of various mystics, such as - Bernard of Clairvaux, Bonaventure, the Zohar, Meister Eckhart, Ibn al-Arabi and Rumi.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the major intellectual currents within Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between and mutual influences informing the various traditions
  3. understand the role of classical thinkers and writers on the varied traditions
  4. demonstrate familiarity with the major texts of the key religious figures of the period
  5. appreciate the exegetical horizons facing interpreters of scripture
  6. be able to engage in comparative analysis of philosophers and mystics from the different traditions
  7. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts
  8. identify continuities and ruptures among the thinkers and writers examined.

Assessment

Research essay (6000 words): 50%; Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 25%; Seminar preparation: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM5290

Synopsis

This unit will trace the changing contours of Holocaust memory from its inception to the present day. Topics include witnessing, survivor testimony, second-generation memoirs, representations of the Holocaust in cinema, photography, museums, literature and online, the practices of 'death camp tourism', the memory debates of Germany and Poland and the globalising of Holocaust memory, the relationship that remembering the Holocaust has to Jewish identity and to Jewish political existence, questions of ethics 'after Auschwitz', and the rise of Holocaust denial.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

  1. understand differences between individual, collective, and official memories of the Holocaust
  2. have researched different mediums in which Holocaust memory is transmitted including testimony, literature, memorials, cinema, museums, annual days of remembrance
  3. have engaged with theoretical debates about the relationship between history and memory and modern participation in remembrance practices
  4. understand some of the ways in which memory informs personal and national identities
  5. have formulated their own arguments on key issues of Holocaust memory, informed by the relevant primary sources and secondary readings.

Assessment

Seminar Participation: 10%
Short Essay (3000 words): 30%
Research Essay (6000 words): 60%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Markus

Notes

Previously coded HYM5440

Synopsis

This unit explores the character and genealogy of genocidal thought. The first part focuses on the development of racial thought in the post-Enlightenment period, especially the objectification of human life and ideas of progress and destiny in relation to the Holocaust. It will consider eugenics, the variants of anti-semitism and of nationalism. These studies will provide the basis for a typology of genocidal thought. The second part considers genocidal thought evident in colonial Australia, the Bosnian wars, and apocalyptic religion.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the content and development of genocidal thought
  2. have an understanding of typologies of genocidal thought
  3. appreciate the possible relationships or connections in extreme forms of thought within the realms of religion, race and class conflict
  4. have a capacity to undertake research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 two hour seminar for 12 weeks

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5510

Synopsis

This unit introduces ways in which understandings of the past inform policy and practice in contemporary museums. Using a range of history museums as case-studies the unit examines the historical origins and development of modern museums, both local and national; the challenges of presenting national history in a post-modern and post-colonial world; techniques of presenting the past, including textual, digital and dramatic forms; and tensions between the role of museums in education and tourism. Students will have opportunities to develop their skills in the application of history to museums, and to learn from museum professionals the tasks normally performed by historians in such settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to the history of the museum in a variety of national contexts.
  2. Be aware of the challenges facing museums in postmodern and post-colonial contexts.
  3. Have been introduced to basic practices of museology in a variety of contexts.
  4. Have been introduced to new media and communications technologies and their utility in museum practice.
  5. Have improved their oral and written communication skills, including for DE students, their electronic communication skills.

Assessment

Review of museum or exhibition (2000 words): 20%
Proposal for, and design of, a museum exhibition (4500 words or equivalent): 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%
Seminar or discussion group participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 hour on-line discussion group or two hour seminar

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from the co-ordinator

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Reto Hofmann

Notes

Previously coded HYM5590

Synopsis

Imagining Europe surveys the ways that Europe has been thought of from classical times to the present. Through literature, painting, architecture, travellers' tales, cinema and other sources, it traces the development of the idea of Europe as a region defined both geographically and by its culture, distinct from other 'non-European' cultures. The unit will trace the idea of multiple Europes: of a culturally defined 'Eastern Europe'; of regions within Europe, each with its own special character; and after World War II, the images of Eastern and Western Europe as politically distinct entities. The unit will conclude by looking at the impact of the European Union on images of Europe.

Outcomes

In addition to the general objectives for students in Honours in the relevant area (History or European Studies), a student who has successfully completed this unit at Level 5 should have:

  1. A knowledge of the way that ideas and representations of Europe have changed across its history
  2. An understanding of the way that apparently natural, even geographical entities are defined culturally, and of the role that visual and literary images play in defining and redefining such categories
  3. A sound grasp of the debates surrounding the concept of Europe, and of the different cultural, national, and ideological positions that underlie them
  4. An awareness of different disciplinary approaches to the concept of 'Europe' and of the way that each one provides specific understandings of the way our perceptions of the world are structured
  5. An ability to undertake independent research
  6. An ability to use material from a range of disciplines and to apply interdisciplinary perspectives

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A relevant undergraduate degree.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Notes

Previously coded HYM5660

Synopsis

This unit examines the theoretical and methodological issues posed in the creation of oral history interviews, drawing upon the rich inter-disciplinary and international literature in the field and through critical reflection on students' own oral history interview practice. Students will explore: debates about memory and oral history; approaches and issues in interview preparation; approaches and issues in conducting oral history interviews; digital audio recording techniques and issues; ethical, epistemological and political issues posed by the oral history relationship; and approaches and issues in the documentation and preservation of oral history interviews.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive and critical understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of recorded memory and its use as a source for social and historical research
  2. a thorough grasp of the essential elements of oral history project preparation, of the techniques of oral history interviewing and recording, of the debates about oral history methodologies and the oral history relationship, and of the ethical guidelines of the Oral History Association of Australia
  3. a thorough grasp of the main approaches to the documentation of oral history interviews, and of the debates about transcription and documentation;
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an oral history interview project, including research and preparation, an extended interview and appropriate documentation
  6. a capacity to evaluate issues posed within the course of an oral history recording project by drawing upon oral history scholarship
  7. at level 5, students will have developed an enhanced appreciation of these issues through more extensive understanding of theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Regular seminars totaling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5095

Synopsis

As per APG4299

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of heritage and heritage value
  2. know of and understand usual criteria for heritage assessment
  3. have developed skills in identifying, researching and classifying heritage themes and sites
  4. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of heritage reports and preservation submissions
  5. have developed strong oral communication skills, including the ability to defend positions and recommendations
  6. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues around heritage and conservation issues.

Students undertaking the unit at 5th year level will:

  1. demonstrate all of the above as well as advanced original research and writing skills commensurate with the more advanced level of their studies.Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Test (500 words):10%, Heritage Project or essay (4500 words): 50%, Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%, Class participation (2000 words):20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week for on-campus students

Prerequisites

Undergraduate major in History or permission

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Bain Attwood

Notes

Previously coded HYM5120

Synopsis

This unit is designed to improve your understanding of the craft of writing history. The emphasis throughout is on reading history across different periods and places in order to appreciate the strategies used in the writing of history. A variety of styles and genres of historical writing will be studied, in order to analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, documentation and the onus of proof. The unit also encourages self-conscious reflection about style, prose and voice, and has workshops designed to improve and extend students own experience of writing history.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate their ability to examine issues of historiography and method through a critical reading of selected historians.
  2. Analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and indirection, the use of different voices and tropes, formal and colloquial prose.
  3. Demonstrate a high level of development of practical skills in reading and writing historical prose.

Assessment

Essays and writing exercises (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Michael Fagenblat

Notes

Previously coded HYM5175

Synopsis

Judaism and Christianity and both text-centred religions and, as such, the practice of interpretation invariable mediates the authority of the text. Interpretation is the way in which the authority of the text is extended and contested. This course examines the interpretive methods as well as the theological and ideological content of practices such as: Midrash, allegory, legal interpretation, mystical symbolism and multi-levelled approached to the text. Focus will be given to the historical contexts in which such practices arose and to their socio-political investment, as well as to the differences and similarities of Jewish and Christian approaches

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive knowledge of the strength, status and scope of claims to authority made both by and for the Bible in Jewish and Christian traditions.
  2. knowledge of the historical, theoretical and cultural issues involved in claiming authority for any sacred text.
  3. Understanding of the basic interpretive practices that have been applied by Jewish and Christian communities to the Bible.
  4. skills in evaluating and applying different kinds of exegesis and hermeneutic theory.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2.5 Hours

Prohibitions

JWC4010, JWM4010, JWM5010, APG4302, APG5302, RLT4090, RLM4090, RLM5090


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)David Garrioch

Notes

Previously coded HYM5180

Synopsis

As for APG4303

Outcomes

In addition to the general objectives for fifth year defined by the School of Geography and the School of Historical Studies, students successfully completing this subject will have:

  1. A general grasp of the two-way interaction between social practices and the environment in the past.
  2. An understanding of changing Western ideas about the natural world.
  3. An awareness of the way that current environmental debates are based on historically-determined conceptions of the environment and of the place of humans within it.
  4. A grasp of the principal debates in environmental history.
  5. An ability to find and use a wide range of historical sources, including visual sources.
  6. A sophisticated grasp of the relevant historiography and of theoretical and methodological issues in environmental history.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (7000 words)
Take-home examination: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4303, GES4180, APG4303


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Kat Ellinghaus

Notes

Previously coded HYM5185

Synopsis

This unit will explore the ways that Europeans interacted with people they encountered in settler societies in North America, Australia, and the Pacific. It will examine how these newly encountered groups of people were depicted in the era of colonialism, explore the histories of racial designations such as black, white and red, and examine how interracial sexual relationships complicated these neat colonial categories. Racism remains a huge problem in 21st century society: this unit will explore the background to this issue, not just narrating the events of colonialism, but putting the issue of 'otherness' and the formation of racial categories at the forefront of the story.

Outcomes

At the successful completion of the unit students will be expected:

  1. to have a detailed understanding of the history of settler colonialism as both a global and a local phenomenon
  2. to understand the theoretical arguments about how race was understood from the 17th to the 19th centuries, and how interracial sexuality came to play an increasingly important role in such classifications
  3. to be able to critically examine contemporary texts and drawings to evaluate what they reveal to the historian about ideas of race in the era
  4. to be able to fully articulate, verbally and in writing, their conclusions from these examinations
  5. to have shown their capacity to devise, research, and complete an essay on some aspect of Colonial Encounters based on their own study of the sources and scholarship
  6. to be able to reflect on the way in which history has influenced the present, through evaluating how our present-day racial formations are not fixed categories but historically and geographically unstable constructs
  7. In addition, students at fifth-year level will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (approx. 1000 words): 10%
Report (2000 words): 20% +
Research essay (4000 words): 50%
Take-home test (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Notes

Previously coded HYM5200

Synopsis

As for APG4305

Outcomes

This subject aims to:

  1. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the relationship between memory and the writing of history.
  2. Introduce students to a range of past and present 'memory-work' particularly as it relates to the development of shared understandings of the past, including the production of oral histories and life stories and various forms of public and private commemoration.
  3. Provide students interested in exploring research tools such as oral history or life story reconstruction with a coherent and thorough grounding in the relevant historical scholarship and critical literature.
  4. Introduce students to key questions about the ethical dimensions involved in producing and using various forms of memory as historical evidence.
  5. Provide supervised practical experience in research techniques involving the use of memory in the writing of history.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1-hour on-line discussion group or 2-hour weekly seminar

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded HYM5330

Synopsis

This unit examines the religious cultures of Europe from the twelfth to the early sixteenth century, including the recovery of the classical past in the re-envisioning of the Christian life, the boundaries between magic, superstition, and orthodox religion, the cult of the saints, shrines, and pilgrimage, the relationship between institutional religion and popular piety, high culture and popular expressions of devotion, the function of preaching and education by friars in local contexts, and the extent to which public theology shaped the cultural and material milieu.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Christianity as the matrix of experience in the Medieval and Renaissance city.
  2. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.
  3. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to the term 'popular'.
  4. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.
  5. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, devotion and devotional space.
  6. Have examined the Renaissance understanding of the nature of the natural order, sign and symbol, language and power.
  7. Understand the impact of the return 'to sources' which was part of the humanist agenda.
  8. Will have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world (piazza, building; representation) and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious medieval and renaissance Europeans.
  9. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and theological texts.
  10. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  11. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to genre and context.

Students taking the subject at Level 5 have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A History or RLT Major

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5820

Synopsis

As for APG4310

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of 'community' and community history-making
  2. have been introduced to the origins of local and community histories, and their uses and purposes.
  3. have developed skills in researching and writing local and community histories
  4. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of a community history
  5. have developed strong oral communication skills, and recognised the importance of consultation and engagement with community groups when undertaking local and community histories
  6. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues of the importance of community and belonging.
  8. demonstrate all of the above as well as advanced original research and writing skills commensurate with the more advanced level of their studies.

Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Written work/reviews: 90% (8000 words)
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours over the semester

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

GSC2506, GSC3513, ATS2566, ATS3566


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Howard

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded HYM5840

Synopsis

This unit will examine in detail a range of texts written during the late medieval and renaissance periods in Italy. Some may be canonical, for instance Dante's 'Divine Comedy' and Machiavelli's 'The Prince'. Others will represent literary genres popular at the time: vernacular letters, diaries and sermons etc. In particular, this unit will draw on the resources of the Archivio di Stato of Prato, and the 'Archivio Datini Online' making maximal use of the digitised documents available through this portal. Texts will be read from a variety of historiographical perspectives, and considered within the appropriate historical contexts.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the text(s) chosen for study.
  2. Will have gained an understanding of different genres of text circulating in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (chronicle, letter, diary, tract, sermon, poem, play, dialogue, treatise, monument, visual representation).
  3. Will have gained a grounding in core skills for Medieval and Renaissance Studies with respect to archives, manuscripts and palaeography.
  4. Will have developed a capacity to analyze the processes which underpinned the construction of particular texts.
  5. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  6. Will have developed the capacity to read 'against the grain' in relation to the Medieval and Renaissance Italian social, political and social contexts.
  7. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Medieval and Renaissance Society.

Students taking the subject at Level 5 have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Class related written work: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Clayton on-campus: one 2-hour seminar per week;
Prato: 4 hours per day over 5 days in December with follow-up seminars at Clayton during February

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HYM5950

Synopsis

As for APG4313

Outcomes

This subject examines methodological approaches in anthropology and history and looks at the ways in which culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Students are expected to:

  1. Think carefully about the relationship between anthropology and history and the nature and implications of attempts to work within and between these two disciplines.
  2. Consider the concept of 'culture' and its uses as a tool for historical investigation.
  3. Relate their reading to a set of general questions about what historians do, including the nature of historical evidence and the conclusions that may be drawn from it.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
In-class test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Notes

Previously coded PLM5065

Synopsis

This unit comprises an advanced seminar in international political economy (IPE), The unit explores the concept of a global political economy, and examines the key themes, theories and paradigms in IPE in the contemporary literature. The unit covers three main areas:

  1. theoretical approaches to the global political economy;
  2. major developments in 20th and 21st-century IPE; and
  3. case studies from North America, Europe and East Asia. Australia is included as a paradigmatic case of a 'middle power' that is both an influential actor in, as well as a state profoundly affected by, the global political economy

Outcomes

The main objectives of the course are for students to develop:

  1. a critical understanding of the principal themes and theories in international political economy
  2. an awareness of the major developments in the international political economy since World War Two, with emphasis upon the impact of economic interdependence and globalisation
  3. insights into how a small country can influence international regulatory structures and institutions, in a world dominated by the economic powers like the United States, Japan and the European Union
  4. a critical appreciation of the costs and benefits of Australia's responses to global economic pressures, with emphasis upon developments within the past decade.

Assessment

Essay (6,000 words) : 50%
Examination (3 hours) : 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Admission to Politics 4th-Year Honours or admission to the MA in International Relations or admission to the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Waleed Aly

Notes

Previously coded PLM5310

Synopsis

This subject explores the relationship between contemporary forms of political violence, especially terrorism, and the forces of globalisation. It focuses in particular on violence as a manifestation of the disintegration of traditional belief systems centering on 'the nation' and the emergence of assertive forms of sub-cultural resistance. Through case studies of terrorist networks and the ideologies that motivate them, the course addresses conundrums such as the distinction between 'freedom fighters' and 'terrorists', the relationship between technology, economy and political violence, and the impact of violence on traditional notions of national and international governance.

Outcomes

  1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of:
    1. the global circumstances behind rise of culture and identity as contested political concepts
    2. under what circumstances cultural politics can take on a violent/terrorist edge
    3. the implications of these developments for national and international forms of governance.

  1. To foster in students a high level understanding of the challenges posed to established norms of global politics by the spread of terrorist networks and other violence-prone movements (including through case studies of terrorist movements).

  1. To enhance students' ability to contribute to public debates on issues such as counter-terrorism, state-sponsored violence, and arguments over trade-offs between civil and individual rights and public security.

  1. To develop a sophisticated understanding of conceptual debates over politically motivated violence, especially how these debates have been shaped by divergent theories of globalisation.

  1. To develop a high level understanding of the moral ambiguities surrounding political violence, and how these ambiguities complicate measures to counter or control violence.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Applicants should have completed a bachelors degree with a major in politics, or a Faculty Certificate in politics with grades of at least credit average. Subject to the approval of the Graduate Coordinator, applicants with a major in a cognate discipline may be admitted.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Janover

Notes

Previously coded PLM5390

Synopsis

Selected topics in the history of political thought, including the nature of epic or grand theories of politics and the role of various forms of moral, religious, scientific, and metaphysical thinking in such theories. Texts and arguments considered are of two kinds:

  1. models of construction and deconstruction of the history of Western political and philosophical thought in writings of Heidegger, Arendt and Strauss
  2. conceptions of knowledge, power and morality, culture and civilisation in the thinking of Socrates, Plato, Machiavelli, Rousseau and Nietzsche.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit students will be ale to:

  1. Understand the main ideas and arguments of selected political theorists and philosophers studied.
  2. Analyse and discuss accounts of the history of Western political thought considered as a tradition of discourse.
  3. Relate and connect arguments in political theory to ideas and arguments in other areas of philosophical thinking, in particular in ethics.
  4. Assess arguments that political theories are scientific ar artistic in structure, method and significance.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Greg Barton

Notes

Previously coded PLM5430

Synopsis

This subject will explore the origins of 'political Islam' or 'Islamism'- a backlash against the economic, political and cultural dominance of the 'West'. It will survey the gamut of Islamist organisations in the Middle East, South and South East Asia against the backdrop of an increasingly shrinking world. Political Islam begins with the study of Islamic responses to European imperialism in the 19th and 20th centuries, with particular emphasis upon the emergence of Islamic modernism. It then focuses on the growth of Islamic movements and their response to contending ideologies, including secular nationalism and socialism. Finally we consider the impact of Islam on international relations.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will have gained a critical understanding of Islamic radicalism, in its different manifestations globally, and the political and conceptual forces that extend or hamper its scope. This subject will place political Islam within the context of a shrinking world and offer students a nuanced appreciation of relations between the West and the Muslim world.

Assessment

Seminar presentation: 10%
Short essay (2,000 words): 30%
Take home exam (5,000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

A 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4329, APG4329


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Paul Muldoon

Notes

Previously coded PLM5440

Synopsis

As the consumer ethos invades every area of our lives, identity is increasingly related less to the place one inhabits and more to what one owns or is capable of attaining. These developments have implications, not only for our political life as citizens, but for the Western tradition of thinking about politics itself. To the extent that political thought and action has traditionally been based around an embedded notion of citizenship, it is in serious need of re-examination. This unit explores how changes in modes of consumption in post-industrial societies have altered our notions of citizenship and produced a new 'politics of rebellion' outside the conventional political arena.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand different theoretical approaches to consumerism.
  2. Connect debates over consumerism to notions of democracy and citizenship.
  3. Develop a deeper understanding of globalisation and its discontents.
  4. Be able to make connections across different disciplines (particularly politics, sociology and cultural studies).
  5. Display advanced oral communication skills.
  6. Undertake independent research and present the results in a coherent written format.
  7. Critically reflect at an advanced level both orally and in writing on their prior knowledge and understanding of politics and political concepts.

Assessment

Oral Presentation (1,000 words equivalent): 10%
Research Essay (5,000 words): 50%
Take-home Exam (2 x 1,500 word essays): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4330, APG4330


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Greg Barton

Notes

Previously coded PLM5490

Synopsis

This unit examines the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia and pays particular attention to their progressive potential. Drawing upon the critical work of contemporary civil society movements and innovative intellectuals in both countries, it explores the conceptual and practical dimensions of the pursuit of constructive interfaith relations in the Islamic world. By placing Turkey and Indonesia at the centre of analysis, the unit aims to reveal Islam, less as a source of violence and terrorism, than as a source of tolerance, peace and conflict resolution.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

  1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
  2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent conflict violence and terrorism
  3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
  4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
  5. A broad understanding of the social historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
  6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia including terrorist groups
  7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
  8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
  9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability

By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:

  1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
  2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
  4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought, practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
  5. A broad understanding of the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
  6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia, including terrorist groups
  7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
  8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
  9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability
  11. Highly sophisticated level of oral skills
  12. Highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
  13. Highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability

Assessment

Short essay (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (5000 words): 50%
Field trip: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and in addition one 7-hour field trip


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andy Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM5600

Synopsis

Strategic studies is defined here as the analysis of the military dimension of international relations. Within this setting, the unit looks at the following topics: the role of US military power in world affairs, Australian defence policy, armed intervention, threats to the peace, the proliferation of 'weapons of mass destruction', arms control and concepts of security. Fifth-year level students demonstrate an awareness of how strategic issues can be related to broader conceptual concerns in the field of international relations.

Assessment

Essay plan (400 words): 5%
Essay (5000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4332, APG4332


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nick Economou

Notes

Previously coded PLM5800

Synopsis

Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms. Virginie Andre

Notes

Previously coded PLM5090

Synopsis

This unit will examine the role of interfaith relations in promoting social harmony and common security in the 21st century. It will include a historical overview of interfaith relations; religion and globalization; interfaith peacebuilding; methods for interfaith engagement; the nexus between interfaith relations and security since the terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001; approaches to interfaith relations from the major religious traditions; a case study of interfaith relations in Australia; gender and youth issues in interfaith; interfaith environmental activism.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

  1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
  2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
  4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
  5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations and security following the events of September 11, 2001
  6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
  7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
  8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
  9. a sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:

  1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
  2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
  4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
  5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations and security following the events of September 11, 2001
  6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
  7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
  8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
  9. highly sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Assessment

Short essay (3000 words): 30% + Major essay (5000 words): 50% + Field trip: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-day (7 hours) field trip


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Irfan Ahmad

Notes

Previously coded PLM5420

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have attained an intricate and critical knowledge of the diversity of Islamic thought in relation to modernity; a profound and detailed understanding of the key issues at the heart of tensions between Islam and modernity; a deep understanding of the way Muslims in the Muslim world and Muslims in the West are affected by the ongoing tension between Islam and modernity; a critical appreciation of the way reformist Islamic thinkers have tried to deal with the question compatibility between Islam and modernity; a detailed knowledge of the common ground between Islam and modernity that is used by Islamic modernists/reformers and the analytical ability to deconstruct that argument with reference to traditional Islamic sources; a deep understanding of the broad conceptual basis of Islamic political thoughts; a detailed understanding of the Islamic reformist movement that has emerged in the West; a sophisticated level of oral presentation skills; highly developed writing skills; and developed research skills..

Assessment

+ Class participation and think-piece presentation: 10%
Review essay (1,00 words): 10%
Short essay (2,000 words): 20%
Take-home exam (6,000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben MacQueen

Notes

Previously coded PLM5460

Synopsis

This unit will explore the patterns of civil and international conflict in Islamic societies in the Middle East and attempts at its resolution. Specifically, it will highlight how a variety of formal and informal conflict resolution mechanisms have been employed with varying degrees of success. This review of the mechanics of conflict resolution will be complemented by a detailed examination of conflict resolution theory and how it links to practice. A series of case studies will be coupled with a detailed examination of both the theoretical and practical underpinnings of conflict resolution to evaluate current and alternative trends at the resolution of conflict in the Middle East.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. An intricate knowledge of the patterns of conflict in the Middle East as well as the mechanics of conflict resolution
  2. An understanding of the interconnectedness of patterns of conflict in the Middle East and an ability to relate the interconnectedness of conflicts to the difficulties of conflict resolution
  3. An understanding of Islamic political and social mechanisms relative to the processes of conflict resolution
  4. A detailed knowledge of the conflict resolution processes in the Arab-Israel/Israeli-Palestinian conflicts, the Lebanese civil war, the Iran-Iraq war, the Algerian civil war and the current conflicts in Iraq and Sudan
  5. An appreciation of the role of international powers in the conflict and resolution processes in the Middle East
  6. An understanding of the broad conceptual basis of conflict resolution theory from materialist, structuralist, and 'culturalist' standpoints
  7. An understanding of the various manifestations of conflict resolution practice, such as Track I and II diplomacy, interstate and non-state negotiations, and the role of civil society
  8. An understanding of the role of major international powers in Middle Eastern conflict resolution as well as the mechanics of United Nations conflict resolution practice, the role of NGOs and local cultural processes of conflict resolution
  9. A sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Assessment

Written work: 60%:
Class tests: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Irfan Ahmad

Notes

Previously coded PLM5470

Synopsis

This unit focuses on Islamic thought and social movements in South Asia, an important region where about forty percent of the world's Muslim population lives. The purpose of this unit, is to make both a regional and a conceptual shift in order to depict the multiplicity, creativity, dynamism and contesting forms of Islam outside of Islam's 'heartland'. It will focus on movements, events, ideas, rituals, institutions and practices that have impacted the social, cultural and political life of Muslims and non-Muslims in modern South Asia. Interdisciplinary in its approach, this Unit will employ a range of historical, ethnographic, sociological, political scientific and literary sources. Geographically, it will focus on Afghanistan, Bangladesh, India, and Pakistan.

Outcomes

All students who successfully complete this subject should be able to:

  1. Critically assess the natural association of Islam with the Middle-East, and appreciate the dynamic, diverse and contesting forms of normative and lived Islam in modern South Asia
  2. Engage in a critical appraisal of different theoretical approaches and methodological issues to the study of religious traditions in general and Islamic traditions in particular
  3. Have achieved understanding of key elements of relevant material in a variety of social science fields such as anthropology of religion, political sociology, social movement studies, gender studies, history of ideas, Islamic Studies, and transnationalism; and
  4. Understand, critique, and develop an argument, and demonstrate its effective application - oral as well as written -in class presentations, and composition of essays, and reviews.

In addition, students taking this unit at Level 5 should be able to:

  1. Delineate the distinctive elements and characteristics of Islamic thought and Muslim communities in South Asia and understand the key historical, social and cultural forces that have shaped them;
  2. Articulate the nature of the links between South Asian Islamic thought and practice and Islamic thought and practice in the Middle East and Southeast Asia.

Assessment

Think piece presentation: 5%
Review essay(1000 Words): 10%
Long essay (5,000 words): 50%
Take home exam (3,000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tamara Prosic

Notes

Previously coded RLM5140

Synopsis

The unit explores the ways in which different cultures confront the experience of death through metaphor, ritual, and symbolic association, and the ways in which they memorialize the dead. It considers the nature of beliefs about life, death and the hereafter; funerary rituals and strategies for body disposal; the physical and symbolic boundaries between the worlds of the living and the dead; the perceived impact of the dead on the affairs of the living; the dying process as a public or private event; taboos about dying and death in everyday discourse and the language used regarding death; death in myths. Examples will be drawn from major religious traditions (Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism), ancient Mediterranean cultures, and modern secular societies, including contemporary Australia.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Gain familiarity and be conversant with the main conceptions and ritualisation of death and symbolic themes in a range of different cultures and societies
  2. Reflect critically on the influence particular death ethos has on the conduct of the living
  3. Understand the nature and the social function of death related practices
  4. Develop a capacity to understand, analyse and contextualise the symbolic language of death
  5. Research and complete a research essay that considers the process of memory and ceremony in relation to the dead, within a specific cultural situation
  6. Pursue original independent research relating to the process of memory and ceremony in relation to the dead, relating it to broader theoretical reflection on the symbolism of death, and its relationship to a broader cultural context.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Tutorial presentation: 20% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded ALM5150

Synopsis

Learn about the various approaches to research in applied linguistics. You will explore different data collection procedures, including interviewing, participant observation and questionnaire surveys. You will also investigate data description, analysis, interpretation, quantitative and qualitative research and ethical concerns relating to linguistic research.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in applied study of language (with a particular focus on English)
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis
  4. identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 x 1.5-hour seminars per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Bradshaw (DE); Dr Robyn Spence-Brown (Day)

Notes

Previously coded ALM5250

Synopsis

The course will address key concepts, theoretical models, accepted approaches and contested frameworks and theories in the rapidly changing field of second language acquisition. Topics covered include models and theories of second language acquisition, first and second language acquisition, error analysis and interlanguage, interlanguage pragmatics, input and interaction, learner strategies, learning styles, cognitive processes, classroom observation, second language identity and learners' rights.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. summarize key theoretical debates in relation to second language acquisition, and evaluate relevant empirical evidence;
  2. compare the work of competing theorists, and recognise their role in the development of SLA theory;
  3. reflect on their own language learning experience and classroom practice in the light of theoretical and empirical studies;
  4. evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of second language acquisition;
  5. and apply at least one methodology to a selected context.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Burridge

Notes

Previously coded ALM5350

Synopsis

Explore the varieties of English around the world. You will study descriptive surveys of the main national standard Englishes, as well as a selection of the distinctive regional, ethnic and social varieties. Specific topics in this unit include: historical and cultural background and the current sociolinguistic situation of the respective regions; special focus on the non-standard varieties of Australasia and the Pacific; global tendencies in phonological and grammatical variation; notion of Standard English, attitudes to local varieties of English and the problem of standards.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should know the main distinguishing features, at the key linguistic levels, of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features, and be able to explain the relevant facts using the terminology of linguistics; understand the main facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of these varieties in the various societies in which they are used, the attitudes which users of English have adopted with respect to these varieties, and the connections between all these issues; be in a position to analyse new situations involving language varieties (English or other) in these terms; be in a position to develop critical and well-informed positions on the practical upshots of these considerations (educational, language planning, etc.)

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

Either APG4349 or APG5349, but not both.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Agnieszka Sobocinska

Synopsis

This unit will help students conceptualise the multidisciplinary field of Australian Studies. It will focus on seminal theoretical texts drawn from the disciplines of Australian history, literature, politics, sociology and cultural studies to familiarise students with different ways of conceptualising the Australian experience. This unit also introduces students to an extensive range of research materials, including scholarly databases and bibliographical references, newspaper archives, pictorial and moving images and online resources.

Outcomes

At the completion of the course students will:

  1. Be familiar with and able to apply a range of theoretical approaches to analyse and explain the Australian experience;
  2. Have knowledge of key theoretical traditions associated with Australian history, literature, politics, sociology and cultural studies;
  3. Be able to make appropriate and efficient use of sources within the multidiscipline of Australian Studies;
  4. Be able to locate and make use of regular and archival holdings relating to Australian Studies in major research libraries;
  5. Be familiar with electronic, printed and audio-visual sources, and know how to access them;
  6. Be able to undertake independent research;
  7. Be able to discuss and write critically and in an ordered and conceptual manner about their research;
  8. Be able to research and write scholarly essays of postgraduate standard.

Assessment

Seminar participation/presentation: 10%
Seminar paper 1 (2000 words): 20%
Seminar paper 2 (2000 words): 20%
Research essay (5000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour combined lecture/seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Coleman

Synopsis

Cultural Arts Research Project is one of the focus units offered in the Master of Cultural Arts. Students will conduct original research into an aspect of the Cultural Arts under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. In this 24-point unit, students will complete a Masters Coursework thesis (minor thesis), which may take the form of an extended essay, a critical literature review or a small-scale case study/survey based report. It is expected that the thesis will be theoretically, methodologically and technically sophisticated.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the Cultural Arts Research Project a student will be able to:

  1. identify, clarify and investigate a problem/topic;
  2. discuss relevant theory;
  3. locate, analyse and integrate relevant literature;
  4. gather and analyse additional data if appropriate;
  5. to apply theory to practice
  6. and present a coherent and well organised argument based on all of these

Assessment

Proposal (3000 words): 20%
Minor thesis (15000 words): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour (min.) supervisory meeting per week plus research/thesis writing

Prerequisites

Students must have completed two core units and a specialisation sequence (or the equivalent)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Coleman

Synopsis

Cultural Arts Research Project is one of the focus units offered in the Master of Cultural Arts. Students will conduct original research into an aspect of the Cultural Arts under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. In Cultural Arts Research Project A students will develop, and commence the implementation and reporting of, a research project on an approved topic of their own devising In this 24-point unit, students will complete a Masters Coursework thesis (minor thesis), which may take the form of an extended essay, a critical literature review or a small-scale case study/survey based report. It is expected that the thesis will be theoretically, methodologically and technically sophisticated. This unit is followed by Cultural Arts Research Project B, under which the project will be completed.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the Cultural Research Project A a student will be able to:

  1. identify, clarify and investigate a problem/topic;
  2. discuss relevant theory;
  3. locate, analyse and integrate relevant literature;

Assessment

Proposal (4000 words): 40%
Literature review (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour (min.) supervisory meeting per fortnight plus research writing

Prerequisites

Students must have completed two core units and a specialisation sequence (or the equivalent)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Coleman

Synopsis

Cultural Arts Research Project is one of the focus units offered in the Master of Cultural Arts. Students will conduct original research into an aspect of the Cultural Arts under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. In Cultural Arts research Project B, this 24-point unit, sstudents will complete a Masters Coursework thesis (minor thesis), which may take the form of an extended essay, a critical literature review or a small-scale case study/survey based report. It is expected that the thesis will be theoretically, methodologically and technically sophisticated. This thesis will be based on research designed and commenced in Cultural Arts research Project A.

Outcomes

On successful completion of Cultural Arts Research Project B, students will be able to:

  1. gather and analyse additional data if appropriate;
  2. to apply theory to practice;
  3. and present a coherent and well organised argument based on all of these;

Assessment

Minor thesis (15000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour (min.) supervisory meeting per fortnight plus research/thesis writing

Prerequisites

Students must have completed two core units and a specialisation sequence (or the equivalent)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Synopsis

This unit enables students to read widely in a relevant topic within a cultural arts field, under the guidance of a supervisor. It may be an area not offered in any other fourth or fifth-year level unit, or involve building more in-depth knowledge in an area with which the student already has some familiarity. Details for the reading unit will be defined and approved individually for each student and will include objectives, assessment and an initial reading list. Students enrolling in this unit must have the approval of the unit coordinator.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained detailed knowledge and in-depth understanding of an area of interest to the student, which is not formally taught;
  2. developed an ability to analyse and construct arguments from a range of academic sources;
  3. developed skills at critiquing and evaluating others ideas, opinions and arguments;
  4. demonstrated a willingness to present ideas for scrutiny to a supervisor and accept criticism of those ideas;
  5. and learned self-reliance and time management skills in order to gain greater independence as a learner.

Assessment

Written assessment (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour supervisory meeting per week plus self-directed learning/research

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeremy Breaden

Notes

Previously coded AST5000

Synopsis

This unit explores the dramatic transformations that have defined the Aian region in the post-colonial period. The most fundamental change has been the shift of large agrarian societies from their rural base into industrial modes of production and the habit of living in cities. This massive migration of people has had important consequences for technological change, political stability, social inequalities, cultural heritage and the environment. We examine how the old balances of power amongst the political, business and religious elites of Asia are changing and how Asia itself is challenging the nature of world leadership. Our approach includes analysing the shifting realities at the level of mega-cities, towns and villages.

Outcomes

  1. To familiarise students with the major transformations of Asian politics, society, culture and economy since 1950;
  2. To develop an in-depth understanding of the complexity of these processes and the contradictions of modernity in various country cases studies including India, China, Indonesia, Cambodia, Malaysia and others;
  3. To expose students to world class authors and scholars who have written about these issues and have an intimate knowledge of the forces of change;
  4. To encourage students to appreciate the important of multi-dimensonal changes and apply multi-disciplinary approaches to their study of Asia;
  5. To promote the analytial abilities of students in their written and oral work

Assessment

Written work (including exam): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture
One 2-hours seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Atkinson

Notes

Previously coded AST5220

Synopsis

This unit addresses the challenges of research work in the Asian region and seeks to equip students with some of the skills needed for it. In a series of modules, students will be introduced to a range of potential source materials for the study of Asia, such as documents, census reports, fictional texts, and films, and to a range of research methodologies applicable to the study of Asia including fieldwork in villages, archival work, data collection and interviews. Students will be encouraged to think about issues of ethical obligations in relation to fieldwork, such as those raised by non-Asian scholars making judgments about Asia, cultural bias, and the ownership of knowledge.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing APG5385 will:

  1. Be able to converse intelligently about issues of cultural bias and the ownership of knowledge.
  2. Have a firm grasp of a range of sources and methodologies applicable to research in Asia and a firm understanding of the scholarly principles that underpin them.
  3. Have a firm understanding of the link between scholarship, public debate and nationalistic political agendas in Asia.
  4. Be able to put together a sophisticated Asia-related research or consultancy proposal.
  5. Be able to discuss in detail and to justify the significance of research on a particular aspect of Asia or Australia's relationship to Asia.
  6. Have a clear idea as to how to research and write a policy document.
  7. Have considerable sophistication in terms of the ways they represent Asia.

Assessment

Written work (including exam): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture
one 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in a postgraduate program

Co-requisites

At least one other unit in a postgraduate program


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Previously coded ATM5010

Synopsis

As for APG4389

Assessment

Group assignment (9000 words): 45%
Class participation: 10%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATD4010, APG4389


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5060

Synopsis

This contemporary unit is designed to focus on key issues arising in the global tourism industry such as the rapid growth of the industry in emerging economies, poverty alleviation and development through tourism and the growth of "new tourism" and independent travel. The unit is presented via a number of key industry seminars and a proposed field work study tour to an emerging tourism region such as Fiji (South Pacific), Vietnam (S.E Asia) or Estonia (Eastern Europe). (The selected study tour destination will be nominated at the start of semester and may vary from year to year)

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. an understanding of key problems and issues in the current and future development of the global tourism industry;
  2. a developed capacity to undertake original research on an area of their particular interest;
  3. enhanced written and oral communication skills suitable for progress in the tourism profession;
  4. an understanding of key issues facing the future development of the industry in emerging economies;
  5. an understanding of the challenges facing tourism development in emerging tourism economies/regions.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
2-hour exam: 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Vicki Peel & Jeff Jarvis

Contact hours

3 x 2-hour lectures, 1 x 3-hour student presentation seminars and a 7-10 day intensive study tour with industry seminars and field work

Prohibitions

ATD4060, APG4390


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Justin Oakley (First semester); Dr Ryan Tonkens (Second semester)

Notes

Previously coded CHB5101

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a basic understanding of ethical theory, as a foundation for their studies in bioethics. The unit outlines three main perspectives in normative ethics - Kantianism, Utilitarianism, and Virtue Ethics - and examines several key problems for each of these approaches. The unit also considers certain issues in meta-ethics, such as the question of whether moral judgements must be relative to individuals or cultures, or whether they can be objective, and the implications of research in social and moral psychology for accounts of moral motivation.

Assessment

Written work (6000 words): 70%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Justin Oakley (First semester); Dr Ryan Tonkens (Second semester)

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB5102

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.

Assessment

Written work (6500 words): 75%
Take-home exam (2500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

one x 2.5 hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

For off-campus students: no timetabled contact hours although students are welcome to attend seminars for on-campus students when the unit is running in both modes.

Prerequisites

APG5393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Colleen Lewis

Notes

Previously coded CJM5040

Synopsis

Managing Criminal Justice Issues engages students in the critical study of the concepts, initiatives and directions currently reshaping criminal justice agencies. Issues covered include: managing criminal justice agencies; the intra and inter agency environment; alternative dispute resolution and new directions and frameworks in criminal justice management.

Outcomes

Upon completion of Managing Criminal Justice Issues students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of key management issues in the criminal justice context including inter and intra agency team building; effective communications strategies across the sector and the oversight of criminal justice project change.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of inter agency criminal justice management including working with the media; working with community organisations and pressure groups and working with diverse populations.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of alternative dispute resolution including negotiation and mediation; working with bodies of inquiry and organisational problem solving.

  1. Demonstrate critical understanding of new directions and frameworks in criminal justice management including ethical considerations; accountability; and best practice and benchmarking.

Assessment

Benchmarking Manual (4000 words): 40%
Development of a whole-of-government approach on an inter-agency management issues (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

APG4395


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Juan Sanin (semester 1); Dr Louise Poland (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded COM5001

Synopsis

The ability to be able to find, use, assess and present information is crucial to those working in the communications industry. This unit focuses on research methods, sources, writing and theories used in the study and practice of media and communications, with a focus on Australian examples. The range of sources studied includes scholarly databases and bibliographical references, newspaper archives, and pictorial and moving images.

Outcomes

  1. To be able to make appropriate and efficient use of Australian sources within the field of communications and media;
  2. To be able to research and write scholarly essays at postgraduate standard;
  3. To be able to locate and make use of regular and archival holdings relating to media and communications field of major research libraries;
  4. To be familiar with electronic, print and audio-visual sources;
  5. Familiarity with key Australian media;
  6. To be able to discuss and write critically about independent research undertaken.

Assessment

Three research papers (2000 words): 60%
Research essay (3000 words): 30%
Class participation/seminar presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Juan Sanin (semester 1)
Dr Louise Poland (semester 2)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tony Moore

Notes

Previously coded COM5002

Synopsis

The subject examines the history of communications and media from the genesis of the mass circulation press to the new media of the 21st century. It provides students with an appreciation of how communication and media are shaped by technological advances, decisions by policy-makers and broader social forces. It also provides students with an opportunity to consider how the media's coverage of important public debates and controversies has helped shape society. In the major research essay students will have the opportunity to investigate media coverage of a major historical issue or event.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a broad overview of communications and media history.
  2. Have an understanding of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have shaped that history.
  3. Have an appreciation of how media coverage of watershed events and issues has influenced society.
  4. Be able to conduct independent research.
  5. Be able to write lucidly and with analytical depth.

In addition, students taking APG5397 should be able to demonstrate additional conceptual ability in written work.

Assessment

Class participation and attendance (1000 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar introduction (1000 words equivalent): 10% ; 2 x Short essays (2000 words each): 40%; Major research essay (4000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Mark Poole (semester 1); Dr Jinna Tay (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded COM5006

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the changing relationships between the media, telecommunications and computing industries. It investigates the practices of electronic publishing and its impact on the communications industry. The unit profiles both traditional media such as the book, print and broadcasting in the light of new forms of content delivery such as the web, wireless and digital broadcasting. It also explores the challenges of developing and delivering high-quality, user-focused content in a digital environment, including social media.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 50%
Two papers (2250 words each): 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mark Poole (semester 1)
Dr Jinna Tay (semester 2)

Contact hours

2 hours (one 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hah Foong Lian

Notes

Previously coded COM5008

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to professional ethics and the media. Students will evaluate the media's fourth-estate role and its political agency in a commercial environment. Legislation, industry codes of practice and journalistic ethics will be analysed. Investigative reporting will be examined with reference to Watergate and investigative reporting's mythical 'golden age'. The interrelationship between PR, media liaison units and journalism will be explored. Tabloid journalism will be analysed with reference to economic and ethical concerns. The tension between the media's idealistic fourth-estate image and its professional, commercial and public interests is the unit's unifying theme.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the history and continuing evolution of the media's role as the fourth estate.
  2. A critical understanding of the complex interplay between ethical, regulatory, political and economic factors in media reporting.
  3. An advanced knowledge of the key communications industry codes of conduct and the differing approaches to their enforcement including professional codes of ethics and industry codes of practice.
  4. A critical understanding of the nature of investigative reporting and the impact and legacy of Watergate on journalism, reporting and public figures.
  5. A critical understanding of the interrelationship between public relations, institutional media liaison units and journalism.
  6. An enhanced ability to critically evaluate topical debates about media ethics.
  7. Abilty to conduct research at advanced level.

Assessment

Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Short essay 1 (2000 words): 20%
Short essay 2 (2000 words): 20%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4399


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jinna Tay

Notes

Previously coded COM5009

Synopsis

This subject explores key issues arising from the rapid change, development and growth in international communications. It examines the impact of globalisation and shifts in production, distribution and consumption in international communications. Students will consider power and disadvantage; cultural flows and exchange; development communication; cross-cultural communication; international advertising and public relations; diasporic cultures; and legal and ethical issues in international communications. Examples will be drawn from many different countries, including case studies of communications and media in Asia, Europe, North America and the Middle East.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  1. Have a sound understanding of globalisation as it affects communications and media industries;
  2. Be able to analyse global media and the policies which affect them;
  3. Be aware of the potentials and problems of cross-cultural communication and of the major theories which have been developed to explain them;
  4. Understand changing modes of reception by global audiences, together with the implications of these processes for national and personal identity;
  5. Be aware of the major legal and ethical challenges thrown up by the globalisation of communications and media;
  6. Demonstrate an enhanced ability to conduct independent research.

Assessment

Essay (3500 words): 40%
Poster project: 30%
Research project (2000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Jenny Hocking (Week1-4 ); Dr John Tebbutt (Week 5-12)

Notes

Previously coded COM5010

Synopsis

This unit engages with the challenges facing the traditional media companies at a time when the mass-market and advertising business models that have long sustained them are under assault from new digital production and distribution technology that is fragmenting audiences and enabling smaller, more entrepreneurial organizations to compete against bureaucratic 'empires'. How do companies such as News Corporation, Channel Nine or Fairfax respond to the threats and opportunities posed by the new digital media businesses like Google, Apple iTunes and Facebook, and community activist projects such as Wikipedia that are leading and exploiting changes triggered by the digital revolution.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate an ability to;

  1. Critically analyse the business models of a variety of traditional media companies and the challenges and opportunities posed by new digital media;
  2. Assess government policy responses to issues arising from new digital technology, media convergence and fragmentation of audiences;
  3. Understand key debates surrounding transformation of public media, such as the Australian Broadcasting Corporation;
  4. Engage in discussion informed by current media research and theory about the changing media environment in Australia and internationally;
  5. Conduct independent research in the field of communications and media;
  6. Think critically and conceptually about contemporary media industries and how they relate with content producers and audiences.

In addition, students taking APG5401 should be able to demonstrate additional conceptual ability in written work.

Assessment

First Essay (3500 words): 40%
Second essay (3500 words): 40%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Jenny Hocking (Week1-4); Dr John Tebbutt (Week 5-12)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Andy Ruddock

Notes

Previously coded COM5130

Synopsis

The unit will survey the history, concepts and methods of critical media audience research. It will consider both the mass communications and cultural studies disciplines, and will develop students' ability to critique scholarly work on both conceptual and methodological grounds. Audiences and the Social Influence of Media will enhance students' ability to develop and present original research projects, based on empirical explorations of how people interact with media in a variety of social places. The academic skills it cultivates will be directly applicable to thesis work.

Outcomes

On successfully completing this unit a student will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media influence
  2. a broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged
  3. an ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases
  4. the ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
  5. the ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student
  6. Postgraduate students will be asked to format Assessment 3 in line with a grant proposal of their choosing Assessment 3.

Assessment

Literature review (3500 words): 40%
Class presentation: 10%
Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two 6-hour weekend seminars and 2 hours per week MUSO participation

Prerequisites

Communication and Media Studies major or other major approved by coordinator

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Shane Homan

Notes

Previously coded COM5240

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the key production, consumption and policy debates concerning the popular music industries. It situates popular music as a significant part of the global media and cultural industries, examining a range of music-media activity, including music journalism; music radio; film soundtracks; music television; and music on the internet. A key theme of analysis is the changing roles of industry, audiences and governments regarding how and where popular music remains meaningful. The unit will also address contemporary intellectual property and other policy debates, and how the 'local' is situated within global music landscapes.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the key media studies, popular music and cultural studies theories associated with popular music activity;
  2. An assessment of how popular music operates as part of local and global media and cultural industries;
  3. An ability to critically and independently engage with key debates and issues within the popular music industries;
  4. An ability to apply broader global concepts to distinct local contexts;
  5. An ability to explain and analyse course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay I (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay II (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Will Peterson

Notes

Previously coded DTH5003

Synopsis

This unit will investigate performance practice in two modules: one relating to the preparation of performance and one concerning both performance itself and the critique of performance. Students will be expected to initiate and carry out their own performance project, to discover appropriate background material, and to sustain a discussion with the class on issues arising from the development of their project. After the presentation of the performances, students will prepare a written or oral critique of their project. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Outcomes

  1. To make a new performance work which draws on contemporary ideas and practices.
  2. To critique the making of this work in the light of contemporary performance theory.
  3. To participate in class investigations and help facilitate discoveries in methodologies of performance making.
  4. To make presentations on the processes of creating performance.
  5. To articulate in oral and written form the specific elements and objectives of an original piece of performance making.
  6. At the fifth-year level students will be expected to transparently embed a critical approach or theory in the performance project.

Assessment

Workshop classes and presentations (2,000 words): 25%:
Performance project, with journal support (5,000 words): 50%;
Performance critiques (2,000 words) 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours a week

Co-requisites

PG4421


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Rebekah Brown

Notes

Previously coded ENV5020

Synopsis

People's approaches to environmental issues (what they see as problems and what they see as solutions) vary widely based on worldviews, assumptions, and value systems. This unit develops students' capacity to critically evaluate differing ideological, philosophical, and disciplinary approaches to environment and sustainability, such as positivistic science, technology, systems theory, social ecology, indigenous worldviews, deep ecology, bioregionalism, poststructuralism, neoliberalism, and sustainability science. Throughout, it will explore the implications of these approaches for policymaking, disciplinary research, environmental management, and political processes and action.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough grasp of the ideas and assumptions behind a range of key perspectives on the environment and sustainability.
  2. An ability to recognize and analyse different philosophical and ideological perspectives on the environment in use (in writing, in speech, in political positions',...).
  3. A capacity to understand the perspectives of different disciplines within an interdisciplinary context.
  4. Skills in analysing the implications of differing environmental perspectives on practical courses of action and policy-making.
  5. Skills in constructing critical and analytical arguments, in oral and written form, relevant to discussions of environmental worldviews and philosophies.
  6. An in-depth understanding of the historical roots and current debates within one perspective.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4000 words)
Oral presentations: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ruth Lane

Notes

Previously coded ENV5030

Synopsis

This unit equips students with understanding of basic tools for environmental analysis and decision making for sustainability. It will look at a range of techniques for attributing value to the environment. These include environmental and social impact assessment, risk analysis, strategic and integrated assessment, life cycle analysis, state-of-environment reporting, modelling, auditing, monitoring and scenario building. Throughout, the dynamic interaction between scientists, policy makers and the broader community will be explored.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit at level 4 students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A capacity to describe and understand a variety of methods used to value the environment;
  2. Understanding of the complexity of analysing and presenting data to form the basis of decisions about the environment;
  3. Understanding and critical evaluation of the development and operation of the Environmental Impact Assessment process both nationally and internationally;
  4. Skills in applying a range of techniques to real world situations.

Assessment

Written work including practical exercises and field report(5000 words): 80%
Group oral presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

Prohibitions

ENV422E or ENV522E Environmental Assessment


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Lane

Notes

Previously coded ENV5050

Synopsis

This unit explores social and institutional frameworks for environmental governance. It considers the role, structure and processes of government, market and civil society in relation to the environment and sustainability agenda. The emphasis is on exploring the nature of contemporary environmental governance, evaluating the assumptions on which it is based, and taking a critically informed view of its strengths and limitations. We will feature case studies e.g. waste management, climate change, water management, where multiple agencies and organisations work within a complex environmental system to implement a range of interesting and innovative approaches to environmental governance.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. An appreciation of the theoretical understandings of the shift from government to governance in respect of the environment and sustainability.
  2. An understanding of the role of government, markets and civil society in relation to the environment and sustainability.
  3. Familiarity with the mechanisms of command-and-control regulation, the use of market mechanisms, citizen empowerment and community participation.
  4. A critical awareness of the issues surrounding contemporary forms and styles of environmental governance.
  5. Familiarity with the principles and practice of citizen advocacy.

Assessment

Essay (1500 words): 30%
Tutorial participation and facilitation: 20%
Research paper (3000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Wendy Stubbs

Notes

Previously coded ENV537E

Synopsis

Corporate management for sustainable development is emerging as a core competency for business leaders. The ability to create value from, and mitigate risks associated with, sustainable development increasingly impacts markets, access to capital, company reputation and shareholder value. Managers who understand the need for a strategic approach to corporate sustainability management will perform across the 'triple bottom line' of environmental, social and financial performance to preserve value and create new business opportunities.

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of leading-edge thinking and practice in the highly dynamic field of corporate sustainability management.
  2. The ability to develop and communicate a business case for sustainability.
  3. Familiarity with the conceptual frameworks and practical tools to apply sustainability in an organisational setting.

Students will share in a participative and collaborative learning environment. Corporate case studies and business speakers will enhance the 'real-world' relevance of the subject material.

Assessment

Written individual work (3200 words): 65%
Written group work (5000 words): 25%
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4433


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Stubbs

Notes

Previously coded ENV541E

Synopsis

As the sustainability agenda deepens, the public and private sectors face growing demands for accountability. This unit extends upon APG5433 and provides students with an overview of sustainability from an applied perspective, with a particular focus on effective measurement. Students examine i) how environmental and social performance interact with financial processes and measurement ii) steps, principles, tools and methodologies and their practical application when accounting for sustainability and its three capital stocks. This includes the how, what, when, where and why of measuring, monitoring, evaluating and reporting relevant sustainability related information.

Outcomes

Upon completing this Unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding why effective measurement is critical in driving the sustainability agenda and support business cases,
  2. develop measurement strategies and indicators,
  3. select the most appropriate measurement tools for a given situation, and
  4. critical insight into how leading organisations are measuring sustainability.

Assessment

Written individual work (3500 words): 70%
Written group work (5000 words): 20%
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One x 2 hour lecture per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Prof Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5010

Synopsis

Now enlarged to 27 countries, the European Union is a key player in the world. Students will explore its genesis, its major historical milestones, its institutions and decision-making from an interdisciplinary perspective. They will examine EU policies including in the trade, agricultural, environmental, social, educational, monetary, development and security fields. They will be exposed to the main concepts and theories formulated to account for the development of the EU. They will be given guidance to pursue the exploration of specific EU policy outcomes at EU and member state level and be encouraged to make autonomous use of a wide range of resources including on-line material.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the history of the European Union and of the socio-cultural norms that have informed European integration as well as of the tensions that have beset the process
  2. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the process of European integration leading up to the creation of the European Union
  3. informed appreciation of the novelty of the European Union as a post-national mode of governance
  4. understanding of the main theories of European integration, their limitations and their place in the wider debate surrounding globalization
  5. understanding of EU institutions and decision-making
  6. knowledge of major EU policies and their impact on the national policies of EU member states and on non-EU countries
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

On Campus:
Written work (2500 words): 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Off Campus:
Group online discussion: 10%
Journal: 10%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Examination (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5130

Synopsis

This unit will explore regional economic, political and security cooperation and integration in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa, with a special focus on Asia (ASEAN, ARF, SAARC) and Europe (European Union, Council of Europe, EFTA, OSCE). It will also investigate inter-regional arrangements such as ASEM and APEC. Regional processes will be analysed comparatively, using an interdisciplinary, historically grounded perspective. Students will be exposed to the major theories of regionalism. They will study the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements both in Europe and in the world, including with Australasia.

Assessment

On Campus:
Written work (2500 words): 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Off Campus:
Group on-line discussion: 10%
Journal: 10%
Research paper (2500words): 40%
Examination (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5140

Synopsis

Students will investigate the practice and theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union and in Europe. They will explore the channels and techniques of influence open to business, labour, environmental and consumer groups at various stages of the EU decision-making process. They will study the policy of European Union institutions towards these groups. A special emphasis will be placed upon the extra-European interest groups, including major business groups from Asia, the US and Australia, and their interaction with the EU. Practitioners from EU institutions and interest groups will be invited to contribute their experience via three videoconferences with Brussels.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an informed appreciation of the various channels and techniques of influence open to business groups, public interest groups (such as environmental groups and consumer groups), professional interests, labour interests and territorial interests at various stages of the EU decision-making process;
  2. a knowledge of the policy of EU institutions towards interest groups, and more widely, civil society actors in Europe;
  3. an understanding of the decision-making processes and evolution of the EU and their impact on the organization of public and private interest groups at the regional, national, European and world levels;
  4. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union;
  5. an understanding of the theoretical approaches to interest intermediation and representation and the literature pertaining to collective action and mobilization, European transnational movements and European non-governmental organizations;
  6. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  8. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  9. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Students completing the unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:

  1. the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing the world significance of the process of European integration.

Assessment

On Campus:
Written work (2500 words): 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: (2000 words): 40%

Off Campus:
Group online discussion: 10%
Journal: 10%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Examination (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5160

Synopsis

As a powerful trade negotiator, a leading player in the environmental, development aid, and human rights fields, and a growing political and strategic presence in the world, the European Union is increasingly recognized as a force for global stability and security. Students will explore the EU's relations with non-EU countries, and its roles and legal status in the international system. They will be introduced to the institutional framework and policies of EU external relations. Special emphasis will be placed on the relations of the EU with Asia, the US, Australia, Africa and Russia. The unit will further examine the status of the EU and its member states in international organizations.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the EU's external relations
  2. informed appreciation of the EU's role as an actor and presence in world affairs
  3. understanding of the major theoretical debates about ways of analysing EU external policy and the roles of the EU in world affairs
  4. understanding of the institutions, processes and policies of EU external relations
  5. knowledge of EU relations with Asia, Oceania, the United States, Africa, Russia, the Mediterranean and the Middle East, Central and South America, and other countries and regions
  6. understanding of the status and role of the EU in key international organizations
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon these texts
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials
  11. Students completing this unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition: the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing the role of the EU on the international scene.

Assessment

On-Campus Assessment:
Written work (2500 words): 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Off-campus assessment:
Group online discussion: 10%
Journal: 10%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Examination (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5230

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (9,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Outcomes

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

APG4897 or APG5897


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2013 (Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5940

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2013 (Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5950

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Summer semester A 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Paul Kalfadellis

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/
Previously coded EUM5960

Synopsis

Taught at the Monash Prato Centre in Italy, the unit will allow students to benefit from the experience of EU practitioners and highly qualified specialists from the European University Institute and other European Universities with which Monash has agreements. Under the guidance of Monash staff from the Faculties of Arts, Business and Economics or Law, students will attend lectures and seminars on economic, political, legal or cultural aspects of the European Union. Where feasible, the unit will include a study tour of European corporate and EU institutions, and will be open to students from other Australian universities. Students can also elect to conduct an autonomous research project.

Outcomes

Students will gain:

  1. in-depth appreciation of the European Union's functions and powers and of some of its key-institutions (such as the European Council, the Council, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency), as well as of key European corporate institutions;
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Competition Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Written work (inc.Seminar presentation): 80%
Take home exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 weeks

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two hours of preparatory lecture at Caulfield campus, 32 hours of lectures and seminars in Prato over two and a half weeks, plus 24 hours private study. Also, one hour of individual consultation with the unit coordinator upon return to Australia.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded EUM5970

Synopsis

Students complete an internship related to the European Union or international and regional organizations in the area of diplomacy and trade. This involves academic and professional supervision in Europe/European posts abroad, local/ international posts. Students gain practical knowledge of the EU and international/ regional institutions in IR, law, politics, business, finance and international trade. The unit coordinator does not secure internships for students but provides advice on the choice of organization (European and EU institutions, international and regional organizations, multi-national firms, industry associations, NGOs, political consultancies, think tanks and law firms). The internships are selective and separate programs are drawn up for each student.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained a developed practical understanding of the institutions and policies of the European Union or international institutions which focus on diplomacy and trade, thereby consolidating and extending what they have learned from core units and electives in the Master in European and International Studies/ Master in Diplomacy and Trade
  2. developed skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the European Union and its policies or international organizations which focus on diplomacy and trade
  3. developed communication and interpersonal skills appropriate to future professional employment
  4. developed organizational and time management skills
  5. developed their language skills in one or more European languages
  6. developed an appreciation of the pressures inherent in producing high-quality, focused research under strict timelines
  7. developed the capacity to devise, plan, write and successfully complete well-informed, well-structured and well-presented internship research reports
  8. developed strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of their work experience and how it relates to academic scholarship on the European Union/diplomacy and trade.

Assessment

Pre-Internship appraisal (1000 words): 10%
Reflective journal (1000 words): 20%
Internship report or applied research paper (5000 words): 50%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

120 hours over three to five months

Prerequisites

Students must make contact with potential guest organizations and seek the coordinator's approval before enrolling in the unit and committing to an internship.

Successful completion of core units of the Master in European and International Studies or of the Master in Diplomacy and Trade or with coordinator's approval.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded HSM5303

Synopsis

This unit addresses the socio-cultural, political and physical contexts in which human service organisations are located. Students engage with, and critically reflect on the ideas and processes through which social, economic, political and juridical forces structure, define and legitimise the human services industry and human service organisations. Using case study and problem-based learning approaches, students examine the role, function, formation and resourcing of the human service organisation in rural, urban, regional and global contexts. Emphasis is placed on the requirement for human service organisations to exercise responsibility and accountability to the communities they serve.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Conduct an environmental analysis of a human service organisation;
  2. Identify and discuss the various roles, functions and responsibilities of the human service organisation in rural, regional, urban and global contexts;
  3. Critically discuss the emergence of new forms of organisational structure in the human services sector;
  4. Apply relevant theory to analysis of the socio-cultural, political and economic contexts in which human service organisations operate;
  5. Identify and critically review appropriate funding options and sources and prepare a funding submission;
  6. Conduct a literature review; identify and critically discuss social, political and economic theories that have influenced the contemporary formation of the human services industry;
  7. Critically discuss and defend a theoretically informed position that proposes a solution to the increasing marketisation of the human services industry

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Cathy Trembath

Notes

Previously coded HSM5304

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and processes that shape and determine the internal culture of the human service organisation. Students will engage with topics covering, change management; procedural transparency; the learning organisation; human resource management; the impact and consequences of Government welfare policy; competition and collaboration; and public accountability. The unit offers a practical emphasis on professional skill development and encourages students employed in the field to draw on their own practice experience. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on their own code of professional ethics and principles.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge, skills and awareness in the assessment, development and maintenance of appropriate organisational culture, while maintaining a strategic focus;
  2. Knowledge of, and skills in applying ethical principles appropriate to the human services industry in human resource management and the maintenance of professional inter-personal relations;
  3. Understanding of the principles of strategic approaches to implementing a social justice framework within a management context;
  4. Knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes of change management theory in relation to human services.
  5. Students will also be able to identify and develop appropriate approaches to organisational planning, decision-making and policy formulation for human services programs;
  6. Critically discuss how external change effects the internal environment and culture of human services organisations;
  7. Apply relevant theoretical concepts to a critical analysis of the effects of managerialism on professional values and ethics in the human service organisation;
  8. Design and develop an appropriate policy and procedure document for a human service organisation, including a detailed implementation plan.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. JaneMaree Maher

Synopsis

This unit provides doctoral and masters students with high level skills in social science research design, research methods and effective and ethical research practice. Topics covered include successful research design, advanced qualitative methods, advanced quantitative methods, ethical research practices, data analysis and fieldwork practice. Students complete both written and oral presentations in these areas.

Outcomes

The learning goals of this unit are to:

  1. Acquire advanced skills in research design;
  2. Acquire advanced skills in qualitative and quantitative social science research methods;
  3. Achieve grounded knowledge of and practice in applying appropriate data collection, analysis and fieldwork practices for research;
  4. Achieve knowledge of ethical research practices;
  5. Ensure development of high level written and oral skills required for postgraduate study.

Assessment

Research proposal (6000 words): 65%
Oral presentation (3000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Five 4-hour sessions across a 12 week period.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Review of all delivered content, active participation in student exercises, facilitated on-line.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Mr Marc Orlando

Synopsis

This unit will complement APG5690 Advanced Translation and follows on from APG5874 Practice of Conference Interpreting and translation. In this unit, students will be exposed to further training in consecutive interpreting, simultaneous interpreting and sight translation/interpretation, as well as theory of Interpreting Studies applied to conference contexts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will have gained competence and knowledge in the following :

The theory of Interpreting Studies

  1. Students will be made aware of advanced theoretical aspects of Interpreting Studies and of interpretation; aspects of research findings in disciplines that have a bearing on interpretation, for example, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, communication and discourse studies.

Consecutive interpretation

  1. At the end of the programme students will be capable of giving a fluent and effective consecutive interpretation of a speech lasting at least 10 minutes into the target language, accurately reproducing the content of the original and using appropriate terminology and register.
  2. Training in these skills will require a variety of exercises, such as content analysis and memory exercises, consecutive interpretation without notes, summarisation, sight translation and note taking techniques. Speeches used will confront the students with a diversity of subject areas, styles, and registers, and their length, information density and degree of technicality and specificity will increase as the unit progresses.

Simultaneous interpretation

  1. At the end of the programme students will be able to provide a fluent and effective simultaneous interpretation of speeches of at least 20 minutes into the target language, accurately reproducing the content of the original and using appropriate terminology and register.
  2. While training in these skills will build on the same kind as those used to practise consecutive interpretation, additional exercises specifically designed to establish and consolidate the skills will be required. Furthermore, students will be trained in booth techniques and team interaction. Speeches used will confront the students with a diversity of subject areas, styles, and registers, and their length, information density and degree of technicality and specificity will increase as the programme progresses. Once they have acquired simultaneous interpreting skills, students will also be taught how to interpret with the text in front of them (sight interpretation).

Assessment

Attendance to classes: 5%
Preparation and participation: 10%
Portfolio (glossaries, research, reports, etc): 15%
Mid semester examinations: 20%
Final examinations: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminars and two 2-hour workshops

Prerequisites

APG5874, APG4691

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the full range of ethical issues that arise in research involving humans, including medical, scientific and social research. It covers topics such as acceptable and unacceptable risks to research participants, conflicts of interest, informed consent and waiver of consent, surrogate decision making, biobanks, commercialization of medical and scientific research, and research conducted on vulnerable people. Throughout the unit use will be made of case studies, ethical frameworks and principles, and the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. Participants will have ample opportunity to discuss their own experiences with human research ethics.

Outcomes

  1. To obtain a comprehensive grasp of the full range of ethical issues that can arise with research involving humans
  2. To understand the ethical frameworks and principles relevant to human research
  3. To be able to use ethical principles and reasoning to arrive at well-argued conclusions about particular ethical dilemmas in human research
  4. To obtain a thorough understanding of The National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research and how it is applied in concrete cases
  5. To obtain a good understanding of international guidelines on human research ethics.
  6. To be able to critically engage with the bioethical literature around the ethics of research involving humans and construct arguments for novel conclusions in relation to that literature

Assessment

Written work (9,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

The unit will consist of two intensive weekend seminars at Caulfield campus.

Prerequisites

APG5393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Verhoeven

Synopsis

This unit functions as an advanced introduction into the world of historical research. It introduces students to some of the common problems and issues as well as key debates that confront all historians working with different types of primary sources. It explores the many ways in which the past is constructed through the production of history by challenging students to think about what history is, how different lenses inform our reading and making of histories, how and where different genres of primary sources can be found for a resourceful historian of the 21st century, and how these sources can best be used in shaping an intellectually rigorous dissertation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have a deep understanding of the key debates that have taken place on the nature of history as a practice up until the present day
  2. Recognise the different theoretical approaches or lenses (such as Marxist or Feminist) through which historians make history, and reconcile that with their own approaches to writing history
  3. Develop the capacity to identify and access various repositories (such as digital libraries) to locate primary sources for their research
  4. Become familiar with good practice in organising their primary sources, such as note-taking strategies, and reading and using different types of primary sources effectively in their work
  5. Develop an understanding of how to use quantitative sources effectively in history-writing, as well as how to effectively make quantitative judgements in their research
  6. Have an appreciation of how archival sources, material culture, autobiographical sources, and audio-visual sources can be used effectively in research
  7. Have further developed their oral and written communication skills

Assessment

Written assessment (100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jamie Agland

Notes

Previously coded ITM5010

Synopsis

This unit explores civil and human rights campaigns since 1945. It examines their origins and outcomes, and the ways in which they drew from and contributed to an emerging international framework. Further case studies include women's rights and sexual liberation, freedom of speech, capital punishment, economic justice and unfair trade. The unit examines the development of global movements and organisations, new technologies and tactics of protest and the formation of virtual communities of activism. It also covers the relationship between universal notions of justice and differences of gender, culture and belief, and potential differences between local and global understandings of 'rights'.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of justice, civil rights and human rights on a global scale, as well as the relationship between universal notions of justice and rights and arguments about difference and diversity
  2. a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the arguments, objectives, strategies and outcomes of significant campaigns for justice and rights during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, of the links and tensions between local and global campaigns and movements, and of the development of global civil and human rights frameworks
  3. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and campaign material, the academic scholarship based upon those texts and the theoretical and conceptual debates about justice and rights
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, including significant documentary research, that evaluates the significance of a particular campaign, organisation or issue
  6. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images
  7. at level 5, students will also have acquired a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of key conceptual and methodological issues.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation and review paper (2000 words): 30%; Research essay (5000 words): 50%; Take-home exam (2000 words) 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

A two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL5130

Synopsis

As for APG4630. Students at fifth-year level use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills, and will also undertake a data-based research project, and will make a class presentation on this project.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Notes

Previously coded JAL5530

Synopsis

A broad introduction to theoretical and practical issues in the teaching and acquisition of Asian languages. Topics include communicative competence (what students need to know in order to interact in Asian languages); the aims of language teaching; how people learn language; course design; approaches and methods; and assessment. The aim is not to provide definitive answers but to introduce students to a cross-section of current thinking and research on relevant issues. Seminar discussions and activities will enable students to relate the general issues to their own teaching and learning situations and to learn from the experience of others.

Outcomes

  • Be aware of a cross-section of current thinking and research on issues relevant to the teaching and learning of second or foreign languages, especially Asian languages.
  • Be able to apply this knowledge to practical teaching and learning situations and problems.
  • Develop skills in finding, reading and interpreting research articles relating to language teaching/learning. Develop abilities in academic writing, and in oral presentation.
  • Relate prior learning in areas of applied linguistics and related disciplines to theoretical issues in language teaching and learning, and to the understanding of research in the field.

Students at fifth-year level will use more sophisticated library research skills and analysis and a higher level of written presentation skills.

Assessment

Written work and Class presentation: 80%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 tutorial) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJapanese Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL5590

Synopsis

As for APG4634 with the addition that fifth-year students are expected to employ more sophisticated analytical and written presentation skills and will also undertake a data-based project, which will be the basis of a class presentation.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Oral presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5907

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways in which the philosophical basis, role and activities of journalism have developed in relation to social context. It takes a comparative approach to historical and contemporary forms of journalism in western liberal democracies, post-colonial multi-party states and single-party states, and relates professional and community practice in journalism to developments in the political, economic and coercive fields. Among other themes it will consider internationalisation of news flows, development journalism, policy initiatives such as NWICO (the New World Information and Communication Order), free speech and censorship, and public/private sector media. It emphasises the specificity of historical and geographic factors within larger structural developments, and takes a comparative and critical approach to the use and evaluation of social theory.

Outcomes

At the satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. compare and evaluate the contribution of different approaches to journalism to social goals
  2. demonstrate a high level understanding of theoretical debates in the conceptualisation and evaluation of journalism
  3. critically analyse the way professional principles such as 'public right to know', 'freedom of expression' and 'access to information' relate to historically and geographically specific social contexts
  4. relate the scholarly issues and debates to the professional perspectives of practitioners in these fields.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (1200 words): 30%
Tutorial report and presentation of research work-in-progress (800 words): 20%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5914

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches that enable in-depth investigation of environmental issues. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, drawing on a broad range of scientific and social sources; to explore the relationship of media reporting and social change; and for students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise the local and global dimensions of high quality environmental reporting
  2. contribute to a national or international database of investigative resources and sources on environmental issues.
  3. utilize a range of research skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. produce quality environmental reporting relevant to both local and global audiences
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the roles of environmental reporting in a context of marked environmental and social change.
  7. achieve all of the above objectives at a higher level appropriate to a Level 5 unit.

Assessment

News report: 25%
Feature report: 50%
Online contribution: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)William Birnbauer

Notes

Previously coded JRM5915

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches and techniques that enable in-depth investigation. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, especially the use of public records and databases; to explore the relationship of investigative and news reporting; and to assist students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise what distinguishes investigative journalism from other journalism;
  2. Develop their own ideas for investigative projects;
  3. Utilize advanced skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources;
  4. Employ a range of investigative research techniques;
  5. Understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism;
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of investigative journalism in a democratic society and an appreciation of its practical link to the concept of the 'public right to know';
  7. Achieve all of the above objectives at a higher level appropriate to a Level 5 unit.

Assessment

Minor project 1(800 words plus 300 word reflection):10%
Minor project 2(1000 words plus 400 word reflection): 30%
Major project(2000 words plus 500 word relfection): 50%
Online contribution discussion(1000 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof Farzad Sharifian

Notes

Previously coded LLC5070

Synopsis

This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines theoretical explanations of their interaction in intercultural communication. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit it is expected that students will:

  1. be aware of key directions which research has taken in the field of intercultural communication be sensitive to inter-cultural differences in communication patterns and cultural expectations
  2. understand the key concepts of face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and be able to examine their interaction in intercultural communication
  3. know what kinds of questions to ask about communication patterns in a culture with which they are not (very) familiar
  4. be able to conduct smallscale research in the area of intercultural communication
  5. be able to analyze cultural differences in expectations regarding different aspects of communication and identify possible causes of communication breakdown
  6. be able to assess evidence supporting different theories and thereby evaluate those theories More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to
  7. read and think critically
  8. gain experience in the conduct of research
  9. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data 10. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class or online participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

1 two-hour lecture/seminar

Prohibitions

Either APG4652 or APG5652 but not both


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Sven Schottman

Notes

Previously coded MAI5002

Synopsis

Islamic Business and Economics has been hotly debated. As a result, many companies throughout the Islamic and non-Islamic world have new policies that are sympathetic to Islamic values. This unit introduces students to the principles of Islamic business values and ethics via carefully selected case studies. We ask what has been driving changing business practices? Is the rise of economically powerful Islamic actors one reason? Is OPEC just an ordinary cartel or do Islamic values come into play? Our interdisciplinary approach draws on the expertise of scholars and business people.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Understand the basic principles of Islamic business and economics
  2. Have a clear understanding how why and how these principles have been spreading globally and the conditions which make particular societies receptive to these idea
  3. Have a good knowledge of some of the most important examples of Islamic business and economic practice at the global and local level in Australia
  4. Have an understanding of the relationship between Islamic business and economic practice and how these relate to non-Islamic principles and practice
  5. Have participated in vigorous group discussions and collaborative work in preparing for their research efforts into this area
  6. At the 5th year level, students will be expected to engage the more complex debates surrounding this subject matter - eg how Islamic economics diverges from Marxist economics.

Assessment

Assignment (1200 words): 10%
Class presentation and Written work (1500 words): 25%
Research paper (4000 words): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture
One 1-hour seminar per week in a three-hour block.

Prerequisites

An undergraduate degree in any discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI5010

Synopsis

This unit surveys policy issues relevant to complex crisis responses by the international community utilising guest lecturers from various fields including faculties, non-governmental organisations, and security sectors. The unit provides a historical overview of international interventions IN natural disasters, conflict, and human security issues. Topics covered include international human rights and legal instruments; international, regional and national policies and approaches, disaster preparedness and mitigation strategies. Field based case studies are used in workshop formats to support lectures.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will have developed research, critical thinking and writing of the highest academic standards.

Learning Objectives:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts behind human rights/international humanitarian law and international and regional strategies.
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples of crisis relief and response frameworks including integrated strategies that include humanitarian, social, political and security components.
  3. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of relief responses and interventions - eg the debate about the respective roles of humanitarian and military agencies, peace with justice, etc
  4. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research.
  5. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis management.
  6. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of human rights/crisis management by the provision of world class research training and supervision.

Assessment

A short essay on 'Principles' (1,000 words): 15%
Ppt/oral presentation at the one day seminar (10%)
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode plus a one day seminar consisting of 15 min project presentations by each student.

The block mode will be delivered from 19 - 27 March 2012.
Further information on datesFurther information on dates (http://arts.monash.edu.au/mai/pgrad/maicm.php)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI5020

Synopsis

This unit surveys a range of action-oriented strategies relevant to complex crisis responses by the international community utilising guest lecturers from various fields including faculties, non-governmental organisations, emergency and security components. The unit provides a historical overview of international responses and interventions to natural disasters, conflict, and human security issues. Topics covered include Needs Assessments, Monitoring and Evaluation, SPHERE Minimum Standards, people-oriented strategies, building capacities, disaster mitigation and preparedness. Field based case studies are used to support seminars.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to analyse, design and produce research papers and models on crisis action and response mechanisms.

Specifically the learning outcomes are:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts pertaining to operational modalities and the timing of appropriate exit strategies
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples of crisis relief and responses in a manner that contextualises crisis management within the cultural, social, political, economic cultures of the areas in crisis
  3. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of crisis response and recovery by the provision of world class research training and supervision
  4. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of relief responses and interventions through principles such as Do No Harm
  5. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research
  6. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis action and response

Assessment

A short essay on 'The Operational Aspects of Crisis Management' (1,000 words): 15%
Ppt/oral presentation at the one day seminar: 10%
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode plus a one day seminar consisting of 15 min project presentations by each student.

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

The Australian Electoral Commission's International Services section will act as a professional partner in delivering this unit. The unit will include a field visit and a workshop component that will draw on the extensive expertise of the AEC's international work, in particular its BRIDGE (Building Resources in Democracy, Governance and Elections) curriculum which was jointly developed by the five BRIDGE partners which are the Australian Electoral Commission (AEC), International IDEA, International Foundation for Electoral Systems (IFES), United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the United Nations Electoral Assistance Division (UNEAD).
Lecturer: Ross Attrill, Assistant Director, International Services Section, Australian Electoral Commission

Previously coded MAI5030

Synopsis

This unit will survey a range of policy issues relevant to building and restoring democratic and electoral processes in post-conflict societies. The unit will provide a historical overview of the processes, international institutions and practice and debates including the liberal peace agenda. Field based case studies and evidence based best practice will be used in workshop formats to support lecture style presentations.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will have developed research, critical thinking and writing of the highest academic standards.

Learning Objectives:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts behind the stabilization processes in post-conflict societies.
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples relevant to the unit.
  3. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of responses and interventions.
  4. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research.
  5. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis management.
  6. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of building democratic and civil society institutions and electoral management by the provision of world class research training and supervision.

Assessment

Powerpoint/oral presentation at the one day seminar: 10%
A short essay (1,000 words): 15%
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode including a seminar consisting of 10 min project presentations by each student.

Further information on datesFurther information on dates (http://arts.monash.edu.au/mai/pgrad/maicm.php)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI5040

Synopsis

This unit provides the student with an opportunity to:

  1. take up examples from their own professional work and subject this to detailed analysis with the support of the supervisor - this option only applies to professionals who have been working with NGOs, agencies etc in the field prior to their enrolment; or
  2. to undertake an analysis of a particular theory or case study of importance to the current or future professional development of the student.

In both cases the one-to-one relationship with the expert supervisor ensures that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Outcomes

On the completion of this unit the student will have acquired the capacity to write longer, integrated and sustained critical arguments which would enable the best students to articulate into a Masters by research degree or a PhD:

  1. To provide the student with close access to a high level expert in the field of Crisis Management
  2. To closely supervise the literature review that the student undertakes
  3. To ensure that the student develops high competencies in accessing relevant documentary and internet materials
  4. To enhance the critical analytical and writing skills of the student via intensive discussions with their supervisors.

Assessment

Research Project (9,000 words): 100% (at the 5th year level the student will also be required to give a oral presentation of their results to the MAI postgraduate seminar)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

An average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Coleman

Notes

Previously coded MCA5020

Synopsis

In this unit students consider individual, group and social processes driving creativity and creative action. Themes include the role of cognition, imagination, judgment, criticism, personality, materials, forms, humor, social milieu, and cities in the creative process. The aim is for students to understand the multiple factors affecting creativityand how creative individuals, organizations and societies are possible. Examples will be drawn from a wide variety of creative arts including theatre, film and visual arts, architecture, music, writing and publishing.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general nature of creative processes.
  2. An understanding of the relation between individual, group and social aspects of creativity.
  3. An enhanced capacity to identify creative acts, works, and processes.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Notes

Previously coded MCA5040

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the political economy, economic growth, social impact, status and authority, policy environments, geographical location, and organizational forms of cultural and creative industries. The unit looks at how creative industries and cultural institutions relate to creative energies and processes. The relationship between society, art, cultural bodies and the economy is analyzed. Examples are drawn from a wide variety of culture industries including theatre, film and visual arts, architecture, music, writing and publishing - and cultural institutions such as museums, galleries, cultural media and universities.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of theories and major analyses of creative and cultural industries.
  2. An understanding of the cultural, social and economic significance of creative and cultural industries.
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze the functioning of creative industries.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Pete Lentini

Notes

Previously coded PLM5080

Synopsis

This subject investigates how counter-terrorism policy is developed, implemented and how various stakeholders such as the Victorian and Federal Government, Police, ethnic, religious community and non-governmental organizations interact to combat terrorism. The unit devotes significant attention to each stakeholder's areas of competency and their main responsibilities. In addition, the subject addresses the significance of mobilizing communities to counter-act radicalization and violence, and the significance of multiculturalism to security. Student interaction with current counter-terrorism stakeholders will enhance their knowledge and appreciation of the subject matter.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit students should:

  1. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles in counter-terrorism policy formulation, oversight and implementation
  2. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles and significance in countering terrorism and the dynamics of their interactions
  3. Develop an appreciation of the range of (occasional conflicting) interests in counter-terrorism policy-making and in countering terrorism
  4. Develop an understanding of how key counter-terrorism stakeholders develop consensus and resolve potential conflicts amongst themselves
  5. Develop a sophisticated understanding of the policies and legislation that govern counter-terrorism policy in Australia and internationally, but with a particular emphasis on Victoria
  6. Develop an understanding of the roles that social cohesion and multiculturalism can play in counter-terrorism within Australia and globally, but especially in Victoria
  7. Develop an understanding of how ethnic and religious communities' leaders manage (occasional) competing demands of the broader society and their constituents
  8. Develop an understanding of how civil society (especially non-governmental organizations and the media) play in protecting civil liberties and mediating between the demands of competing counter-terrorism stakeholders
  9. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to communicate effectively. Specifically to:

a. develop a topic for investigation

b. familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources

c. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument

  1. Develop a level of competency in understanding the trends in terrorism and political violence that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise
  2. Develop skills to pursue an original question for research.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3000 words):50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Phil Gregory

Notes

Previously coded PLM5100

Synopsis

This subject investigates how governments respond to terrorism through policies usually referred to as 'counter-terrorism'. In particular, it examines the central role state intelligence services play identifying, developing, formulating and implementing counter-terrorism programs,. It also assesses conventional approaches to intelligence collection, analysis, comparative intelligence practices, and the role of intelligence in national security policy formation, and how global terrorist networks pose new intelligence challenges. Case studies and scenarios are used to assist students comprehend the themes and gain insights into professional intelligence officers' responsibilities.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 35%
Take-home exam (equivalent to 3000 words): 35%
Class presentation (equivalent to 2000 words): 20%
Counter-terrorism scenario (equivalent to 1000 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ms Virginie Andre

Notes

Previously coded PLM5340

Synopsis

Concentrating on contemporary religious extremists, vigilante and militia movements, and hate groups, this unit examines the political thought, identity politics, political, social and economic conditions that give rise to terrorism and other forms of political violence. The subject addresses the following questions: How are terrorism and extremism defined? What conditions lead to terrorism and what factors have been most successful preventing it? How has globalisation contributed to terrorism and counter-terrorism? How do terrorism and counter-terrorism affect democracy and civil liberties?

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Understand, identify and assess critically different forms of contemporary terrorist actions, extremist political movements and thought
  2. Develop a comparative understanding of the role of states, elites, transnational corporations and marginalised communities in relation to cultural politics and the limits and potential of political expression
  3. Appreciate the importance and limitations of identity politics in the post-Cold War era
  4. Develop an understanding of the complex relationship between mainstream and fringe political thought, practice and tendencies and terrorism and political violence
  5. Develop skills to read various forms of text critically (audio-visual materials, scholarly literature, internet sources) and incorporate them in their assessed work
  6. Continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively. Specifically to: develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument
  7. Demonstrate an advanced utilization and critique of primary and secondary resources in the research essay. 8. Demonstrate an advanced and critical understanding of relevant conceptual frameworks pertaining to terrorism, fringe political movements and political violence.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation/presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Terry MacDonald

Notes

Previously coded PLM5520

Synopsis

Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate the ability to:

  1. Show their comprehension of the many ways in which theories of international politics shape, and are shaped by, political philosophy, both classical and modern.
  2. Demonstrate their knowledge of a range of theories in international relations, including Kantian and noe-Kantian Theories, Critical Theories, Postmodernist Theories and Feminist Theories.
  3. Show their knowledge of the subject but also demonstrate how the theoretical concepts intrinsic to that knowledge apply, or fail to apply, to 'the real world' of international politics.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
2 hours exam: 30%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

PLT4529, APG4668


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Notes

Previously coded PUB5002

Synopsis

An overview of the role of and the relationships between author, editor and designer in publishing in Australia and internationally. Students are taken through the processes involved in the transmission of a text from manuscript to edited form. The role of commissioning editors, literary agents and copy editors are discussed and analysed and opportunities provided for students to practise and enhance their copy-editing skills. Different styles and requirements of copy-editing introduced.

Outcomes

At the completion of the subject the student should have acquired:

  1. an understanding the structure and functioning of the publishing firm, of the structure and composition of the publishing industry in Australia and worldwide
  2. an analytical appreciation of the roles of the copy-editor and the commissioning editor
  3. foundation knowledge of the theory and practice of copy-editing and skills as copy-editors
  4. an understanding of different varieties of editing and style.

Assessment

Practical exercises (2000 words): 20%Three assignments (6000 words): 60%Participation and presentation: 10%Examination (1 hour): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded PUB5004

Synopsis

Electronic and print production processes have converged effectively in most sectors of the publishing and communications industries. The professional editor, publisher and writer must now have an advanced understanding of the application of new publishing technologies, and of how these technologies affect their ways of working with others involved in the processes of publishing. The competence and productivity of the professional depends on such knowledge and its application, and this unit, which is vocational in character, provides the student with an invaluable basis of knowledge and skills for entry into the world of publishing, including scholarly publishing.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject the student should have acquired:

  1. an advanced understanding of electronic publication and of electronic publishing in the publishing and communications industries
  2. an understanding of the roles of the writer and editor in the creation and production of electronic publications
  3. a knowledge of the convergence of editorial and production processes for print and electronic publishing
  4. an understanding of the techniques of writing and editing texts for electronic publication, including scholarly publications
  5. a critical understanding of electronic publication for selected audiences.

Assessment

Practical exercises including a field exercise report (2500 words): 25%
Research essay (3000 words): 30%
Evaluation of multimedia product (1500 words): 20%
Examination (2 hours): 25%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Fleur Romano

Notes

Previously coded PUB5007

Synopsis

This unit is a key component in a program of tuition in editing upon which the student builds to achieve full professional competence. Students will have undertaken basic exercises following completion of an approved pre-requisite and be familiar with the work of the professional editor and the role of copy-editing in the preparation of the manuscript for publication. This subject takes this further and examines specialised applications of copy editorial skill, including, for example, technical and scientific editing. Students will also be allowed to specialise in chosen applied fields.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students should have acquired:

  1. an understanding the editor's role in book, magazine and electronic publishing
  2. an understanding of editorial skills, including literary, electronic, multimedia, professional and corporate publishing, and scholarly editions
  3. an understanding of plain language, key principles and practices applicable to the editorial and related functions of a publishing house (including management of freelance editors), style councils
  4. an understanding of new applied styles with different textual materials.

Assessment

Seminar essay and presentation essays (1500 words): 20%Long Essay (3500 words): 35%Practical Exercises (3000 words): 30%,Examination (1 hour): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus industry seminars

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level, including APG4670 or APG4802 or equivalent industry experience.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Notes

Previously coded PUB5010

Synopsis

The Australian publishing industry is both a large national industry and a significant part of a massive global industry. Australian publishers, printers and booksellers participate in an international book trade in which rights to books and electronic products are both produced and bought and sold for publication in different countries and different languages. This unit examines the commercial operation and dynamics of publishing in a globalised environment. An understanding of international procedures of marketing and selling of publication rights of all kinds (including translation, reproduction, adaptation and electronic rights).

Outcomes

  1. An understanding of the dynamics and processes of the Australian book trade
  2. An understanding of the Australian book trade in its international context.
  3. An understanding and capacity to analyse established and emerging methods of book and e-book marketing and selling
  4. Developed basic skills in copywriting and the negotiation of sales rights.
  5. An understanding of international procedures of marketing and selling of publication rights of all kinds (including translation, reproduction, adaptation and electronic rights)

Assessment

Seminar essay and presentation (1500 words): 20%Long Essay (3500 words): 35%Practical Exercises in copywriting and sales (3000 words): 30%,Examination (1 hour): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus additional site visits and guest lectures

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews

Notes

Previously coded RLM5000

Synopsis

A research paper on a topic relating to the critical study of a theme in religious studies or in theology, providing training in research skills and contemporary methodological approaches. The topic may be contemporary or historical.

Assessment

Written (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Claire Tanner

Notes

Previously coded SYM5005

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a broad introduction to the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research. It is designed to familiarise students with a variety of qualitative research methods used in disciplines including sociology. These include participant observation, in-depth interviewing and qualitative content analysis. We will also examine a range of theoretical and methodological issues involved in conducting qualitative research and consider some of the critiques and limitations of qualitative techniques. The meaning and significance of both ethics and reflexivity in research practice are also explored. Students completing the unit will also develop practical skills in conducting qualitative social research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An appreciation of the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research;
  2. An understanding of a range of methods used in qualitative social research;
  3. An awareness of some of the key issues, debates and controversies associated with conducting qualitative research, and an appreciation of the complexity of conducting such research;
  4. An appreciation of the meaning and role of both ethics and reflexivity in qualitative social research; and
  5. The ability to practically undertake some kinds of qualitative social research.

Assessment

Two pieces of written work (4500 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5202

Synopsis

This unit builds on the preceding unit (APG4815) to develop advanced translation skills in four specialised domains (legal, medical, technical and business/financial translation (topics may differ in any given year)). Students are required to complete a translation assignment consisting of an annotated translation of approximately 5000 words from the domain of their choice, with a critical introduction of at least 1000 words. Students will be expected to translate into their A language and the critical introduction is to be written in English. The teaching methodology combines seminars which discuss domain-specific translation approaches and techniques, language-specific workshops including web-based translation assignments tailored to individual target languages and involving the practical application of theoretical insights, and regular supervision meetings to give students feedback on their translation skills (e.g. pointing out errors in their translation, guidance on text-type related strategies, refining translation techniques, including transference, transposition, cultural or functional equivalence, etc).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the project, students will:

  1. have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process
  2. be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises
  3. be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

Test (1500 word equivalent): 20%
Exam (2500 words): 30% +Final translation assignment (5000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week
One 2-hour language-specific workshop per week

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

APG4813 with the permission of the coordinator

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN5300

Synopsis

This unit follows on from Semester 1 APG4816 Theory and Practice of Interpreting. In this unit, further theoretical studies are introduced along with practical applications. The topics to be covered for these interpreting exercises will have an emphasis on industry, business, politics, general contemporary affairs, education, medicine, tourism, government institutions, etc.
The development or reinforcement of skills and techniques needed for consecutive interpreting (note-taking, sight translation, dialogue interpreting and speech interpreting of approximately 5 minutes) will be undertaken. The practical applications in this unit also serve as preparation for further studies in APG5885 Advanced interpreting.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have expanded their theoretical knowledge of the various facets of interpreting and their understanding of the practical aspects of acting as an interpreter in an industry/social environment ;
  2. have further developed the specific skills needed to provide consecutive interpreting of both dialogue and speech.
  3. have developed skills needed to provide a sight translation
  4. be able to identify the implicit structural organization of an extemporaneous speech
  5. be able to perceive essential meaning and have further developed note-taking techniques.
  6. have mastered the necessary interpreting skills to deliver a clear, stylish and faithful presentation.
  7. have expanded their active vocabulary to include the terms and idioms frequently used in extemporaneous speeches.
  8. be able to interpret passages that are delivered at professional settings, and are of moderate difficulty.

Assessment

Written work (including journal and class performance): 50%
Oral and written exams: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Four hours of workshops per week (2 hours per language direction) In addition, 20 hours per week will be spent in assigned interpreting tasks, including 10 hours of compulsory laboratory work.

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

APG4691


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Maryanne Dever

Notes

Previously coded WSM5040

Synopsis

This unit will be offered as a directed reading course. Teaching staff will be determined in consultation with the Director and in response to the expressed interest of students.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation/presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitWomen's Studies and Gender Research
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded WSM5700

Synopsis

This unit introduces key feminist debates in the theory and practice of cross-cultural research and grounds those debates in the literature of globalization and gender and development. Issues examined include the power relations underlying and determining the research process; cultural biases inherent in the production of knowledge; ethical issues in cross-cultural research; negotiating racial, ethnic and cultural differences in research. Discussion will also cover the challenges posed to white Western feminism primarily by women of colour, Third World and indigenous women, and women from other non-Western groups.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit at level 5 will have:

  1. acquired a grounded, working knowledge of the major feminist debates and methodological literature in the field of cross-cultural research;
  2. an understanding of the gendered dimensions of debates concerning globalisation and development;
  3. a capacity for informed, theoretical critique of feminist research methodologies and other qualitative research methodologies;
  4. enhanced skills in the presentation of verbal and written analyses and arguments on issues pertaining to cross-cultural feminist research;
  5. familiarity with a range of research methodologies appropriate to feminist cross-cultural research.
  6. enhanced skills in developing and presenting of individual research assignments

Assessment

Short exercise (2700 words): 30%; Seminar presentation (equiv. 1800 words) 20%; Research paper (4500 words): 50%
Students at level 4 and level 5 will be given different short exercises. Students at level 5 will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to develop a research paper of a more conceptually challenging nature.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

GND4030/APG4696


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Indigenous Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Lynette Russell

Notes

Previously coded AAS5000

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent research into a topic of their choice related to Australian Indigenous Studies under staff supervision, through preparing a 9000 word project.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate skills to initiate and conduct independent research.
  2. Demonstrate an appreciation of and commitment to ethical research.
  3. Demonstrate advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills.
  4. Demonstrate advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word project.

Assessment

Written work: Research project 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Fortnightly supervisory consultations

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Australian Studies (or other relevant Master degree)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Margetts

Notes

Previously coded ALM5230

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to a range of theories of bilingualism and how bilinguals make use of their languages across a range of setting and societies. It explores these issues from a range of perspectives, such as different types and degrees of bilingualism, the different roles played by each language in bilingual societies, the properties of bilingual speech, the bilingual brain and educational and other social policy for bilingualism. A key interest is also the ways in which theoretical stances inform our understanding of bilingualism and social policy, and the ways in which research into bilingualism can help inform wider theories of language acquisition, processing and use.

Outcomes

At the conclusion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. explain how various scholars define the term bilingualism and the implications of this for research findings
  2. undertake linguistic analysis of bilingual speech
  3. identify and articulate factors which contribute to language maintenance and shift
  4. evaluate the effectiveness of bilingual education programs and other social policies for bilingualism
  5. use library and web resources to research current and emerging issues in the field, and
  6. conduct a major research project on an area of bilingualism or bilingual development of interest to the student.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded ALM5270

Synopsis

This unit will provide an introduction to issues in language in education including, reading, writing, early childhood literacy, tertiary literacy and classroom practices. Literacies in media and computer communication contexts will be investigated including the language of hypertext, 'reading' in CMC, television and video discourse, and the ethical issues of access, participation and democratisation will also be explored. These topics help frame understandings about the measurement, acquisition, absence and change for literacies in communication contexts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify the attributes of major writing systems of the world;
  2. describe the spoken-written language continuum and the features of computer-mediated communication; outline the strategies of literacy development in young children;
  3. assess the effects of schooled literacy, second language literacy and biliteracy;
  4. use ethnographic methods to study literacy events and assess the cultural impact of electronic literacy.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded ALM5370

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to a range of theoretical and methodological approaches to the analysis of discourse. Drawing on both spoken and written texts, we explore how speakers create coherence and cohesion in texts, as well as stylistic differences across genres. Students become familiar with methodologies such as conversation analysis, critical discourse analysis and interactional sociolinguistics and apply these skills in transcribing and analysing real world texts. They also explore the conventions of discourse in workplace, educational, media and political settings and the ways in which language can be used to manipulate, persuade or empower the hearer/ reader.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  1. summarize key theoretical and methodological approaches and to discourse analysis,
  2. comment on the significances of pauses, laughter and prosodic cues in structuring turn-taking and given meaning to spoken language
  3. analyse texts for coherence and cohesion and comment on their genre-specific features
  4. analyse how the language used in a text serves to persuade the reader and reflects a particular ideology
  5. apply insights from this unit to their own professional context

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Bradshaw

Notes

Previously coded ALM5390

Synopsis

The unit examines the role of language in the construction of identity or identities, with a particular focus on gender identity. It examines the relationship between language, gender and the representation of masculinities and femininities, particularly in spoken texts. Topics covered include speech styles of women and men speaking in same sex and mixed sex groups, the issue of power and gender, sexuality, and women and men in their speech communities. In addition, language and identity construction will be examined in relation to nationality, ethnicity, religion, youth culture and second language learning.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  • Summarize key theoretical debates in relation to identity and language
  • Compare the approaches of theorists from different discipline backgrounds
  • Reflect on gender differences across languages in the light of theoretical and empirical studies
  • Evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of identity and language
  • Work in teams to apply at least one methodology to a selected context
  • Use data thus collected to support an argument in relation to theoretical debates
  • Present a coherent oral and written account of research thus conducted.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar (Day students only)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robyn Spence-Brown (Semester 1);Dr Louisa Willoughby (Semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded ALM5410

Synopsis

A 9,000 word research project allowing specialisation in a relevant topic, supervised by one or more members of the School of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics who are expert in the selected field of study. Prior to the start of semester, students intending to enrol in this unit must devise their topic, arrange a suitable supervisor and seek approval to enrol from their course co-ordinator.

Outcomes

To complete an independent piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to their discipline.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robyn Spence-Brown (Semester 1)
Dr Louisa Willoughby (Semester 2)

Prerequisites

Students must achieve a minimum of distinction average for the completed Masters coursework units prior to enrolment in this unit; Students must submit a 500 word summary of their proposed research project and obtain approval from the course coordinator prior to enrolment in this unit.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded ALM5460

Synopsis

Guided reading in an area of languages, cultures or linguistics of participants' choice. Guided reading involves the location and critical examination of the relevant literature in the chosen topic. The examination of the reading and its discussion with the supervisor will form the basis of the assessment for the subject. Prior to the start of semester, students intending to enrol in this unit must identify their area of interest, arrange a suitable supervisor and seek approval to enrol from their course co-ordinator.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Students may only enroll in this unit with the permission of the course coordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash Asia Institute
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Max Richter

Notes

Previously coded AST5250

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Previously coded ATM5001

Synopsis

This unit is designed to help facilitate graduate students gaining an international tourism perspective by spending a full semester on exchange at a specific exchange partner university. Students must complete the equivalent of 24 points of level 5 Monash units whilst on exchange. Students must seek approval from the course coordinator to take a substitute unit to APG5717 at the exchange partner institution.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of international tourism through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies : 100
Students will undertake full time exchange studies for one semester at a partner institution and must seek approval from the course coordinator to take a substitute unit to APG5717.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Exchange Studies

Prerequisites

Distinction average in ATD4010 or APG4389 and ATD4120 or APG4709

Prohibitions

ATD4000


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded ATM5020

Synopsis

Key issues surrounding the economics and marketing of the environment as a tourism product are introduced within the wider context of debates on environmental sustainability in both International and Australian contexts. Specific focus is placed on the funding and management of national parks, nature-based attractions, and outdoor adventure tourism operations as well as on how both public sector and private enterprise operators develop sustainable environmentally based products. Techniques for quantifying negative and positive impacts of this kind of tourism are reviewed as are the social, political and economic impacts on regional communities. A compulsory program of fieldwork is undertaken in the Gippsland region and students will be expected to attend classes at both the city and Gippsland campuses.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of direct and indirect physical, social and economic implications of nature-based tourism development on communities
  2. Knowledge and skills in measuring and quantifying the impacts of ecotourism product development on the environment and local economies
  3. Understanding of ecotourism product development, marketing and management strategies as undertaken by both government and private agencies
  4. The ability to apply relevant theoretical concepts to practical fieldwork and engagement with industry practitioners in both Melbourne and the Gippsland region
  5. Development of written and oral communication skills
  6. A capacity to undertake original applied research in an area of their interest through liaison with an industry partner.

Assessment

Exam (3hrs) : 30%
Industry Research Project (6000) : 60%
Research Presentation : 10%

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar at the City campus and 3 x 2 day seminars in block mode at Gippsland Campus including fieldwork.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Previously coded ATM5090

Synopsis

Reviews the strategic role research plays in the tourism industry both globally and in Australia. Topics include, defining the research problem and objectives, analyzing secondary data sources, qualitative and quantitative methodology selection, questionnaire design, fieldwork preparation, data analysis and presentation.

Outcomes

  1. To provide students with an understanding of the availability of secondary research data and an overview of tourism trends and research directions from both an Australian and Global perspective.
  2. To develop students' capacity to understand the basics principles of research design for both qualitative and quantitative studies and the role played by research in tourism strategic planning.
  3. To develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of secondary tourism data.
  4. To develop students' written and oral communication skills.
  5. To provide students with an understanding of how to conduct a primary quantitative research study including questionnaire design, data entry, analysis and presentation.
  6. To provide students with an understanding of the applicability of the SPSS computer program to research in the tourism industry.

Assessment

Analytical assignment/take-home exam (2000 words): 30%
Group research report (6000 words): 50%
Research presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hour seminar

Prohibitions

APG4707


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis; Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5100

Synopsis

The special industry based research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project in tourism associated with an industry partner. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for identifying and contacting a suitable industry partner and arranging the placement as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. Students then formulate their research topic in consultation with their appointed supervisor and the industry partner. Students should work with the industry partner over a four to five week period. Students are not permitted to undertake the project in their usual place of work.

Outcomes

  1. To develop students' skills to undertake a critical analysis of a project or firm associated with the tourism industry.
  2. To develop students' capacity to underdertake an independent research project.
  3. To develop practical work skills in an industry environment.
  4. To develop an understanding of the key concepts of management and how it applies to the tourism industry.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

High Credit average in APG4389, APG4709, APG4710 and permission from course co-ordinator


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5140

Synopsis

Trends, theories and practices in cultural tourism and special events, especially the role of social/environmental impacts and related policy issues in modifying the future of cultural tourism internationally. Unit explores the interpretation of cultural phenomena, institutions, places and landscapes as tourism attractions and identifies cultural product and marketing practices which bridge the gap between tourism and cultural resource management.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Provide a foundation knowledge of the role of cultural tourism in Australian and international contexts;
  2. Provide understanding of the theory and practice of cultural tourism product development, including major cultural institutions such as museums, theatres and galleries and of cultural precincts;
  3. Equip with skills in analyzing the interaction of tourism with built and natural cultural heritage and Aboriginal culture and history;
  4. Develop research, writing and oral presentation skills

Assessment

Written work: 70% (7000 words)
3 hour exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5500

Synopsis

This unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) on an approved tourism related topic, usually one with an industry focus. With guidance from the supervisor (s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the tourism industry and tourism related issues
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Regular meeting with allocated supervisor(s).

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Tourism program.


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5500(A)

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5500(B)

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel; Dr Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Previously coded AUS5000

Synopsis

The special research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for devising their topic as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member. Students are responsible to formulate their research topic in consultation with their supervisor.

Outcomes

  1. To provide students with an opportunity to undertake an extended research project focusing on a topic of their particular interest.
  2. To develop students' capacity to draw on a range of research methodologies suitable to their topic.
  3. To develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of suitable secondary data.
  4. To develop students' written communication skills.
  5. To develop students' capacity to tackle a particular issue, project or problem in depth.

Assessment

Major Research Essay or the equivalent of two articles (9000 - 10,000 words total): 9000 - 10,000 words 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Special permission from the course co-ordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded AUS5003

Synopsis

The research unit offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project in Australian Studies. The project is normally undertaken over the course of one semester, and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member or university associate other than the supervisor. Students formulate their research topics in consultation with their supervisor.

Outcomes

Upon the completion of the special research project students will have demonstrated a capacity:

  1. To plan and undertake an extended research project in Australian Studies;
  2. To undertake original research of a scholarly nature of an extended kind;
  3. To research and successfully interpret a body of documentary source material in conjunction with a range of suitable secondary sources;
  4. To complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Assessment

Research project (9000 to 10000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

An approved complement of 4th year subjects totalling 48 pts.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded AUS5035A

Synopsis

Students devise a research thesis on a topic of their choosing in consultation with the unit coordinator and a potential supervisor. Students develop skills of independent learning and critical thinking through carrying out their research under the supervision of a member of academic staff. The completion of an 18000 word thesis assesses the student's ability to complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Outcomes

Upon completing APG5726 students should be able to demonstrate:

  1. Skills of independent learning and research;
  2. The ability to reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback;
  3. Knowledge of a specific body of research and theory in the field of Australian Studies;
  4. Critical thinking, analytical and problem solving skills;
  5. The ability to recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and the ability to reflect on their own cultural values;
  6. A critical awareness of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to Australian Studies;
  7. Effective written communication skills across an 18000 word project;
  8. The ability to complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Assessment

Significant work towards the Research Thesis (18000 words) which will be submitted for APG5727 Research Thesis in Australian Studies - Part 2: 100%

Contact hours

Regular contact with allocated supervisor, along with 15-hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

Units in the Master of Australian Studies to the value of 48 points at 4th year level.

Co-requisites

APG5727 Research Thesis in Australian Studies - Part 2

Prohibitions

APG5725 Research Project in Australian Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded AUS5035B

Synopsis

Students devise a research thesis on a topic of their choosing in consultation with the unit coordinator and a potential supervisor. Students develop skills of independent learning and critical thinking through carrying out their research under the supervision of a member of academic staff. The completion of an 18000 word thesis assesses the student's ability to complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Outcomes

Upon completing APG5727 students should be able to demonstrate:

  1. Skills of independent learning and research;
  2. The ability to reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback;
  3. Knowledge of a specific body of research and theory in the field of Australian Studies;
  4. Critical thinking, analytical and problem solving skills;
  5. The ability to recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and the ability to reflect on their own cultural values;
  6. A critical awareness of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to Australian Studies;
  7. Effective written communication skills across an 18000 word project;
  8. The ability to complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Assessment

Completion of Research Thesis (18000 words) begun in APG5726 Research Thesis in Australian Studies - Part 1: 100%.

Contact hours

Regular contact with allocated supervisor, along with 15-hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

Units in the Master of Australian Studies to the value of 48 points at 4th year level.

Co-requisites

APG5726 Research Thesis in Australian Studies - Part 1

Prohibitions

APG5725 Research Project in Australian Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded AUS5220

Synopsis

This unit addresses the complex interrelation between human society and the environment. It engages with Indigenous and non-Indigenous ways of seeing, understanding and using the land, probing the relationship between land, belonging and identity over Australia's history. It explores Indigenous land management techniques, the impacts of white settlement, the influence of the Enlightenment, and the rise of urbanisation, probing attitudes towards the environment at each point. It engages with debates including conservation and the environmental movement, Indigenous land rights and climate change. It challenges students to develop their own frameworks for understanding the environment today.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have gained:

  1. An understanding of the reciprocal ways in which the land has shaped human society, and how people have shaped the land;
  2. An understanding of changing attitudes to the Australian environment from pre-settlement times to the present day;
  3. An understanding of the climatic, cultural and economic forces that help to determine land usage;
  4. A recognition of different ways of understanding and interacting with the landscape, in particular Aboriginal as opposed to non-Indigenous attitudes to land usage;
  5. An understanding of urban, regional and rural environments, and historical conceptions of each of these kinds of environments;
  6. A deeper awareness of the complexities involved in feelings of belonging as it relates to space and place, and how the land affects questions of identity;
  7. A deeper understanding of contemporary political debates about the land and environment, including Indigenous land rights, environmental activism, and climate change mitigation;
  8. An understanding of contemporary debates about development, conservation and sustainability;
  9. A familiarity with the major themes in the field of Australian environmental history;
  10. An ability to conduct independent research;
  11. An ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of human relationships with the natural world;
  12. An understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of environmental history.

Assessment

Seminar participation/presentation: 10%
Essay based on excursion (1500 words): 15%
Minor essay (2500 words): 25%
Long research essay (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tatjana Visak

Notes

Previously coded CHB5203

Synopsis

This unit focuses initially on three ethical principles used to justify decisions in patient care: autonomy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are then applied to a variety of ethical issues in health care practice, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalistic interventions, breaches of confidentiality, assisted reproductive technologies, surrogate motherhood, and euthanasia. The role of health professionals is also considered, in relation to issues in family care giving, and conscientious refusals to treat patients.

Outcomes

On successful completion of APG5729, students should have acquired the skills to

  • bring a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to the analysis and evaluation of certain ethical issues in patient care
  • think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles
  • make informed judgements about the ethics of certain ways of acting in ethically sensitive areas of patient care, and be able to defend those judgements on the basis of argument.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

one 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG5393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5729 and APG5733; APG5729 and APG4714; APR5729

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB5204

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for analysing and evaluating public policy and law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on what values the state ought to promote, and the formulation of public policy in democratic pluralist societies. These political moralities are then used to examine current law and public policy in areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, pre-birth testing, embryonic stem cell research, reproductive cloning, surrogate motherhood, voluntary euthanasia, and the treatment of newborn infants with severe disabilities. The unit also considers law and public policy in relation to informed consent, conflict of interest, and the regulation of research on humans.

Outcomes

On successful completion of APG5730 students should have acquired the skills to:

  • uncover the political values underlying views about State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices;
  • think critically about those political values;
  • understand some of the practical problems in State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices;
  • develop sufficient understanding of the ethics of regulating various reproductive and health care practices to provide a basis for forming your own views on these matters.

Assessment

Written work (5000 words): 50%
Take home exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

For on-campus students: four day-long seminars during the semester, most likely in Weeks 1, 4, 7 and 10.
For off-campus students: no timetabled contact hours although students are welcome to attend seminars for on-campus students when the unit is running in both modes.

Prerequisites

APG5393 and APG5729, or equivalent, or with approval.

Prohibitions

APG5730 and APG5734; APG5730 and APG4715; APR5730

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB5206

Synopsis

This is an individual supervised reading course. Students will be assigned a supervisor, and will formulate a topic of their choosing in collaboration with their supervisor. The supervisor will then recommend reading relevant to that topic, and will provide guidance in structuring the written assignment. As a part of this process students will write an initial research proposal and a critical commentary on a relevant article or book chapter.

Assessment

Research outline 1000 words 10%
Research paper 8000 words 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

APG5393 or equivalent, and at least a credit average in all units undertaken in the Master of Bioethics.

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB5207

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life, and the moral foundations of professional obligations. The unit begins by introducing the three main ethical theories - Kantianism, utilitarianism, and virtue ethics - and explains how each theory characteristically approaches issues in professional ethics. It moves on to examine euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; and social justice and business professionals. It also deals with whistle-blowing and some issues in the moral psychology of professional roles.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/APG5732.php

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tatjana Visak

Notes

Previously coded CHB5233

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' critical and analytical understanding of key ethical issues in patient care. The unit focuses initially on three main ethical principles, embodying the concepts of autonomy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are used to analyse and discuss a variety of broad ethical issues which arise in patient care, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalism, breaches of patient confidentiality, in vitro fertilisation, and euthanasia. There is also some discussion of the role of health professionals, in relation to conscientious refusals to treat patients, and issues in family care giving.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired the skills to:

  1. Use a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to analyse and evaluate ethical issues in patient care.
  2. Think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles.
  3. Make informed judgements about the ethics of certain patient care practices, and use argument to defend those judgements.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB5255

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for understanding the role and impact of law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on views about what values the state ought to promote, the justifiable limits of legislative intervention, and approaches to public policy formulation in a democratic pluralist society. We then examine the current law and legal approach (particularly in Australia) to areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, voluntary euthanasia, selective treatment of newborn infants with severe disabilities, pre-birth testing, surrogate motherhood, and the health professional-patient relationship, particularly with regard to informed consent, conflict of interest, and confidentiality.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Four day-long seminars during the semester, most likely in Weeks 1, 4, 7 and 10


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB5288

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life generally, and considers how debates about specific ethical issues familiar to those in certain professions can be advanced by comparisons with discussions about parallel ethical issues arising in other professions. We investigate what sorts of moral considerations might allow professional roles to license behaviour which departs significantly from what ordinary morality would permit. The unit then examines euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; social justice and business professionals, along with whistleblowing, and the moral psychology of professional roles.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/APG5735.php

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. David Baker; Dr Alistair Harkness

Notes

Previously coded CJM5000

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete a 9,000 word research project on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically write up research findings.
  5. Construct a critical argument.
  6. Construct a cumulative argument across an 9,000 word research project.

Assessment

9,000 word research project: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Regular supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

CJC4020


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. David Baker; Dr Alistair Harkness

Notes

Previously coded CJM5050

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Written work 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

regular supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

High credit average in 48 points at 4th level taken as part of the Master of Criminal Justice program


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. David Baker; Dr Alistair Harkness

Notes

Previously coded CJM5050A

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature
  2. Identify and develop key research questions
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology
  5. Critically write up research findings.6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data
  6. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project
  7. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Written work 70%
Seminar presentation 30%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. David Baker; Dr Alistair Harkness

Notes

Previously coded CJM5050B

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature
  2. Identify and develop key research questions
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology
  5. Critically write up research findings
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

18,000 word dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

High credit average in 48 points at 4th level taken as part of the Master of Criminal Justice program


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)David Baker

Notes

Previously coded CJM5060

Synopsis

This unit involves focused, independent reading and the presentation of the findings in a scholarly manner, under the supervision of a member of the teaching staff of the department. On completion of the subject students should: demonstrate a thorough understanding of the criminal justice or criminology topic chosen for the subject; understand the nature and scope of scholarly writing on the topic; appreciate the theoretical, methodological and practical dimensions of the topic, be able to present orally and in writing critical thinking and analysis of the criminal justice/criminology topic.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an in-depth and focused critical understanding of a topic in criminal justice or criminology
  2. Demonstrate an in-depth familiarity with the literature on a topic in criminal justice and criminology
  3. Demonstrate the ability to synthesise a broad range of literature on a topic
  4. Be familiar with the process of researching and writing a comprehensive literature review of a criminal justice or criminology topic
  5. Demonstrate the ability to understand and critically assess the various historical, theoretical and methodological issues and debates around a chosen criminal justice, criminology topic.

Assessment

Oral presentation (2000 words): 25%
Written report (7,000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hour per fortnight meeting with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson (semester 1); Professor Jenny Hocking (Week1-4 semester 2); Dr John Tebbutt (Week 5-12 semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded COM5004

Synopsis

The unit is undertaken in the final semester of the Master of Communications and Media Studies and allows students to develop an extended independent research project. The topic is chosen by the student and developed with the advice and support of a supervisor. The project is written up in a minor dissertation, allowing the student to demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and project management. Students are encouraged to consider the project not only as a formal requirement for the degree, but also as contributing to a portfolio of professional development.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research;
  2. An enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues;
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of a research topic;
  4. A capacity to design, manage, and carry out a research project.

Assessment

Minor dissertation (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mark Gibson (semester 1)
Professor Jenny Hocking (Week1-4 semester 2); Dr John Tebbutt (Week 5-12 semester 2)

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson

Notes

Previously coded COM5011

Synopsis

This unit is an alternative to APG5742 for students who want the option of progression to a higher degree by research. It is undertaken in the final semester of the Master of Communications and Media Studies and allows students to develop an independent research project. The topic is chosen by the student and developed with the advice and support of a supervisor. The project is written up in an 18000 word dissertation, allowing the student to demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and project management. Students are encouraged to consider the project not only as a formal requirement for the degree, but also as contributing to a portfolio of professional and scholarly development.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the communication industries and communication issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research; 5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Regular meeting with allocated supervisor(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Communications and Media Studies program

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson

Notes

Previously coded COM5011(A)

Synopsis

This is the first semester of the Communications Research Dissertation for students who wish to take the unit over two semesters. It must be followed by APG5745 Communications research thesis part 2.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the communication industries and communication issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Students must show good progress towards completion of their final thesis, but assessment for APG5744 is deferred until completion of APG5745 Communications research thesis part 2.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Regular meeting with allocated supervisor(s).

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Communications and Media Studies program.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson

Notes

Previously coded COM5011(B)

Synopsis

This is the second semester of the Communications Research Dissertation for students who wish to take the unit over two semesters. It must be preceded by APG5744 Communications research thesis part 1.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the communication industries and communication issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18000): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Regular meeting with allocated supervisor(s).

Prerequisites

Satisfactory progress in APG5744 Communications research thesis part 1.

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded COM5220

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor dissertation. It is a supervised piece of research on an approved topic. Through supervised practice, it extends student knowledge of a substantive research area, as well as knowledge of relevant methodologies, research design and planning, and the writing and editing of an extended piece of research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research
  2. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication and cultural research
  3. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication and cultural studies issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Assignment (20,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisors.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Regular contact with supervisors.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson (semester 1); Dr Jinna Tay (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded COM5280

Synopsis

The unit offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project in communications or the media associated with an industry partner. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for identifying and contacting a suitable industry partner and arranging the placement as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. Students then formulate their research topic in consultation with their appointed supervisor and the industry partner. Students should work with the industry partner over a four to five week period. Students are not permitted to undertake the project in their usual place of work.

Outcomes

  1. To develop awareness of the range of social and professional contexts in which communication occurs;
  2. To develop an understanding of communication as a set of practices and to identify common features within these practices;
  3. To introduce some of the major ways in which communication and media have been understood at a theoretical level;
  4. To consider the relation between theory and practice in the field of communication and an appreciation of how they can productively inform each other;
  5. To introduce communications and media studies as a basis for further graduate study and professional practice in the field.

Assessment

Placement brief (1800 words): 20%
Placement log (3600 words): 40%
Reflective essay (3600 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mark Gibson (semester 1)
Dr Jinna Tay (semester 2)

Contact hours

No scheduled contact, but 288-hours of study over the semester, including a minimum of 152-hours of internship.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
Monash Passport categoryIndustry Linkage (Act Program)
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tony Moore

Notes

Previously coded COM5303

Synopsis

The unit will involve a study tour of major media organizations, with some attention also to alternative media. Most site visits will be in Melbourne and Sydney, but may also include international travel. Students will draw on background knowledge and skills in analysis gained from other units, gaining the opportunity to test them against real world examples. The unit will have a strong element of experiential learning, through seeing the insides of media organizations and having direct contact with those who work in them. At the same time, it will encourage critical scholarly thinking.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the internal organization and culture of media organisations;
  2. Demonstrate an appreciation of the complex 'ecology' of a major media industries, gaining the ability to see lateral connections between different organisations;
  3. Demonstrate skills in direct observation of media industries, as a complement to reading and scholarship in the area;
  4. Demonstrate an awareness of production and audience contexts in communications and media studies;
  5. Have confidence in approaching and working with individuals and organisations at the cutting edge of communications and media.

Assessment

Site brief (2000 words): 20%
Site log (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of first year sequence of Master of Communications and Media Studies (24 credit points)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Studies In Religion and Theology
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Judy McNicoll

Notes

Previously coded CVL5090

Synopsis

A period of work experience in the field of civil ceremonies, involving about eighty hours of work placement, which may be taken in a range of community groups (schools, churches, ethnic/indigenous groups, professional groups, hospitals, funeral homes, cemeteries, Registry Offices, reception houses etc). Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report, documenting and commenting on civil ceremonies performed as part of the placement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected:

  1. to have developed a network of professional contacts in civil ceremonies and negotiated (in consultation with the unit co-ordinator) a period of work experience
  2. to have developed a higher level understanding of the practical and ethical challenges of working as a civil celebrant
  3. to have developed high level written and verbal presentation and communication skills.

Assessment

Placement project (6000 words) 75%
Reflective essay (2000 words) 15%
Oral presentation (10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 3-hour seminars, during the semester

Off-campus attendance requirements

Participation in one all-day seminar, to be held at Monash University

Prerequisites


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Roby Marlina

Notes

Previously coded EIL5001

Synopsis

A 15,000-18,000 research thesis allowing specialisation in a relevant topic, supervised by one or more staff members of the School of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics who are expert in the selected field of study. Prior to the start of semester, students intending to enrol in this unit must devise their topic, arrange a suitable supervisor and seek approval to enrol from their course co-ordinator.

Outcomes

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Thesis (15000 to 18000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Students must achieve a minimum of distinction average for the completed Master's coursework units prior to enrolment in this unit; Students must submit a 500 word summary of their proposed research project and obtain approval from the course coordinator prior to enrolment in this unit.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Edwyna Harris

Notes

Previously coded ENV520E

Synopsis

Application of microeconomic theory to environmental problems; the relationship between economy and the environment; sustainable development; national accounting and the environment. Limitations of market and government coordination of natural resourse use. Valuation of unpriced environmental goods and cost-benefit analysis of evironmental changes. Policy options for solid wastes and recycling, local and global pollution problems, protection of biodiversity, management of stocks of fish and other 'commons' resources.

Assessment

Written assignment (1250 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 30%
Take-home examination (2500 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hour lecture per week


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Summer semester B 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Libby Porter

Notes

Previously coded ENV533E

Synopsis

The internship offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through their previous study. Under supervision of a member of Monash staff the student will undertake and report on practical and analytical work within the practical context of a business, government, nongovernmental or community organisation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the internship students will have:

  1. Gained experience in a project which is of direct benefit to the environmental interests of a client organization;
  2. Developed skills in project formulation, implementation, analysis and communication;
  3. Enhanced their capacity to evaluate environmental policy and project work;
  4. Improved their ability for self-evaluation in the context of environmental engagement.

Assessment

Internship Journal (1000 words): 10%
Report (8000 words): 80%
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour workshop in week 1 of the semester. Subsequent hours to be negotiated between supervisor, student and host organisation.

Prerequisites

Students must complete 18 points of core units before they can enrol in the research project units, and/or permission of course coordinator. Distinction average in core and elective units or permission of course coordinator


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5200A

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit. This unit is to be taken in conjunction with, or prior to undertaking, APG5769 to total 24 points

Outcomes

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Research project (18000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

APG4897 or APG5897

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5200B

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit. This unit is to be taken in conjunction with APG5768, or following completion of APG5768, to total 24 points.

Outcomes

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Research project (18000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

APG4897 or APG5897

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFilm and Television Studies
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr David Hanan

Notes

Previously coded FTM5330

Synopsis

This unit provides a unique opportunity for students to be imbedded in a Film Festival, screening program or museum. After an initial seminar program where they will be familiarised with all aspects of film festival operations including their history and cultural imperatives, students will then become part of a film festival apparatus including attendance of as much as is possible of the screening, seminar, lecture and information components of an international festival often in an overseas country. As part of this placement, students will be assigned a critic as chaperone and be required to make regular web-postings including reports, reviews and opinion pieces.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained valuable hands-on experience of the normal professional activities and issues involved in the running of a film festival or screening program
  2. developed a conceptual understanding of the aims and modus operandi of the festival or institution in which they served their internship, and of film culture institutions or audio-visual museum more generally
  3. learnt how to apply theoretical and critical skills to practical tasks in running of the festival/museum/institution; learnt and practised methods of criticism customarily undertaken in film festivals, screening programs and cultural institutions
  4. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing
  5. developed an ability for intuitive critical appraisals of audio-visual work based on methodologies obtained from film and television studies postgraduate coursework

Assessment

Placement: 50%; Report: 30%; Seminar presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Four 2-hour seminars, one placement, one seminar

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Libby Porter

Notes

Previously coded GYM5490A

Synopsis

A major research paper enables students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in a research context. This unit comprises half of a major 24-point research project, to be undertaken in conjunction with APG5781 Implementing Environment and Sustainability Research project, and focuses on research conceptualisation, design and preparation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in the coursework components of the course
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research paper (9,000 words): 100%
Assessed in conjunction with APG5781

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students participate in research design and methodology workshops. Hours and dates to be arranged.

Prerequisites

Students wishing to take this unit must gain permission from the Unit Coordinator. The following criteria for entry will apply: grade point average of 75% or above in the core and elective units; development of a maximum 1-page project proposal to the satisfaction of the Unit Coordinator, and supervisory capacity for the proposed topic. The 1-page proposal must include: a statement of the research topic; a justification of that topic; and a statement about how the project will be undertaken.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Libby Porter

Notes

Previously coded GYM5490B

Synopsis

A major research paper enables students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in a research context. It requires independent learning and research by the student related to the core and elective units offered in the course, and provides an opportunity for students to pursue a major academically-oriented piece of research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in the coursework components of the course
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research paper (9,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students participate in research design and methodology workshops. Hours and dates to be arranged.

Prerequisites

Students wishing to take this unit must gain permission from the Unit Coordinator. The following criteria for entry will apply: grade point average of 75% or above in the core and elective units; development of a maximum 1-page project proposal to the satisfaction of the Unit Coordinator, and supervisory capacity for the proposed topic.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded HSM5305

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity; demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct; demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects. Students will also be able to: demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies; identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts, and design an appropriate research methodology. Students will be able to critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

APG4763, APG5869, ATS4854


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Auerbach

Notes

Previously coded HYM5005

Synopsis

A sustained research project in applied history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in applied history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in applied history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2-hour seminar each week for four weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Applied History


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Auerbach

Notes

Previously coded HYM5005A

Synopsis

A sustained research project in applied history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in applied history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in applied history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5789

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2-hour seminar each week for four weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Applied History


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Auerbach

Notes

Previously coded HYM5005B

Synopsis

A sustained research project in applied history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in applied history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in applied history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2-hour seminar each week for four weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Applied History


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Auerbach

Notes

Previously coded HYM5100

Synopsis

A sustained research project in applied history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in applied history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in applied history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2-hour seminar each week for four weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Applied History


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Auerbach

Notes

Previously coded HYM5170

Synopsis

A period of work experience in the applied history field involving about eighty hours of work placement, which may be taken in a museum, heritage organisation, as an assistant to a freelance historian or similar. A short series of seminars introduces students to the idea of applied history, and the diverse opportunities for employment in the field. Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report or other piece of written work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be expected to have developed a network of professional contacts in applied history and negotiated (in consultation with the subject co-ordinator) a period of work experience. Students will be expected to develop their understanding of the practical and ethical challenges of working as a applied historian, and to develop high levels of presentation and communication skills.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (7500 words)
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar each week for 4 weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Masters of Applied History


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Haripriya Rangan

Notes

Previously coded IDA5130

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways in which ideas about nature, science, and human action have revolutionised theories, practices and politics of international development and global environmental change. It explores the major historical and contemporary debates in the natural and social sciences concerning nature and human agency , reflexive modernity, environmental risk and uncertainty, biopolitics, and emergence of current thinking about the relationships between post-humanity, techno-science and nature.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (4000 words)
Oral presentation: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bruce Missingham

Notes

Previously coded IDA5220

Synopsis

This unit offers a practical, hands-on approach for learning a range of applied skills needed by professionals in international development organizations. It will introduce students to the working culture of institutions involved in international aid and development. The unit will cultivate knowledge of the range of organisations and institutions involved in international development, funding requirements of aid agencies, development management skills such as the logical framework (logframe) approach, and project proposals writing, monitoring and evaluation.

Outcomes

Students who regularly attend and actively participate in seminar discussions and complete all assignments during the semester will:

  1. Have a sound understanding of theoretical and empirical issues pertaining to international development actors, ideologies, policies, structures and procedures;
  2. Be conversant in the "language of development," and have a working familiarity with many of the important formats, tools, instruments and procedures employed in the planning, implementation and assessment of international development programs and projects.

Assessment

Participation: 10%
Minor Essay: 20%
Group project and presentation:70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar/tutorial per week

Prerequisites

6-12 points of core 4th year units


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5916

Synopsis

The content of this unit will vary from time to time as the availability of specialist teachers and student interest affords. It will focus on specific specialized genres in advanced reporting, such as political reporting, business reporting, photojournalism, sports reporting, crime reporting, etc. It will expose students to the specific research modes and contexts for the selected genre, their narrative conventions of reporting and the issues and debates relvant to their contemporary practice.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Identify suitable events, processes and issues for research and reporting relevant to the generic focus of the class
  2. research and report both shorter and more extended stories relevant to the generic 3. demonstrate a strong understanding of the contemporary issues and debates relevant to the specific genre of journalism.
  3. achieve all of the above objectives at a higher level appropriate to a Level 5 unit.

Assessment

Minor Project (1200 words): 25%
Major Project (2000 words): 50%
Online Discussion and tutorial presentation (1500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deb Anderson (semester 1); Dr Fay Anderson (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded JRM5920

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly research in Journalism studies relevant to journalism, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 9,000 words

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utlise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.

Assessment

Research essay (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr William Birnbauer (semester 1)
Dr Fay Anderson (semester 2)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48pts in Master of Journalism

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash (semester 1); Dr Fay Anderson (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded JRM5920(A)

Synopsis

This unit is the first part-time component of APG5810 Journalism Research Project, where students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly research in Journalism studies relevant to journalism, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a scholarly essay of approximately 15-18,000 words, or in a substantial piece of journalism of 10-13,000 words or equivalent in a journalistic medium plus an exegesis of 5000 words.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of APG5811 and APG5812, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism Practice and/or Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research project, and synthesise it into an original research question and plan.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis with an appropriate methodology to achieve this.
  3. Conduct a substantial piece of original research and present the results as a scholarly essay of 15-18000 words, or 10-13,000 words or equivalent in journalism plus a 5000 word exegesis.

Assessment

Substantial progress towards a research essay (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 10-13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr William Birnbauer (semester 1)
Dr Fay Anderson (semester 2)

Contact hours

By supervision, with occasional seminars

Prerequisites

48 points in Master of Journalism

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash (semester 1); Dr Fay Anderson (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded JRM5920(B)

Synopsis

This unit is the final part-time component of APG5810 Journalism Research Project, where students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly research in Journalism studies relevant to journalism, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a scholarly essay of approximately 15-18,000 words, or in a substantial piece of journalism of 10-13,000 words or equivalent in a journalistic medium plus an exegesis of 5000 words.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of APG5811 and APG5812, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism Practice and/or Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research project, and synthesise it into an original research question and plan.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis with an appropriate methodology to achieve this.
  3. Conduct a substantial piece of original research and present the results as a scholarly essay of 15-18000 words, or 10-13,000 words or equivalent in journalism plus a 5000 word exegesis

Assessment

Substantial progress towards a research essay (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 10-13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr William Birnbauer (semester 1)
Dr Fay Anderson (semester 2)

Contact hours

By supervision, with occasional seminars

Prerequisites

48 points in Master of Journalism

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2013 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deb Anderson (semester 1); Dr Fay Anderson (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded JRM5930

Synopsis

This is a capstone unit for the Master of Journalism program. Students are encouraged to further develop their interests in journalism research and theory in ways that relate to their professional interests. There is a strong emphasis on reflective approaches and producing scholarly work which is relevant to Journalism Professional Project. Students attend a series of seminars and develop a reading program and research proposal in consultation with their supervisor, and produce a 4500 word research essay on their chosen topic.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay, and synthesise it into a research question.
  2. Identify and utlise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate empirical field for exploration and analysis l
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48pts in Master of Journalism


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2013 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Mr Matt Mitchell (semester 1); Dr Andrea Baker (semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded JRM5940

Synopsis

This is a capstone unit for the Master of Journalism program. It allows students to produce a major project for their portfolio demonstrating the depth and breadth of their learning and skill development. Students working under supervision produce a work of outstanding professional quality in their chosen medium of print, Internet, television or radio. During the semester, students attend some seminars to present and discuss works-in-progress with other students.

Outcomes

Students' work is expected to be of a high professional standard. At the satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. produce journalism projects in their chosen medium of a high publishable standard
  2. draw together and further develop professional and analytical skills acquired in other professional and disciplinary subjects
  3. present in tutorials comprehensive work-in progress reports and exegeses of their reports.

Assessment

Oral Work in progress reports: 20%
Major project: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr William Birnbauer (semester 1)
Dr Andrea Baker (semester 2)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48pts in Master of Journalism


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Andrea Baker

Notes

Previously coded JRM5950

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised interdisciplinary research in Journalism and Australian Studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. The results of the research are to be produced in either a monograph of approximately 18,000 words, or alternatively as a very substantial piece of journalism (eg a one hour video documentary, a 12,000 words of investigative feature(s), a substantial website) accompanied by a 5,000 word scholarly exegesis. Enrolment in this unit requires the consent of the Heads of the Journalism Section and the National Centre for Australian Studies.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key interdisciplinary issue in Journalism and Australian Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utlise the relevant scholarly and journalistic literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis l
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or alternatively produce a substantial piece of journalism accompanied by a scholarly exegsis.

Assessment

Research monograph (18,000 words) or substantial piece of journalism accompanied by a 5,000 word exegesis

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

By Supervision

Prerequisites

72pt in Master of Journalism and Australian Studies

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Andrea Baker

Notes

Previously coded JRM5950(A)

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Andrea Baker

Notes

Previously coded JRM5950(B)

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5960

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and international relations, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and International Relations that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question;
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis;
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research essay (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of International Relations with a Distinction average

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5960A

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and international relations, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and International Relations that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question;
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis;
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5820

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of International Relations with a Distinction average

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5960B

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and international relations, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and International Relations that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question;
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis;
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of International Relations with a Distinction average

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5970

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and environment studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Environment Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Environment and Sustainability with a Distinction average.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5970A

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and environment studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Environment Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5823

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Environment and Sustainability with a Distinction average.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5970B

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and environment studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Environment Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Environment and Sustainability with a Distinction average.

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5980

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and business studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Business Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Business with a Distinction average

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5980A

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and business studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Business Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5826

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Business with a Distinction average

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Notes

Previously coded JRM5980B

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and business studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Business Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Business with a Distinction average

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM5010

Synopsis

Australian scholarship in musicology and ethnomusicology within the international scene, pathways already established and directions for the future.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. A knowledge of music historiography, concerning the principles, history and theory of music history writing.
  2. Examined a body of historical literature, investigated various kinds of historical sources (including iconographical, archaeological, and literary), examined the assumptions and attitudes in the historical literature, and assessed critically various theories or 'philosophies' of music history.
  3. The ability to scan material quickly and judge its importance for a more detailed study, and to evaluate its scholarly worth.
  4. An insight into recent work in such research areas as Australian music and popular music.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Oral presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM5020

Synopsis

An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic or genre in music

Outcomes

An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic and genre in music

Assessment

Written work: 100% OR Recital: 60%
Written work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Carol Williams

Notes

Previously coded MUM5040

Synopsis

A survey of European music from medieval times to c.1600. Themes include the impact of the theorist, text and music, sacred versus secular, theory and notation, and written versus oral traditions.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should have acquired a general knowledge of the ordering of music developments within the period of investigation and an understanding of historical theories with which critically to evaluate them in a variety of types of historical writing.

Assessment

Written (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Robert Burke

Notes

Previously coded MUM5050

Synopsis

Theories of major historical musicologists dating mainly from the late nineteenth century to the present. The theory of ethnomusicology, covering works of major ethnomusicologists from the late nineteenth century to the present.

Outcomes

By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have acquired a wide critical reading knowledge of the literature; an understanding of approaches in Australian, European, American and Asian ethnomusicology; an ability for coherent argument; and a confidence in applying various ethnomusicological techniques to a wide range of topics of music.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM5060

Synopsis

An original research project carried out under supervision. Students submit their research proposals for the written only project, or performance and essay, to the coordinator at nor near the time of enrolment.

Outcomes

Students will develop varied research skills, the capacity to conceptualise parameters of a topic, and to articulate them in a coherent written argument.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words or equivalant)

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Notes

Previously coded MUM5061A

Synopsis

Students prepare:

  1. a portfolio of original compositions employing a variety of instrumental cominations and electro-acoustic media
  2. a critical commentary giving descriptive, analytical and contextrual information about the portfolio of compositions.

Outcomes

By the end of the unit, students should have a varied portfolio of compositions, including at least one major work, which reflects sufficient technical and creative skills, as well as a knowledge of the context and repertoire related to these original works, to operate as professional composers. Students should also have gained an understanding of music technology and some of its compositional applications.

Assessment

Portfolio of original compositions (15 to 20 minutes of original music): 75%
Critical commentary (4500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Notes

Previously coded MUM5061B

Synopsis

Students prepare:

  1. a portfolio of original compositions employing a variety of instrumental cominations and electro-acoustic media
  2. a critical commentary giving descriptive, analytical and contextrual information about the portfolio of compositions.

Outcomes

By the end of the unit, students should have a varied portfolio of compositions, including at least one major work, which reflects sufficient technical and creative skills, as well as a knowledge of the context and repertoire related to these original works, to operate as professional composers. Students should also have gained an understanding of music technology and some of its compositional applications.

Assessment

Portfolio of original compositions (15 to 20 minutes of original music): 75%
Critical commentary (4500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Thomas Reiner

Notes

Previously coded MUM5650

Synopsis

The subject will introduce music students to various definitions of sound and investigate different conceptualisations of music and sound art. Students will investigate musical composition and sound art as a form of research and assess the extent to which leading contemporary composers and sound artists have contributed to the general pursuit of knowledge.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired a sound understanding of contemporary approaches to music making, learned to examine and assess the aesthetic and conceptual basis of a range of contemporary musical styles and be able to assess critically the social and cultural significance and potential impact of their own work as musicians.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Oral presentation: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr David Griffiths (Classical); Mr Robert Burke (Jazz)

Notes

Previously coded MUM5990

Synopsis

Students perform, conduct or compose a unified program of works at a professional level and complete a critical essay that examines issues of performance practice, compositional approach, analysis and/or history of the chosen repertoire. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons and tutorials. It is a hurdle requirement that composition students organise a public performance of at least one submitted folio work.

Outcomes

By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have gained experience in the performance, composition or conducting of repertoire from a wide range of periods or styles at a professional standard, incorporating music from the solo, chamber or orchestral repertoire and establishing artistic links between pieces. Students will have demonstrated an advanced ability to create artistic strategies that establish innovative performance outcomes.

Assessment

Essay on repertoire (2000 words): 15%
60-minute performance or folio of compositions (20-minutes of music): 85%

Students who fail the unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit. These students will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour individual lesson per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Master of Music degree.
Admission by audition.

Prohibitions

Students who fail the unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit. These students will be offered a maximum of six individual lessons.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Justin Oakley (First semester); Associate Professor Karen Green (Second semester)

Notes

Previously coded PHM5010

Synopsis

Students take two units from the following list:

  1. Metaphysics and Epistemology
  2. Value Theory
  3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy
  4. Contemporary European Philosophy
  5. Supervised Reading
  6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition
  7. Philosophical Pedagogy.

Each unit consists of eight 2-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shorty after they receive their letter of offer to undertake the MA.

Assessment

Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Justin Oakley (First semester); Associate Professor Karen Green (Second semester)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Karen Green

Notes

Previously coded PHM5110

Synopsis

Students take two units from the following list:

  1. Metaphysics and Epistemology
  2. Value Theory
  3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy
  4. Contemporary European Philosophy
  5. Supervised Reading
  6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition
  7. Philosophical Pedagogy.

Each unit consists of eight 2-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shortly after they receive their letter of offer to undertake the MA.

Assessment

Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%.

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Notes

Previously coded PLM5000

Synopsis

Students will conduct independent research into an International Relations topic of their choice under staff supervision. (Subject to the availability of appropriate supervision.)

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Formulate a research project;
  2. Conduct research independently;
  3. Demonstrate a command of the relevant literature;
  4. Critically analyse the relevant academic literature;
  5. Develop an academically sound argument;
  6. Demonstrate sophisticated written skills.

Assessment

Written work consisting of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

0.5 hour supervisory meeting per fortnight

Prerequisites

Students must have at least 75% in the two core units of the Master of International Relations program.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Notes

Previously coded PLM5000A

Synopsis

Students will conduct independent research into an International Relations topic of their choice under staff supervision. (Subject to the availability of appropriate supervision.)

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Formulate a research project;
  2. Conduct research independently;
  3. Demonstrate a command of the relevant literature;
  4. Critically analyse the relevant academic literature;
  5. Develop an academically sound argument;
  6. Demonstrate sophisticated written skills.

Assessment

Written work consisting of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

0.5 hour supervisory meeting per fortnight

Prerequisites

Students must have at least 75% in the two core units of the Master of International Relations program.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Notes

Previously coded PLM5000B

Synopsis

Students will conduct independent research into an International Relations topic of their choice under staff supervision. (Subject to the availability of appropriate supervision.)

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Formulate a research project;
  2. Conduct research independently;
  3. Demonstrate a command of the relevant literature;
  4. Critically analyse the relevant academic literature;
  5. Develop an academically sound argument;
  6. Demonstrate sophisticated written skills.

Assessment

Written work consisting of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Virginie Andre (Caulfield & Clayton)

Notes

Previously coded PLM5010

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision through preparing a 9,000 word project.

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate skills to conduct original research independently.
  2. Demonstrate critical thinking, analytical and problem solving skills.
  3. Demonstrate a critical awareness of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism studies.
  4. Demonstrate their written communication skills across a 9,000 word project.

Assessment

Written work comprised of a 9,000 word research project: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Virginie Andre (Caulfield & Clayton)

Contact hours

Fortnightly supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Counter - Terrorism Studies in their coursework units and have achieved a distinction average or above in them to be admitted into this unit.


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Virginie Andre (Caulfield & Clayton)

Notes

Previously coded PLM5020

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent, original, in-depth research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision. The unit is intended to develop students' overall research, analytical, conceptual, research and critical problem solving skills. Students will prepare and submit an original 18,000 word research dissertation.

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Conduct original research independently.
  2. Critically analyse information and exhibit developed and problem solving skills.
  3. Undertake sophisticated and critical analysis of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism and security studies.
  4. Demonstrate sophisticated written communication skills.

Assessment

Written work comprised of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Virginie Andre (Caulfield & Clayton)

Contact hours

Fortnightly supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Counter- Terrorism Studies at 4th level and have achieved a high distinction average, have developed a detailed research proposal, and secured the approval of both a supervisor and the course coordinator to be admitted into this unit.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Virginie Andre (Caulfield & Clayton )

Notes

Previously coded PLM5020A

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent, original, in-depth research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision. The unit is intended to develop students' overall research, analytical, conceptual, research and critical problem solving skills. Students will prepare and submit an original 18,000 word research dissertation.

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Conduct original research independently
  2. Critically analyse information and exhibit developed and problem solving skills
  3. Undertake sophisticated and critical analysis of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism and security studies
  4. Demonstrate sophisticated written communication skills.

Assessment

Written work comprised of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Virginie Andre (Caulfield & Clayton)

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Counter- Terrorism Studies at 4th level and have achieved a high distinction average, have developed a detailed research proposal, and secured the approval of both a supervisor and the course coordinator to be admitted into this unit.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Virginie Andre (Caulfield & Clayton)

Notes

Previously coded PLM5020B

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent, original, in-depth research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision. The unit is intended to develop students' overall research, analytical, conceptual, research and critical problem solving skills. Students will prepare and submit an original 18,000 word research dissertation.

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Conduct original research independently
  2. Critically analyse information and exhibit developed and problem solving skills
  3. Undertake sophisticated and critical analysis of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism and security studies
  4. Demonstrate sophisticated written communication skills.

Assessment

Written work comprised of 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Virginie Andre (Caulfield & Clayton)

Contact hours

Fortnightly supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Counter- Terrorism Studies at 4th level and have achieved a high distinction average, have developed a detailed research proposal, and secured the approval of both a supervisor and the course coordinator to be admitted into this unit.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Notes

Previously coded PLM5620

Synopsis

Students will conduct independent research into an International Relations topic of their choice under staff supervision. (Subject to the availability of appropriate supervision.)

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Formulate a research project;
  2. Conduct research independently;
  3. Critically analyse the relevant academic literature;
  4. Develop an academically sound argument;
  5. Demonstrate sophisticated written skills.

Assessment

Research project (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Students must have achieved at least 75% in the two core units of the Master of International Relations program.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Notes

Previously coded PLM5750

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Virgine Andre

Notes

Previously coded PLM5995

Synopsis

Students may apply for this competitive internship which will be restricted to one student per semester who is jointly approved by the Department of Premier and Cabinet, Parliament of Victoria and the Global Terrorism Research Centre (GTReC). The intern will gain vocational experience working in the Department's Security and Emergencies Unit, become acquainted with the areas of competence within the Unit and the Department, produce a research project on a counter-terrorism related topic upon which both the Department and GTReC agree, and enhance critical writing and communication skills by assisting in the drafting of related documents.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit students should:

  1. Develop an understanding of the role of the role of the Security and Emergencies Unit and Department of Premier's counter-terrorism functions.
  2. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles and significance in countering terrorism and the dynamics of their interactions.
  3. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to develop a topic for investigation.
  4. Develop skills to produce a major original project that is relevant to contemporary counter-terrorism policy and counter-terrorism stakeholders, especially the Security and Emergencies Unit, Department of Premier and Cabinet.
  5. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources.
  6. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.

Assessment

One research project (9000 words) that is mutually agreed upon by the Global Terrorism Research Centre and Department of Premier and Cabinet.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

The student will be based for two days (approx. 16 hours) within the Security and Emergencies Unite, Department of Premier and Cabinet. In addition, the candidate will have weekly meetings with the Convenor of the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies to discuss progress.

Prerequisites

Students must have successfully completed with distinction or above in all of the following: APG4667/APG5667 (Fringe politics and extremist violence: an introduction to terrorism); APG4327/APG5327 (Wars of recognition: terrorism and political violence); APG4666/APG5666 (Terrorism, counter-terrorism, and intelligence) and APG4665/APG5665 (Counter-terrorism policy, legislation, community engagement and support).

Prohibitions

Students who have not completed or achieved the marks of distinction or above in APG4667/5340 (Fringe politics and extremist violence: an introduction to terrorism); APG4327/5310 (Wars of recognition: terrorism and political violence); APG4666/5100 (Terrorism, counter-terrorism, and intelligence) and APG4665/5080 (Counter-terrorism policy, legislation, community engagement and support).


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan

Notes

Previously coded PUB5000

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) on an approved publishing research related topic. With guidance from the supervisor(s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research. Research at this level may be regarded as a pre-requisite to further higher degree research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the publishing industry and publishing studies related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Student contact will be individual and supervisory only (no classes as such)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Publishing and Editing program.

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan

Notes

Previously coded PUB5000A

Synopsis

This part-time unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) over two semesters on an approved publishing research related topic. With guidance from the supervisor(s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research. Research at this level may be regarded as a pre-requisite to further higher degree research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research:
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the publishing industry and publishing studies related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100% (completed over two semesters, pts 1 and 2)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Student contact will be individual and supervisory only

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Publishing and Editing program.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan

Notes

Previously coded PUB5000B

Synopsis

This part-time unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) over two semesters on an approved publishing research related topic. With guidance from the supervisor(s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research. Research at this level may be regarded as a pre-requisite to further higher degree research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research:
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the publishing industry and publishing studies related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100% (completed over two semesters, parts 1 and 2)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Student contact will be individual and supervisory only

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan

Notes

Previously coded PUB5001

Synopsis

Historical perspectives on the book and publishing as agents of change. A critical introduction to the history of publishing and approaches to the study of publishing today in Australian and international contexts. The study of the various cycles in the history of the book analysed and assessed. Value addition in publishing, print and electronic delivery, women in publishing, the publishing firm and social contribution of the book. Different approaches to the study of publishing and history of the book.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit the student should have acquired:

  1. an understanding the importance of the book in cultural development
  2. a critical awareness of the forms of publishing and the culture of the book
  3. an understanding of the publishing industry in Australia both past and present
  4. an appreciation of the study of the history of the book
  5. an understanding of government policy and publishing
  6. advanced research and presentation skills, both written and oral.

Assessment

Historical perspectives on the book and publishing as agents of change. A critical introduction to the history of publishing and approaches to the study of publishing today in Australian and international contexts. The study of the various cycles in the history of the book analysed and assessed. The book as an object of government policy, value addition in publishing, print and electronic delivery, women in publishing, the publishing firm and social contribution of the book. Different approaches to the study of publishing and history of the book.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Trischa Mann

Notes

Previously coded PUB5003

Synopsis

The contribution of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored.
An overview of the role of the various production processes and their management in publishing. Students are taken through the various stages of the physical production of various formats (books, magazines and newspapers) and their subsequent marketing and distribution. The contributions of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored. Students enrolled at this 5th year level will demonstrate a greater mastery over project management issues adapted to given examples.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed an understanding:

  1. of the practical principles of publishing;
  2. of the key publication production processes and to develop relevant skills;
  3. of how the various forms of publishing differ in production terms, e.g. journals, magazines, scholarly publications, electronic publications;
  4. of the contribution of new technology to the publishing industries and the principles inherent in their application;
  5. of project management principles adapted to given examples.

Assessment

Practical exercises (3000 words): 35%
Review essay (5000 words): 50% +
Examination (1000 words): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week, excursions as arranged

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Notes

Previously coded PUB5005

Synopsis

An industry-relevant publishing project involving the preparation of a text for publication, a project based on an industry placement or a reading course on some aspect of the publishing industry or publishing history. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for devising their topic as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member. Students are responsible for devising their research topic in consultation with their supervisor.

Outcomes

  1. To provide students with an opportunity to undertake an extended industry-oriented research project focusing on a topic or topics of their particular interest
  2. to develop students' capacity to draw on a range of suitable research methodologies
  3. to develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of suitable secondary data
  4. to develop students' written communication skills
  5. to develop students' capacity to tackle a particular issue, project or problem in depth.

Assessment

Written work to the equivalent of 9000 words (9000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level and APG4800, APG4670 and APG4801 or equivalent or with the approval of the co-ordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan and Dr Louise Poland

Notes

Previously coded PUB5100

Synopsis

Students work with a publishing firm or appropriate publishing professional for a minimum of 80-90 hours under academic and professional supervision. They complete a report on their internship (or provide other evidence of work undertaken) and write a reflective essay dealing with some aspect of the work situation. A short viva voce examination draws on the student's work experience. This internship may be undertaken in any aspect of the publishing industries: editing, marketing, sales, retailing, promotions, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should have:

  1. gained a developed understanding of work in at least one aspect of the publishing industries, e.g. copy editing, sales and marketing, book design
  2. developed work skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the publishing industries
  3. written a reflective essay on the aspect of the publishing industries providing the internship experience
  4. demonstrated a capacity to report and reflect critically on work practices and experiences in the publishing industries
  5. acquired an understanding of the knowledge, practices and/or technology specific to certain branches of the publishing industry.

Assessment

Workplace report or evidence of task work (1750 words): 40%Reflective Essay (1750 words): 40%Presentation (1000 words): 20%,

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Minimum of 80-90 hours over the course of semester spent in an industry internship. Equivalent of 12 hours per week contact and private study

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points at 4th year level, including PUB 4001, APG4670 and APG4801 or equivalent.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded SCD5301

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to conduct a research project related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and/or communities involved. Students will be expected to have thought through some of the issues related to their proposed methodology in the course of completing the pre-requisite research methodology unit, especially the requirement for ethics approval for research involving humans. The aim of the unit is to produce a high quality, practice focused and reflective report relevant to the focus of their degree.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent, and frequently, participatory, research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; and skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relevant to the focus of their degree.

Assessment

Research project report (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, video-conferencing, or face to face, depending on the location of the student.

Prohibitions

EDF6810, EDF6020, APG5784, APG4764


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Full year 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded SCD5302

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to conduct substantial research related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project involves negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and communities involved. Students are expected to have thought through issues related to their proposed methodology project in completing the prerequisite research methodology unit/s, especially ethics approval requirements for research involving humans. The aim is to produce a high quality, theoretically informed, practice focused, and reflective report relevant to the focus of the degree.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 18000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relating to the focus of the degree.

Assessment

Dissertation (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be electronically on-line, via the telephone, video-conferencing, or face to face, depending on the location of the student

Prerequisites

APG5869

Prohibitions

APG5785


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN5010

Synopsis

This unit will complement APG4691 Intermediate interpreting and introduce students to the issues and techniques associated with conference interpreting and translation. . Students will be exposed to the practice of conference interpreting and translation (introduction to simultaneous interpreting, communication skills, preparation techniques, terminology, ethics, and working practices) with a specific focus on international organisation's processes and procedures.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained competence and knowledge in the following:

  1. Practice of interpretation: communication skills (voice coaching, public speaking techniques, etc.); conference preparation techniques (terminology, information retrieval, applications of information technology as appropriate); professional ethics; conference procedures; working practices and conditions
  2. Practice of simultaneous interpreting
  3. The EU and international organisations: institutional processes and operations.

Seminars and workshops will be conducted by practising/experienced conference interpreters with experience in training and in international institutions. The focus of these classes is on communications skills, preparatory techniques and ethics; therefore they will consist mainly of lectures and exercises in these areas applied to interpreting practice.

In addition to seminars and workshops, students will be expected to devote time to research in these areas, (i.e. background reading; use of information sources; preparation of assignments, etc). The programme is based on the expectation that the number of class contact hours and self-directed study may total no less than 200 hours for the unit.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 30%
Individual project: 15%
Final exam: 40%
Attendance: 5%
Preparation and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and two 2-hour workshops per week

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5030

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the discipline of Interpreting and Translation Studies (ITS). The language of instruction will be English, the seminar will allow both formal lectures and practical workshops. The unit will cover the theoretical disciplines which inform the recently emerged interdisciplinary fields of ITS; the history of interpreting and translation, and ITS (comparative linguistics, pragmatic and semiotic approaches); various linguistic, cultural, social and other contextual factors involved in interpreting and translation work; the relevance of interpreting and translation theory to practice; the basic theoretical principles and terminology of interpreting and translation

Outcomes

On completion of the subject, students will:

  1. Be able to identify and discuss significant historical developments in interpreting and translation studies
  2. Have learnt a metalanguage for articulating different paradigms in interpreting and translation studies (structuralism, hermeneutics, semiotic, post-modernism, deconstruction)
  3. Have acquired the ability to recognize interpreting and translation studies as an 'inter-discipline'
  4. Be able to conceptualise and discuss ITS theoretical paradigms within historical and cultural frameworks
  5. Have acquired the ability to relate translation theory to translation practice, andvi) be able to identify and discuss ethical, professional and contextual issues as they relate to ITS. Fifth year students will be able to discuss in depth at least two translation theoretical paradigms and their historical embeddedness, including the applicability of a predominantly Western theoretical framework to non-Western languages.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour seminar, one 1-hour tutorial and one 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Rita Wilson

Notes

Previously coded TRN5060

Synopsis

The unit explores theoretical issues in research in Literary and Cultural Translation Studies. It addresses questions and areas such as methodological principles for researching and writing theory-related research papers, including an overview of research and research discussions and initiatives taking place in the field. Its specific focus is on: cultural issues which must be taken into consideration when translating, aspects of cultural competence (pragmatic and semiotic differences between cultures), and the related issue of equivalence. Ideal translator competence implies a sensitivity to and knowledge of cultural issues which impinge upon translation practice, including mode of discourse, medium, and cultural-specific codes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. develop independently a research project in Interpreting and Translation Studies
  2. produce target texts with appropriate adherence to register, tone, genre, and cultural references
  3. apply advanced methodological principles to translation research
  4. apply culturally-sensitive strategies for solving problems of translation equivalence
  5. conceptualise inductive and deductive approaches related to theory and practice of interpreting and translation studies.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take home exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 hours (two-hour seminar per week plus web based work equiv. 2 hrs per week)

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shani Tobias

Notes

Previously coded TRN5090

Synopsis

A research project consisting of a dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words) on an issue in translation/interpreting studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Outcomes

To complete an independent piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline of translation studies, and worthy of publication.

Assessment

Research dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Individual supervision

Prerequisites

APG4813 Introduction to translation studies or APG4814 Translation: applications of theory


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN5110

Synopsis

Students will undertake in-country study at the institution with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. This study will be the equivalent of 12 points of fifth-year postgraduate study in Arts at Monash University in the form of 5th year unit(s) offered by the host institution in the domain of translation studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and appreciation of translation studies in a global context. They will also have enhanced their language and transfer skills through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Students will complete the equivalent of 9,000 words of assessment in line with requirements for 12 points of level 5 Monash units. This may take the form of a translation/research project.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 12 points of postgraduate study in Arts in the form of 5th year unit(s) offered by the host institution. The approved units will be set out in the Schedule of the agreements between Monash and the respective host institutions.

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN5120

Synopsis

Students will undertake in-country study at the institution with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. This study will be the equivalent of 12 points of fifth-year postgraduate study in Arts at Monash University in the form of 5th year unit(s) offered by the host institution in the domain of translation studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and appreciation of translation studies in a global context. They will also have enhanced their language and transfer skills through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Students will complete the equivalent of 9,000 words of assessment in line with requirements for 12 points of level 5 Monash units. This may take the form of a translation/research project.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 12 points of postgraduate study in Arts in the form of 5th year unit(s) offered by the host institution. The approved units will be set out in the Schedule of the agreements between Monash and the respective host institutions.

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber(Semester 1);Dr Shani Tobias(Semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded TRN5201A

Synopsis

The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the project, students will:

  1. have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process
  2. be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises
  3. be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Leah Gerber (Semester 1)
Dr Shani Tobias (Semester 2)

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

Prohibitions

On-campus


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber(Semester 1);Dr Shani Tobias(Semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded TRN5201B

Synopsis

The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the project, students will:

  1. have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process
  2. be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises
  3. be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Leah Gerber (Semester 1)
Dr Shani Tobias (Semester 2)

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

Prerequisites

Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in APG4813

Co-requisites

Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in APG4813

Prohibitions

On-campus


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN5400

Synopsis

This unit follows on from APG4691 Intermediate interpreting. Topics to be covered for the final stage of training in interpreting will have a strong bias towards industry, social structure and working of bureaucracies, tourism, general contemporary affairs, business communication and others. Practice in formulaic language used in speeches and the acquisition of techniques to interpret public speeches will also form an important part of the unit. Further training in note-taking to enable students to interpret speeches of approximately 10 minutes will be undertaken. Interpreting practice in realistic situations such as simulations with guests will be arranged. It is a very intensive unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have achieved a high level of competency to be able to provide LOTE-English / English-LOTE consecutive interpreting in general areas and some specialised areas
  2. have achieved an adequate level of competency to be able to be able to interpret passages that are delivered at professional settings, and are of moderate to high levels of difficulty
  3. have achieved the knowledge and practical skills needed for professional-level interpreting, and
  4. have achieved a comprehensive understanding of the interpreting profession.

Assessment

Class exercises and participation: 15%
An essay of 2000 words: 20%
An Interpreting Assignment Preparation Journal: 5%
Mid-semester examinations (speech and dialogue interpreting in consecutive and sight translation): 15%
Final interpreting examination: 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar
Two 2-hour workshops.

Prerequisites

APG4691


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded WTR5000


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded WTR5000(A)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Previously coded WTR5000(B)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Applied Media and Social Sciences, Gippsland
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Synopsis

The unit enables students develop a professional framework based on theories and conventions to support Human Rights and social justice for Indigenous women.Students identify legal and ethical dimensions of community contexts, including ramifications of government policies and past history on ways Indigenous communities have to operate with emphasis on Indigenous women and children. Knowledge of the Australian legal and political systems and skills to work within such constraints for rights of Indigenous Women and children are developed. Students apply knowledge to creative solutions of the most strategic kind to empower Indigenous women and facilitate self-determination and self-empowerment.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. Developed a professional theoretical framework based on international and national human rights, social justice and participative democracy in the context of Indigenous rights;
  2. Developed an understanding of the international bodies and networks that facilitate advocacy for Indigenous people;
  3. Within the context of community need, developed skills for applying knowledge to community contexts that will bring about positive outcomes for women and children;
  4. Developed a sound understanding of the Australian legal system with reference to everyday issues such as racial discrimination, the rights of children, tenancy rights, citizenship rights, etc;
  5. Acquired extensive knowledge on the primary social needs of Indigenous women and children and be able to facilitate support in these areas as reflected in journal entries;
  6. incorporated ethical theory and a deep understanding of practitioners' legal and ethical obligations towards communities, this includes issues to do with protocols;
  7. developed methods to improve an advocacy for Indigenous women and children in relation to government departments and private agencies.

Assessment

Theoretical essay (4000 words): 45%
Case study (2500 words): 25%
Participation on discussion board (1000 words): 10%
Journal of semester events (1500 words): 20%

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson (semester 1); Dr Caron Dann (semester 2)

Synopsis

The unit offers a general orientation to communications and media studies at graduate level. It surveys a range of communication practices and introduces theories appropriate to understanding and analysing them. The major practices considered include journalism, broadcasting, organisational communication, public relations, development communication, political persuasion and new media forms such as blogs and social networking sites. These are considered both as fields of professional practice and as objects of scholarly analysis. Attention is given to the general conceptualisation of communication and media and to the major ways in which communication has been described and analysed.

Outcomes

  1. to develop awareness of the range of social and professional contexts in which communication occurs;
  2. to develop an understanding of communication as a set of practices and to identify common features within these practices;
  3. to introduce some of the major ways in which communication and media have been understood at a theoretical level;
  4. to consider the relation between theory and practice in the field of communication and an appreciation of how they can productively inform each other;
  5. to introduce communications and media studies as a basis for further graduate study and professional practice in the field.

Assessment

Essay (3500 words): 40%
Essay (3500 words): 40%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

+ 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Pascaline Winand

Synopsis

This interdisciplinary seminar will explore innovative ways of studying the European Union. Students will pursue research on policy, economic, legal, historical, political or cultural aspects of the EU. They will gain insights into the key methodological and theoretical approaches in EU Studies. Prestigious guest lecturers from a variety of disciplines will be invited to present their research emphasizing the challenges they encountered in their research design. Students will likewise present their research work, which will be critically discussed by the unit coordinator, other students, and guest speakers. External experts will intervene live in some seminars via videoconferences.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an in-depth appreciation of the EU's functions and powers and decision-making;
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. a developed understanding of the major theories and methods that shape EU studies, their key assumptions, hypotheses and limitations;
  5. an informed appreciation of the similarities and differences between them, of the extent to which they are complementary or competing;
  6. familiarity with different analytical methods;
  7. a capacity to construct a coherent and feasible research design from the initial research idea to the self-assessment of research findings;
  8. presentational (clarity and concision) and analytical skills when presenting key readings, their own research or discussing their colleagues' research;
  9. an ability to think critically but constructively;
  10. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  11. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  12. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  13. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, including those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Take home exam (2000 words): 20%
Class participation (incl. presentations)(1000 words): 30%
Research paper (6000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week for 11 weeks


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Kimunguyi

Synopsis

The unit provides students with an in-depth understanding of the roles the EU plays in its relations with developing countries in areas such as trade, development, security, regional integration, democracy and human rights promotion. It examines the EU's relations with developing countries in various geographical locations: the Neighbourhood countries; Asia; Africa; the Caribbean; the Pacific and Latin America. The unit emphasises the interactions between the EU and key international institutions such as the UN and WTO; developed and emerging powers such as the US, Japan, and Australia; China, and India on issues concerning developing countries.

Outcomes

By the end of their study of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. an appreciation of the theories and concepts of development in international relations;
  2. an understanding of the EU's role in the developing world with particular focus on its promotion of economic development, trade, security, democracy,human rights,regional integration, and environmental protection;
  3. a deeper appreciation of the EU's relations with developing countries in various geographical locations in the world;
  4. an understanding of the interactions between the EU and key international institutions (UN and the WTO) and regional organisations (African Union (AU), Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN), South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) and MERCOSUR on developing country-related issues;
  5. an understanding of the challenges involving the EU's relations with other major powers such as the US, Australia as well as emerging powers such as China, India and South Africa;
  6. sufficient information and research skills to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources in formulating and responding to essay questions.
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;

Assessment

On Campus:
Class participation, presentation and journal (2500 words): 30%
Essay (4500 words): 30%
Exam (2000 words): 40%

Off campus:
Group online discussion, journal (2500 words): 30%
Essay (4500 words): 30%
Exam (2000 words): 40%

Fifth year students will be expected to use more analysis and written presentation skills.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Justin O'Connor

Synopsis

In this unit students examine the interaction of art and economics, aesthetics and management, in advanced economies where creativity and imagination behave as integral forces of production. Unit themes include aesthetic modes of production, intellectual property relations, aesthetic modes of organization and management, experience economies, post-industrialism, design and industrialization, cultural industries, urban economies, creative processes, and art firms.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general principles of cultural economies;
  2. An understanding of the relation between art and economics, aesthetics and management;
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze the contribution of cultural forms to economic and organizational life;
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week for 6 weeks (evenings)
Two 6-hour intensive classes per semester (weekends)

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and European and international studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism plus a 5000 word exegesis

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and International Relations that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.

Assessment

Research essay (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism plus a 5000 word exegesis: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One x 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 cp in the Master of Journalism and Master of European and International Studies

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. JaneMaree Maher

Synopsis

This unit provides doctoral and masters students with high level skills in social science research design, research methods and effective and ethical research practice. Topics covered include successful research design, advanced qualitative methods, advanced quantitative methods, ethical research practices, data analysis and fieldwork practice. Students complete both written and oral presentations in these areas.

Outcomes

The learning goals of this unit are to:

  1. Acquire advanced skills in research design;
  2. Acquire advanced skills in qualitative and quantitative social science research methods;
  3. Achieve grounded knowledge of and practice in applying appropriate data collection, analysis and fieldwork practices for research;
  4. Achieve knowledge of ethical research practices;
  5. Ensure development of high level written and oral skills required for postgraduate study.

Assessment

Research proposal (6000 words): 65%
Oral presentation (3000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Five 4-hour sessions across a 12 week period.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Review of all delivered content, active participation in student exercises, facilitated on-line.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Susan Kossew

Notes

Previously coded CRT6000

Synopsis

The unit aims to establish the theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literary and cultural texts. These will be examined from a range of contemporary theoretical perspectives. Approaches may include some of the following: postcolonial, eco-critical, new materialist, gender theory, semiotic, aesthetic, new media and post-structural. Each of these approaches will be examined for their respective accounts of literary and cultural theory and method. Students will be asked to consider the possible relevance of these approaches to their proposed research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an advanced-level understanding of various influential attempts to establish theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literature and culture;
  2. articulate and practise the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses necessary for literary and cultural studies at postgraduate level;
  3. access the critical and expressive resources necessary to write clear, concise, accurate and independent essays on topics related to the readings;
  4. consider the possible relevance to their own proposed research topic of the theoretical approaches discussed in this unit;
  5. benefit from authentic academic assessments that are relevant to researchers in literary and cultural studies.

Assessment

Abstract for conference paper (200 words)
Conference paper (2,000 words)
Journal article (5,000 words)
Weekly log (1,800 words)
Total assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Notes

Previously coded CRT6010

Synopsis

This unit will provide a detailed exploration of the internal logic of a particular approach or a set of related problems in contemporary critical theory. Negativity has been a durable theme of modern thought and writing, and in recent years it has become of considerable structural interest. The notion is variously defined, ususally with reference to one or more of philosophy, psychoanalysis and theology. This seminar seeks to analyse 'negativity' in the work of Franz Kafka and Maurice Blanchot, and it will do so with the help of critical theorists.

Outcomes

  1. To gain a close and full knowledge of two central writers of prose fiction in the twentieth century, Franz Kafka and Maurice Blanchot.
  2. To gain an awareness of the main lines of critical debate surrounding these works.
  3. To master the basic arguments pertaining to the problematic of negativity (roughly: Hegel, Kojeve, Adorno, Bataille).
  4. To develop skills in evaluating different readings of these writers, especially Blanchot's account of Kafka.
  5. To write coherently, economically and rigorously on both the literary and critical texts.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Alison Ross

Notes

Previously coded CRT6020

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to some of the major works of the German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche as well as some of the central texts in recent European philosophy that engage with his thought. The assessment tasks will assist students to locate the place of Nietzsche's thought in their own research projects. Starting with a brief examination of his immediate precursors in German philosophy, our focus will fall on Nietzsche's treatment of the themes of art, history, truth and critique. Texts to be considered on Nietzsche will include selections from Heidegger, Deleuze, Derrida and Irigaray.

Outcomes

  1. To introduce students to the writings of a major critical theorist.
  2. To provide the conceptual, historical and logical tools necessary for a close reading of this major critical theorist's work.
  3. To provide the resources by which this theorist's contributions can be assessed in relation to other critical theorists.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 80%
Seminar paper (3000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of English, Communications and Performance Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Synopsis

The unit will engage with topics central to the European philosophical tradition in the first instance and then, in the second, texts integral to the position of philosophical aesthetics within it.
Students will be expected to address material from both parts of the unit in their written assessment for the unit.
Weeks 1-6 will focus on different movements in recent European philosophy. Movements that could be studied in this part of the unit include: hermeneutics, critical theory, deconstruction, and phenomenology.
Weeks 7-12 will be devoted to the study of important historical and contemporary texts in European philosophy that explicitly deal with aesthetic topics and problems.

Texts that could be studied include:
Immanuel Kant. Critique of Judgement
Friedrich Schiller. Letters on Aesthetic Education
Martin Heidegger. The Origin of the Work of Art
Walter Benjamin. The Work of Art in the Age of its Mechanical Reproducibility
Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari. Kafka: Towards a Minor Literature
Jacques Rancire. The Politics of Aesthetics: The Distribution of the Sensible
Alain Badiou. Handbook of Inaesthetics

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a thorough grounding in a number of topics and philosophers central to the European philosophical tradition.
  2. developed a capacity to read and analyze difficult and demanding philosophical texts.
  3. developed skills in writing up their analysis of texts and arguments within the European philosophical tradition
  4. acquired the transferable skills related to the summation and re-expression of source material and commentary on that material
  5. developed oral argumentative abilities.

Assessment

An essay based on topics covered in the lecture/seminar: 80% (this is linked to leaning outcomes 1-4)
Participation in seminars: 20% (this is linked to leaning outcome 5)

Attendance at 80% of lecture/seminars is the only assessment hurdle.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Lectures: 10 x 2-hours
Related Seminars: 4 x 2-hours
Private study: 12 x 9.7 hours

Off-campus attendance requirements

A weekly lecture/seminar
A related seminar series provided by visiting speakers

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Karen Green

Synopsis

Students will attend staff seminars, including pre-seminar presentations by the speakers (or, in some cases, an alternate presenter). Students will be given writing tasks related to seminar presentations. Attendance at a sufficient number of seminars will be a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Understand orally presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  2. Contribute to organised oral philosophical discussion of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  3. Provide written exegesis and analysis of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  4. Devise questions for presenters of cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics.

Assessment

Essay - 3000 words (unit objectives 1 and 3)
Quizzes - 1500 words (unit objectives 2 and 4)

Students will produce one major essay (3,000 words) by the end of the semester. This essay will provide exegesis and critical analysis of one of the presentations during the semester. Students will also be required to produce eight weekly worksheets of approx. 200 words each. (This will focus on the production of questions for, or the identification of major difficulties in, given presentations)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, plus 9-hours of reading and writing

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Karen Green

Synopsis

Students will attend staff seminars, including pre-seminar presentations by the speakers (or, in some cases, an alternate presenter). Students will be given writing tasks related to seminar presentations. Attendance at a sufficient number of seminars will be a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Understand orally presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  2. Contribute to organised oral philosophical discussion of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  3. Provide written exegesis and analysis of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  4. Devise questions for presenters of cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics.

Assessment

Essay - 3000 words (unit objectives 1 and 3)
Quizzes - 1500 words (unit objectives 2 and 4)

Students will produce one major essay (3,000 words) by the end of the semester. This essay will provide exegesis and critical analysis of one of the presentations during the semester. Students will also be required to produce eight weekly worksheets of approx. 200 words each. (This will focus on the production of questions for, or the identification of major difficulties in, given presentations).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, plus 9-hours of reading and writing

Prerequisites

Completion of APR5015

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to important techniques relevant to research in applied linguistics and the research traditions in which those techniques can be located. Students will be introduced to qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches to research in general, as well as to specific data collection techniques in each tradition, including surveys, interviews, observation and ethnography, transcription of discourse data, and classrooms observation. Students will have the opportunity to gain direct experience with several of the data collection procedures, and will also read and discuss published studies utilising the entire of techniques mentioned.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in linguistics and applied study of language (with a particular focus on English);
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project;
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis;
  4. identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data;
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research;
  6. present results of their work to colleagues.

Assessment

Transcription: 10%
Critical review: 20%
Analysis of data collection procedure: 30%
Class presentation of 3: 10%
Pilot procedure: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1.5-hour lecture
One 1.5-hour seminar
Twenty one hours of self directed study

Prohibitions

APR6021, APG4347, APG5347, ALMX415 (Open Universities Australia)


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of English, Communications and Performance Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Synopsis

This unit aims to cover key issues involved in undertaking performance research. To that end, we will follow four main strands of enquiry. We will investigate a range of methodologies of researching performance. We will read and discuss important ideas in researching performance. We will canvass issues to do with making, studying, analysing, and reflecting on actual performances. And we will look at the ways other disciplines such as anthropology, sociology, history and philosophy, utilise ideas of performance and performativity to discuss and analyse topics in their discipline. Classes will take the form of seminar discussion. They will include presentations by academic staff on issues in researching performance and on making performances in a research context, discussions of readings and performances, and presentations by students on issues arising from the readings and performances.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Work with a range of methodological approaches to researching performance and be able to write about one or more of them succinctly;
  2. Understand key ideas in researching performance and be able to discuss those ideas clearly and confidently;
  3. Write on selected theoretical issues that are germane to contemporary research in theatre and performance;
  4. Show how they would deploy one or more methodologies of researching performance in order to research a topic in theatre and/or performance;
  5. Demonstrate how ideas of performance and performativity might be used to investigate issues beyond the sphere of theatre and performance;
  6. Present a clear and cogent summary of the ideas of selected readings and be able to indicate matters of interest and concern for discussion.

Assessment

Written essay(2000 words) outlining one or more methodologies for researching a topic in performance: 25%
Oral presentation in class(2000 words) on ideas and issues arising from selected readings on one of the topics of researching performance: 25%
Written essay(5000) words on issues arising from one of the topics of researching performance: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

6 x 4-hour seminars delivered three days per week across two weeks.
An equivalent amount of time (24 hours) of consultation time throughout the semester with PhD/MA supervisors or other appropriate academic staff concerning reading and preparation for the coursework in the context of the assessments.
96 hours of reading and writing throughout the semester in response for the set readings. Readings will be provided early in the semester to facilitate this process. This will ensure students are fully prepared to engage in discussions and seminars during the block period.

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Synopsis

The unit will focus on methodologies of research in Music, including research question; research methodology; creative material for performance project; research writing; bibliography; thesis timeline. The teaching weeks are divided to cover a divers array of musical areas that form School's core, namely, classical and improvisation performance, composition, musicology and ethnomusicology. At the end of this unit candidates will have obtained sufficient knowledge to identify appropriate methodologies by which to commence ther doctoral research and undertake a literature review.

Outcomes

The unit will focus on methodologies of research in Music, including research question; research methodology; creative material for performance project; research writing; bibliography; thesis timeline. At the end of this unit candidates will have obtained sufficient knowledge to identify appropriate methodologies by which to commence their doctoral research and undertake a literature review.

Assessment

Annotations (in total 4000 words): students are asked to write summaries of the allocated reading, speak to it in class, and submit for assessment. Approx 400 words per reading. Performance candidates will present a 30-mintue recital or lecture-recital. Composition candidates will present a select folio of works: 30%
Research proposal/literature review(4000 wordds): This proposal aims to set in place the research direction for the PhD: 60%
Reseach seminar reports(in total 1000 words, x3): Students are required to attend at least three of School's research seminars and write brief reports: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours weekly(lecture/seminar). Private study via reading list and assignment. Staff are also available to consult with students with respect to unit content on an individual basis as required.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson

Synopsis

The unit reviews the overlapping histories and disciplinary trajectories of film studies, media studies, communication studies and cultural studies. It provides an overview of how these fields have formed, how they have cross-fertilised each other and where they now stand within the contemporary academy. Topics that may be addressed include: the relation of the fields to social and political movements beyond the academy; their intersection with fields of practice (from media production to professional communication); their institutional locations; their ambivalent interdisciplinarity; their international influences and distribution; their varying formation through teaching and research; and their loosely shared stock of key concepts and themes (for example, 'medium', 'audience', 'discourse', 'culture', 'genre' and 'power'). The aim across all topics will be to reflect on the history and current possibilities of the fields, providing a basis for research students to develop an informed and critical perspective on where their own projects sit within larger intellectual and disciplinary contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a broad understanding of the histories and disciplinary trajectories of film studies, communication studies, media studies and cultural studies
  2. identify the major commonalities and differences between these fields
  3. demonstrate an awareness of the intersection of the fields (as fields of scholarship) with fields of practice and with social and political movements beyond the academy.
  4. provide a critical account of interdisciplinarity within the fields
  5. outline the institutional location of the fields, their varying formation through teaching and research and their international influences and distribution
  6. demonstrate awareness of the varying use of key concepts across the fields (for example, 'medium', 'audience', 'discourse', 'culture', 'genre' and 'power')
  7. reflect critically on where their own doctoral or masters research project sits within larger intellectual and disciplinary contexts.

Assessment

Seminar Presentation: 20%
Essay 1(3500 words): 40%
Essay 2(3500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 X 3-hour seminar classes during semester and a 6 hour symposium at the end of semester. Remaining studying time to be used in reading, seminar preparation and assignment work.

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Synopsis

Extend students' skills as 'informed' writers and readers by reviewing a range of writings by 'creative writers' on the creative process: inspiration and imagination, the real and the fictive, the metaphysics of language, women's themes, and the moral and political role of the artist in society. It will extend to the 'art of fiction', the practicalities of creating a narrative from idea development and the mechanics of writing to marketing strategies. Students will review 'canonical' creative texts alonside essays, fugitive pieces and literary manifestoes. It will appeal to aspiring creative writers and those seeking careers in related areas like publishing, reviewing and teaching.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Understand their own creative process that will assist them in progressing with their HDR thesis which in the Creative Writing Discipline comprises a creative and critical component;
  2. Extend and expand their reading skills through critiquing the creative process of established writers;
  3. Develop, refine and sophisticate their writing skills through experimentation;
  4. Develop as 'informed' writers and readers by gaining in-depth knowledge into the theories of creative writing;
  5. Develop research skills in the Discipline that will enhance scholarship;
  6. Understand the working of the publishing industry.

Assessment

An edited anthology of short fiction which includes a selection of texts of student's choice (not included in word count), author biographies, scholarly introduction and explanatory notes (4500 words): 40%
A folio of short fiction and exegesis or an essay on a given topic (4500 words): 50% Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG5272, APG4272


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.

Assessment

Written work (6500 words): 75%
Take-home exam (2500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One x 2.5-hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

For off-campus students: no timetabled contact hours although students are welcome to attend seminars for on-campus students when the unit is running in both modes.

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor JaneMaree Maher

Synopsis

This unit provides doctoral and masters students with high level skills in social science research design, research methods and effective and ethical research practice. Topics covered include successful research design, advanced qualitative methods, advanced quantitative methods, ethical research practices, data analysis and fieldwork practice. Students complete both written and oral presentations in these areas.

Outcomes

The learning goals of this unit are to:

  1. Acquire advanced skills in research design;
  2. Acquire advanced skills in qualitative and quantitative social science research methods;
  3. Achieve grounded knowledge of and practice in applying appropriate data collection, analysis and fieldwork practices for research;
  4. Achieve knowledge of ethical research practices;
  5. Ensure development of high level written and oral skills required for postgraduate study.

Assessment

Research proposal (6000 words): 65%
Oral presentation (3000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Six 4-hour sessions across a 12 week period

Off-campus attendance requirements

Review of all delivered content, active participation in student exercises, facilitated on-line

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the full range of ethical issues that arise in research involving humans, including medical, scientific and social research. It covers topics such as acceptable and unacceptable risks to research participants, conflicts of interest, informed consent and waiver of consent, surrogate decision making, biobanks, commercialization of medical and scientific research, and research conducted on vulnerable people. Throughout the unit use will be made of case studies, ethical frameworks and principles, and the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. Participants will have ample opportunity to discuss their own experiences with human research ethics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. obtain a comprehensive grasp of the full range of ethical issues that can arise with research involving humans;
  2. understand the ethical frameworks and principles relevant to human research;
  3. be able to use ethical principles and reasoning to arrive at well-argued conclusions about particular ethical dilemmas in human research;
  4. obtain a thorough understanding of The National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research and how it is applied in concrete cases;
  5. obtain a good understanding of international guidelines on human research ethics;
  6. critically engage with the bioethical literature around the ethics of research involving humans and construct arguments for novel conclusions in relation to that literature.

Assessment

Written work (9,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

The unit will consist of two intensive weekend seminars at Caulfield campus

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tatjana Visak

Synopsis

This unit focuses initially on three ethical principles used to justify decisions in patient care: autonomy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are then applied to a variety of ethical issues in health care practice, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalistic interventions, breaches of confidentiality, assisted reproductive technologies, surrogate motherhood, and euthanasia. The role of health professionals is also considered, in relation to issues in family care giving, and conscientious refusals to treat patients.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should have acquired the skills to:

  1. bring a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to the analysis and evaluation of certain ethical issues in patient care;
  2. think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles;
  3. make informed judgements about the ethics of certain ways of acting in ethically sensitive areas of patient care, and be able to defend those judgements on the basis of argument.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2.5-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Michael Selgelid

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for analysing and evaluating public policy and law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on what values the state ought to promote, and the formulation of public policy in democratic pluralist societies. These political moralities are then used to examine current law and public policy in areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, pre-birth testing, embryonic stem cell research, reproductive cloning, surrogate motherhood, voluntary euthanasia, and the treatment of newborn infants with severe disabilities. The unit also considers law and public policy in relation to informed consent, conflict of interest, and the regulation of research on humans.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should have acquired the skills to:

  1. uncover the political values underlying views about State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices;
  2. think critically about those political values;
  3. understand some of the practical problems in State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices;
  4. develop sufficient understanding of the ethics of regulating various reproductive and health care practices to provide a basis for forming your own views on these matters.

Assessment

Written work (5000 words): 50%
Take home exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

For on-campus students: four day-long seminars during the semester, most likely in Weeks 1, 4, 7 and 10.
For off-campus students: no timetabled contact hours although students are welcome to attend seminars for on-campus students when the unit is running in both modes.

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Justin Oakley

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life, and the moral foundations of professional obligations. The unit begins by introducing the three main ethical theories - Kantianism, utilitarianism, and virtue ethics - and explains how each theory characteristically approaches issues in professional ethics. It moves on to examine euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; and social justice and business professionals. It also deals with whistle-blowing and some issues in the moral psychology of professional roles.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Rita Wilson

Synopsis

The unit explores theoretical issues in research in Literary and Cultural Translation Studies. It addresses questions and areas such as methodological principles for researching and writing theory-related research papers, including an overview of research and research discussions and initiatives taking place in the field. Its specific focus is on: cultural issues which must be taken into consideration when translating, aspects of cultural competence (pragmatic and semiotic differences between cultures), and the related issue of equivalence. Ideal translator competence implies a sensitivity to and knowledge of cultural issues which impinge upon translation practice, including mode of discourse, medium, and cultural-specific codes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. develop independently a research project in Interpreting and Translation Studies;
  2. produce target texts with appropriate adherence to register, tone, genre, and cultural references;
  3. apply advanced methodological principles to translation research;
  4. apply culturally-sensitive strategies for solving problems of translation equivalence;
  5. conceptualise inductive and deductive approaches related to theory and practice of interpreting and translation studies.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take home exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 hours (two-hour seminar per week plus web based work equiv. 2 hrs per week)

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of English, Communications and Performance Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Synopsis

The unit will engage with topics central to the European philosophical tradition in the first instance and then, in the second, texts integral to the position of philosophical aesthetics within it.
Students will be expected to address material from both parts of the unit in their written assessment for the unit.
Weeks 1-6 will focus on different movements in recent European philosophy. Movements that could be studied in this part of the unit include: hermeneutics, critical theory, deconstruction, and phenomenology.
Weeks 7-12 will be devoted to the study of important historical and contemporary texts in European philosophy that explicitly deal with aesthetic topics and problems.

Texts that could be studied include:
Immanuel Kant. Critique of Judgement
Friedrich Schiller. Letters on Aesthetic Education
Martin Heidegger. The Origin of the Work of Art
Walter Benjamin. The Work of Art in the Age of its Mechanical Reproducibility
Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari. Kafka: Towards a Minor Literature
Jacques Rancire. The Politics of Aesthetics: The Distribution of the Sensible
Alain Badiou. Handbook of Inaesthetics

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a thorough grounding in a number of topics and philosophers central to the European philosophical tradition.
  2. developed a capacity to read and analyze difficult and demanding philosophical texts.
  3. developed skills in writing up their analysis of texts and arguments within the European philosophical tradition
  4. acquired the transferable skills related to the summation and re-expression of source material and commentary on that material
  5. developed oral argumentative abilities.

Assessment

An essay based on topics covered in the lecture/seminar: 80% (this is linked to leaning outcomes 1-4)
Participation in seminars: 20% (this is linked to Leaning outcome 5)

Attendance at 80% of lecture/seminars is the only assessment hurdle.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Lectures: 10 x 2-hours
Related Seminars: 4 x 2-hours
Private study: 12 x 9.7 hours

Off-campus attendance requirements

A weekly lecture/seminar
A related seminar series provided by visiting speakers

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan

Synopsis

This Graduate research colloquium traces the history and philosophy of ideas regarding human-environment relationships in the fields of physical and human geography, environmental management, and sustainability science. It examines the origins, logical underpinnings, modes of enquiry, content and future of these sub-fields. It offers the opportunity for reflecting on the prevailing paradigms of spatial enquiry and tensions that arises when these sub-fields attempt to create bridges between the physical, natural and social sciences and the humanities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Gain an overview of the history and philosophy of ideas regarding human-environment relationships in the fields of physical and human geography, environmental management, and sustainability science;
  2. Understand the origins, logical underpinnings, modes of enquiry, content and futures of the relevant sub-fields;
  3. Reflect on the prevailing paradigms of spatial enquiry;
  4. Critically analyse the tensions arising from the inter and transdisciplinary perspectives presented by these subfields to estabilished disciplinary boundaries in the sciences and humanities;
  5. Position their doctoral research project in the historical traditions of their sub-field of specialisation
  6. Develop advanced skills in critical analysis (reading and writing) and theoretical argumentation of the history and philosophy of their chosen sub-field of specialisation

Assessment

Attendance and participation in the colloquium discussions: 20%
Seminar presentation and leading discussion: 20%
Historical review essay: 20% (1500 words)
Theoretical review essay: 40% (3000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar and 9-hours of private study per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Seminar and enquiry based learning, with use Moodle or similar program for sharing readings, and continuing discussions outside the weekly seminar period.

Prerequisites

Admission to Doctoral or Masters research program


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Geography and Environmental Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan

Synopsis

This Graduate Research Colloquium examines emerging debates and ongoing controversies in the fields of physical and human geography, environmental management, and sustainability science. Most of the controversies in these fields are interdisciplinary and require understanding of the different perspectives that fuel debates and competing views regarding problem solving, policy, and practice. Students will be introduced to cutting-edge research and critical insights into the process of problem formulation and state of the art in these fields.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Gain an overview of the major controversies and debates taking place in the fields of physical and human geography, environmental and sustainability sciences.
  2. Delineate the interdisciplinary terrain and differing perspectives that give rise to controversies in these fields.
  3. Develop a thorough grasp of the major debates within the sub-field of specialisation relevant to their research project.
  4. Critically assess and review the arguments presented in relation to the major controversy in their sub-field of specialisation.
  5. Develop advanced skills in critical analysis (reading and writing) of scientific literature, theoretical argumentation, conceptual and methodological thinking across disciplinary boundaries.

Assessment

Attendance and participation in the colloquium discussions: 20%
Seminar presentation and leading discussion: 20%
Summarising public media/blogs/reports on current controversies with a sub-field: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Nine hours private study and one 3-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Must be admitted to the Doctoral or Masters research program


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Karen Green

Synopsis

Students will attend staff seminars, including pre-seminar presentations by the speaker (or, in some cases, an alternate presenter). Students will be given writing tasks related to seminar presentations. Attendance at a sufficient number of seminars will be a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Understand orally presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  2. Contribute to organised oral philosophical discussion of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  3. Provide written exegesis and analysis of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  4. Devise questions for presenters of cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics.

Assessment

Essay - 3000 words (unit objectives 1 and 3)
Quizzes - 1500 words (unit objectives 2 and 4)

Students will produce one major essay (3,000 words) by the end of the semester. This essay will provide exegesis and critical analysis of one of the presentations during the semester. Students will also be required to produce eight weekly worksheets of approx. 200 words each. (This will focus on the production of questions for, or the identification of major difficulties in, given presentations).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, plus 9-hours of reading and writing

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Karen Green

Synopsis

Students will attend staff seminars, including pre-seminar presentations by the speaker (or, in some cases, an alternate presenter). Students will be given writing tasks related to seminar presentations. Attendance at a sufficient number of seminars will be a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Understand orally presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  2. Contribute to organised oral philosophical discussion of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  3. Provide written exegesis and analysis of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  4. Devise questions for presenters of cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics.

Assessment

Essay - 3000 words (unit objectives 1 and 3)
Quizzes - 1500 words (unit objectives 2 and 4)

Students will produce one major essay (3,000 words) by the end of the semester. This essay will provide exegesis and critical analysis of one of the presentations during the semester. Students will also be required to produce eight weekly worksheets of approx. 200 words each. (This will focus on the production of questions for, or the identification of major difficulties in, given presentations).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, plus 9-hours of reading and writing

Prerequisites

Completion of APR6015

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ernest Koh

Synopsis

This unit draws on wide range of published and unpublished work in history in order to develop an understanding of different approaches to history, to the varity of methodologies available, and to key issues in historiography and in the design and presentation of historical research. Its focus is practical, giving students an opportunity to reflect on the most appropriate methodologies and approaches to their own questions and source material. The workshops will give each student the opportunity to workshop their own writing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, student should be able to:

  1. analyse historical writing, identify its key arguments, and situate these within specific historographical traditions;
  2. demonstrate an awareness of range of different historical methodologies;
  3. critique the design and methodologies of works in their general field of history;
  4. apply these understandings to their own writing, situating themselves historiographically;
  5. design their own project and select appropriate methodologies for their own historical study;
  6. identify the rhetorical and literary elements of historical writing
  7. select and employ an appropriate literary from their own work

Assessment

At least two writing exercises (1000 words each) and hurdle requirement essay 7,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two contact hours and 22 hours of preparation and private study per week.
Staff are also available to consult with students with respect to unit content on an individual basis as required.

Off-campus attendance requirements

2-hour workshops,
Question-focussed discussion,
Regular writing tasks and group work (unassessed but with detailed feedback from the group and from the staff member convening)
Moodle will be used to make material available and in some weeks to workshop online/provide feedback


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to important techniques relevant to research in applied linguistics and the research traditions in which those techniques can be located. Students will be introduced to qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches to research in general, as well as to specific data collection techniques in each tradition, including surveys, interviews, observation and ethnography, transcription of discourse data, and classrooms observation. Students will have the opportunity to gain direct experience with several of the data collection procedures, and will also read and discuss published studies utilising the entire of techniques mentioned.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in linguistics and applied study of language (with a particular focus on English);
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project;
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis;
  4. identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data;
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research;
  6. present results of their work to colleagues.

Assessment

Transcription: 10%
Critical review: 20%
Analysis of data collection procedure: 30%
Class presentation of 3: 10%
Pilot procedure: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1.5-hour lecture
One 1.5-hour seminar
Twenty one hours of self directed study

Prohibitions

APR5021, APG4347, APG5347, ALMX415 (Open Universities Australia)


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitMonash European and EU Centre
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Pascaline Winand

Synopsis

This interdisciplinary seminar will explore innovative ways of studying the European Union aiming to build on students existing research, methodological and critical analysis skills. Students will pursue research on policy, economic, legal, historical, political or cultural aspects of the EU. They will gain insights into the key methodological and theoretical approaches in European and EU studies. Prestigious guest lecturers from a variety of disciplines will be invited to present their research emphasizing the challenges they encountered in their research design. Students will likewise present their research work, which will be critically discussed by the unit coordinator, other students, and guest speakers. External experts will intervene live in some seminars by video conference.

Outcomes

  1. An in-depth appreciation of the EU's function and powers and of some of its key institutions (such as the European Council, the Council of Ministers, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency); MGA 1a, 1b
  2. In-depth knowledge3 of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Completion Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security...); MGA1a, MGA1b
  3. Awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU; MGA1a, 1b, 2b
  4. A developed understanding of the major theories of European integration, their key assumptions, hypotheses and limitations; MGA2a
  5. An informed appreciation of the similarities and differences between these theories, of the extent to which they are complementary or competing; MGA2b
  6. Familiarity with different analitycal methods, both qualitative and quantitave, MGA2b
  7. A capacity to construct a coherent and feasible research design from the initial research idea to the self-assessment of research findings. (Students must show awareness of the benefits and pitfalls linked to conceptualisation, hypothesis generation, variable operationalisation, choice of measurement indicators, as well as the choice of method to test for association); MGA2c
  8. Presentational (clarity and concision) and analytical skills when presenting key readings, their own research or discussing their colleagues' research; MGA2a, 2b
  9. An ability to think critically but constructively; MGA1c, 2a, 2c
  10. Strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts; MGA2a, 2b, 2c
  11. Strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments; MGA2a, 2b, 2c
  12. A capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay; MGA2a, 2b, 2c
  13. A capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself; MGA1a, 1b
  14. At 6th year level, students are expected to demonstrate the acquisition of higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in studying the European Union. MGA2a, 2b

Assessment

Class participation: 30%
Take home examination: 20%
Research paper: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week for 11 weeks
33 hours private study.
In addition, students are required to attend the public lectures, seminars and research conferences organized by the centre and to make a presentation at its Young Researchers Conference.

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of English, Communications and Performance Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Synopsis

This unit aims to cover key issues involved in undertaking performance research. To that end, we will follow four main strands of enquiry. We will investigate a range of methodologies of researching performance. We will read and discuss important ideas in researching performance. We will canvass issues to do with making, studying, analysing, and reflecting on actual performances. And we will look at the ways other disciplines such as anthropology, sociology, history and philosophy, utilise ideas of performance and performativity to discuss and analyse topics in their discipline. Classes will take the form of seminar discussion. They will include presentations by academic staff on issues in researching performance and on making performances in a research context, discussions of readings and performances, and presentations by students on issues arising from the readings and performances.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Work with a range of methodological approaches to researching performance and be able to write about one or more of them succinctly;
  2. Understand key ideas in researching performance and be able to discuss those ideas clearly and confidently;
  3. Write on selected theoretical issues that are germane to contemporary research in theatre and performance;
  4. Show how they would deploy one or more methodologies of researching performance in order to research a topic in theatre and/or performance;
  5. Demonstrate how ideas of performance and performativity might be used to investigate issues beyond the sphere of theatre and performance;
  6. Present a clear and cogent summary of the ideas of selected readings and be able to indicate matters of interest and concern for discussion.

Assessment

Written essay(2000 words) outlining one or more methodologies for researching a topic in performance: 25%
Oral presentation in class(2000 words) on ideas and issues arising from selected readings on one of the topics of researching performance: 25%
Written essay(5000) words on issues arising from one of the topics of researching performance: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

6 x 4-hour seminars delivered three days per week across two weeks.
An equivalent amount of time (24 hours) of consultation time throughout the semester with PhD/MA supervisors or other appropriate academic staff concerning reading and preparation for the coursework in the context of the assessments.
96 hours of reading and writing throughout the semester in response for the set readings. Readings will be provided early in the semester to facilitate this process. This will ensure students are fully prepared to engage in discussions and seminars during the block period.

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Synopsis

The unit will focus on methodologies of research in Music, including research question; research methodology; creative material for performance project; research writing; bibliography; thesis timeline. The teaching weeks are divided to cover a divers array of musical areas that form School's core, namely, classical and improvisation performance, composition, musicology and ethnomusicology. At the end of this unit candidates will have obtained sufficient knowledge to identify appropriate methodologies by which to commence ther doctoral research and undertake a literature review.

Outcomes

The unit will focus on methodologies of research in Music, including research question; research methodology; creative material for performance project; research writing; bibliography; thesis timeline. At the end of this unit candidates will have obtained sufficient knowledge to identify appropriate methodologies by which to commence their doctoral research and undertake a literature review.

Assessment

Annotations (in total 4000 words): students are asked to write summaries of the allocated reading, speak to it in class, and submit for assessment. Approx 400 words per reading. Performance candidates will present a 30-mintue recital or lecture-recital. Composition candidates will present a select folio of works: 30%
Research proposal/literature review(4000 wordds): This proposal aims to set in place the research direction for the PhD: 60%
Reseach seminar reports(in total 1000 words, x3): Students are required to attend at least three of School's research seminars and write brief reports: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2 hours weekly(lecture/seminar). Private study via reading list and assignment. Staff are also available to consult with students with respect to unit content on an individual basis as required.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2013 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Synopsis

The unit explores issues and debates concerning Journalism as a research practice, referencing debates in social theory and cognate humanities disciplines including historiography and anthropology, and engaging with quantitative and qualitative methods; methodological reflexivity and verification of empirical evidence; research integrity, ethical codes and accountabilities; the spatio-temporality of research practice and power relations in knowledge production. Students engage in online collaborative learning activities, and produce 9000 words of work for assessment.

Outcomes

At the satisfactory conclusion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a sound understanding of a set of debates in social theory broadly relevant to their research field;
  2. demonstrate a sound understanding of a set of prominent issues in contemporary journalism studies;
  3. analyse and expound the key contemporary debates in journalism ethics;
  4. identify the points of difference between journalistic and scholarly codes of ethics and prescribe when they respectively apply;
  5. participate effectively in collaborative face-to-face and/or online learning activities at a sustained high level;
  6. demonstrate a clear understanding of the relationship between theory, methodology and analysis in research;
  7. demonstrate a clear understanding of the points of continuity and difference between scholarly and journalistic research practice;
  8. produce written work for assessment of a quality appropriate to doctoral studies.

Assessment

Structured online collaboration: 20%
Unstructured online collaboration: 20%
Contribution to resource database: 20%
Major essay: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4 hours class contact and 20 hours private study including online collaborative and written assessment tasks, per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students will have access to recordings of on-campus seminars and other electronic resources, and are required to be fully engaged in the online collaborative learning and assessment activities.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Journalism, Australian and Indigenous Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson

Synopsis

The unit reviews the overlapping histories and disciplinary trajectories of film studies, media studies, communication studies and cultural studies. It provides an overview of how these fields have formed, how they have cross-fertilised each other and where they now stand within the contemporary academy. Topics that may be addressed include: the relation of the fields to social and political movements beyond the academy; their intersection with fields of practice (from media production to professional communication); their institutional locations; their ambivalent interdisciplinarity; their international influences and distribution; their varying formation through teaching and research; and their loosely shared stock of key concepts and themes (for example, 'medium', 'audience', 'discourse', 'culture', 'genre' and 'power'). The aim across all topics will be to reflect on the history and current possibilities of the fields, providing a basis for research students to develop an informed and critical perspective on where their own projects sit within larger intellectual and disciplinary contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a broad understanding of the histories and disciplinary trajectories of film studies, communication studies, media studies and cultural studies
  2. identify the major commonalities and differences between these fields
  3. demonstrate an awareness of the intersection of the fields (as fields of scholarship) with fields of practice and with social and political movements beyond the academy.
  4. provide a critical account of interdisciplinarity within the fields
  5. outline the institutional location of the fields, their varying formation through teaching and research and their international influences and distribution
  6. demonstrate awareness of the varying use of key concepts across the fields (for example, 'medium', 'audience', 'discourse', 'culture', 'genre' and 'power')
  7. reflect critically on where their own doctoral or masters research project sits within larger intellectual and disciplinary contexts.

Assessment

Seminar Presentation: 20%
Essay 1(3500 words): 40%
Essay 2(3500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 X 3-hour seminar classes during semester and a 6 hour symposium at the end of semester. Remaining studying time to be used in reading, seminar preparation and assignment work.

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Political and Social Inquiry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor JaneMaree Maher

Synopsis

This unit provides doctoral and masters students with high level skills in social science research design, research methods and effective and ethical research practice. Topics covered include successful research design, advanced qualitative methods, advanced quantitative methods, ethical research practices, data analysis and fieldwork practice. Students complete both written and oral presentations in these areas.

Outcomes

The learning goals of this unit are to:

  1. Acquire advanced skills in research design;
  2. Acquire advanced skills in qualitative and quantitative social science research methods;
  3. Achieve grounded knowledge of and practice in applying appropriate data collection, analysis and fieldwork practices for research;
  4. Achieve knowledge of ethical research practices;
  5. Ensure development of high level written and oral skills required for postgraduate study.

Assessment

Research proposal (6000 words): 65%
Oral presentation (3000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Six 4-hour sessions across a 12 week period

Off-campus attendance requirements

Review of all delivered content, active participation in student exercises, facilitated on-line

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Susan Kossew

Synopsis

The unit aims to establish the theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literary and cultural texts. These will be examined from a range of contemporary theoretical perspectives. Approaches may include some of the following: postcolonial, eco-critical, new materialist, gender theory, semiotic, aesthetic, new media and post-structural. Each of these approaches will be examined for their respective accounts of literary and cultural theory and method. Students will be asked to consider the possible relevance of these approaches to their proposed research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an advanced-level understanding of various influential attempts to establish theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literature and culture;
  2. articulate and practise the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses necessary for literary and cultural studies at postgraduate level;
  3. access the critical and expressive resources necessary to write clear, concise, accurate and independent essays on topics related to the readings;
  4. consider the possible relevance to their own proposed research topic of the theoretical approaches discussed in this unit;
  5. benefit from authentic academic assessments that are relevant to researchers in literary and cultural studies.

Assessment

Abstract for conference paper (200 words)
Conference paper (2,000 words)
Journal article (5,000 words)
Weekly log (1,800 words)
Total assessment: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSunway Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Sunway Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Sunway Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Sunway Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
South Africa Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Leah Garrett

Notes

Previously coded JWC4260

Synopsis

The unit will focus on Jewish literary responses to catastrophe from ancient times to the Holocaust. After considering the historical framework for events including the Destruction of the Temple, the Crusades and the Spanish Exile, students will read the poetry, stories, songs, and prayers that the Jews composed in reaction to the catastrophes. We will consider how the literature of destruction manifested a Jewish religious response to collective trauma, and how the literature became a means of cultural survival for the Jewish people. We will also examine if and how the literature of destruction is artistic.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the capacity to:

  1. Analyse the historical contexts of key events that challenged Jewish theological understandings

  1. Understand the cultural meanings of 'destruction' and 'catastrophe' in Jewish writings

  1. Explore the unique meaning of the Holocaust in Jewish thought and it's literary representations

  1. In addition, students at fourth year will have the ability to appreciate the range of literary forms practised by Jews through history.

Chief examiner(s)